‫اﻝﺠﻤﻬورﻴﺔ اﻝﺠزاﺌرﻴﺔ اﻝدﻴﻤﻘراطﻴﺔ اﻝﺸﻌﺒﻴﺔ‬

‫وزارة اﻝﺘﻌﻠﻴم اﻝﻌﺎﻝﻲ واﻝﺒﺤث اﻝﻌﻠﻤﻲ‬

‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﻓرﺤﺎت ﻋﺒﺎس ﺴطﻴف‬
‫ﻜﻠﻴﺔ اﻝﻌﻠوم اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻴﺔ واﻝﻌﻠوم اﻝﺘﺠﺎرﻴﺔ وﻋﻠوم اﻝﺘﺴﻴﻴر‬

‫ﻤذﻜرة ﻤﻘدﻤﺔ ﻜﺠزء ﻤن ﻤﺘطﻠﺒﺎت ﻨﻴل ﺸﻬﺎدة اﻝﻤﺎﺠﺴﺘﻴر ﻓﻲ إطﺎر ﻤدرﺴﺔ اﻝدﻜﺘوراﻩ ﻓﻲ اﻝﻌﻠوم اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻴﺔ‬
‫وﻋﻠوم اﻝﺘﺴﻴﻴر‬
‫ﺘﺨﺼص‪ :‬اﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎد اﻝدوﻝﻲ واﻝﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻝﻤﺴﺘداﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﺤت ﻋﻨوان‪:‬‬

‫ﺘﻘﻴﻴم أﺜر اﻹﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺠﻨﺒﻲ اﻝﻤﺒﺎﺸر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻝﻨﻤو اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي‬

‫واﻝﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻝﻤﺴﺘداﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻴﺎت اﻝﻤﻐﺎرﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫دراﺴﺔ ﻤﻘﺎرﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﺘوﻨس‪ ،‬اﻝﺠزاﺌر‪ ،‬اﻝﻤﻐرب‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺖ إﺷﺮاف اﻷﺳﺘﺎذ اﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮر‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻄﺎﻟـﺐ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﺎري ﻋﻤﺎر‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻮض ﻣﺤﻤﺪ اﻟﻌﻴﺪ‬

‫أﻋﻀﺎء ﻟﺠﻨﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ‪:‬‬

‫د‪ .‬زواوي ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪.........................‬أﺳﺘﺎذ ﻣﺤﺎﺿﺮ‪...............‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺳﻄﻴﻒ‪................‬رﺋﻴﺴﺎ‬
‫أ‪.‬د‪ .‬ﻋﻤﺎري ﻋﻤﺎر‪...............‬أﺳﺘﺎذ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‪..............‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺳﻄﻴﻒ‪..............‬ﻣﺸﺮﻓﺎ وﻣﻘﺮرا‬
‫د‪ .‬ﺳﻌﻴﺪي ﻳﺤﻴﻰ‪ ....................‬أﺳﺘﺎذ ﻣﺤﺎﺿﺮ‪................‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﻴﻠﺔ‪..................‬ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺎ‬
‫د‪ .‬ﻗﻄﺎف ﻟﻴﻠﻰ‪ .......................‬أﺳﺘﺎذ ﻣﺤﺎﺿﺮ‪...............‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺳﻄﻴﻒ‪...................‬ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺎ‬

‫نوقشت علنا بتاريخ‪2011 -06 -22 :‬‬

‫السنة الجامعية‪2011/2010 :‬‬

‫‪qwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwe‬‬
‫‪aSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSd‬‬
‫‪aS‬‬ ‫‪Sd‬‬
‫‪aS‬‬ ‫ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺸﻜﺭ‬ ‫‪Sd‬‬
‫‪aS‬‬ ‫‪Sd‬‬
‫‪aS‬‬ ‫‪Sd‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﲪﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺣﻖ ﲪﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﻓﻘﲏ ﻹﲤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ؛ ‪aS‬‬ ‫‪Sd‬‬
‫‪aS‬‬ ‫‪Sd‬‬
‫‪ Sd‬ﺃﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﻳﻦ ﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻤﺎﺭ ‪aS‬‬
‫‪aS‬‬ ‫‪Sd‬‬
‫‪ Sd‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻹﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻧﺸﻐﺎﻻ ﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﻪ ﱄ ﻣﻦ ‪aS‬‬
‫‪aS‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Sd‬‬
‫‪aS‬‬ ‫‪Sd‬‬
‫‪ Sd‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺳﺠﻞ ﺷﻜﺮﻱ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻱ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﻡ ﱄ ﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﰲ ‪aS‬‬
‫‪aS‬‬ ‫ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Sd‬‬
‫‪aS‬‬ ‫‪Sd‬‬
‫‪ Sd‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺃﻧﺴﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺠ‪‬ﻌﲏ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺑﺘــﺴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋـــﺎﺀ ‪aS‬‬
‫‪aS‬‬ ‫‪Sd‬‬
‫‪aS‬‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﻛـــﻞ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺃﻗــﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Sd‬‬
‫‪aS‬‬ ‫ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ ًا‬
‫‪Sd‬‬
‫‪aS‬‬ ‫‪Sd‬‬
‫‪aS‬‬ ‫‪Sd‬‬
‫‪aS‬‬ ‫‪Sd‬‬
‫‪aSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSd‬‬
‫‪zxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxc‬‬
qwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwe
aSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSd
aS Sd
aS Sd
aS Sd
aS ‫ﺍﻹﻫــﺩﺍﺀ‬ Sd
aS Sd
aS Sd
aS Sd
aS ...‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﳝﲔ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﷲ‬
Sd
aS Sd
aS Sd
aS
aS
...‫ﺇﱃ ﺇﺧــﻮﰐ ﺍﻷﻋﺰﺍﺀ‬
Sd
Sd
aS Sd
aS
aS
...‫ﺇﱃ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ‬
Sd
Sd
aS Sd
aS Sd
aS Sd
aS Sd
aS Sd
aS Sd
aSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSd
zxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxc
 ‫ﺗــﻤﻬﻴـﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﲢﻮﻻﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﲤﺜﻠﺖ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻜﺮﻳﺲ ﺑﻮﺍﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ ﻋﱪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﲟﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺿﺤﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﺮﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﻟﻸﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻭﺃﺑﺮﺯ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﻮﳌﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳍﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻃﺮﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺿﺤﺖ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺎﳘﺖ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﻯ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﺎﺭﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺴﺎﺑﻘﻬﺎ ﳓﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺤﺎﻕ ﺑﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺪﻣﺎﺝ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﲢﺖ ﻟﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺝ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﱪ ﺗﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﳓﻮ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺒﺬﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﺗﺒﺬﻝ ﰲ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﲎ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﲟﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﺠﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﳓﻮ ﲡﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻢ ﻹﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻷﺟﻞ ﲢﻔﻴﺰ ﳕﻮ ﺇﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻮﻳﻊ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻭﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳋﱪﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﲢﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺳﻢ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﲣﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﻘﻖ ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺪﺕ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ‪-‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ -‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﻞ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻴﺤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﳕﻮﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻜﺮﻳﺲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﺍﻷﰐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻠﻮﺭ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ؟ ﻭﺍﱃ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺪﻯ‬
‫ﳒﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ‪‬ﺎ؟‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻮﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫أ‬
 ‫‪ −‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﺘﺴﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎ؟‬
‫‪ −‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻻﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺇﺿﺮﺍﺭﻩ ‪‬ﺎ؟‬
‫‪ −‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﺤﻮﺫ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ؟‬
‫‪ −‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺿﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ؟‬
‫* ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﺒﻠﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺫﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ −‬ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍ ﺣﻴﻮﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺿﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻺﻗﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‬
‫ﰲ ﲤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ؛‬
‫‪ −‬ﲢﻮﺯ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﲡﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﳏﻞ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ؛‬
‫‪ −‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻭﲢﺴﲔ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﳜﻠﻒ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ؛‬
‫‪ −‬ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ‪ ،2009‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬ﺪﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻭﺟﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻢ ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫‪‬ﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﳕﻮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻭﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻛﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺠﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﳍﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ب‬
 ‫* ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ −‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﺠﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺒﲏ‬
‫ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﳕﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﳍﺎ؛‬
‫‪ −‬ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﻰ ﰲ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ؛‬
‫‪ −‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ؛‬
‫‪ −‬ﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﲜﻮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﳑﺎ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮﺝ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺗﻔﺘﻘﺪ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ؛‬
‫‪ −‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺪﻯ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺩﻭﺍﻓﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﰎ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ −‬ﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﺈﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ؛‬
‫‪ −‬ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﻭﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻭﺍﻫﻢ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﺯﺍﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ؛‬
‫‪ −‬ﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻊ‪:‬‬
‫ﰲ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺿﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﰎ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﺴﺮﺩ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻹﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﲟﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻭﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻭﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ج‬
 ‫* ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﳒﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰎ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴـﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ −‬ﺇﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﳎﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﺘﻘﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ −‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﺇﳚﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ؛‬
‫‪ −‬ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺎﺗﺬﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﲔ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﺭﺅﻯ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺼﺐ ﰲ ﳎﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺑﻮﺗﻘﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺣﺪ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳒﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﲝﺎﺙ ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳍﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﲟﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ "ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻭﲢﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻨﺔ"‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻃﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪.2004 ،‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺳﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻄﺮﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺗﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺃﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺃﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﺗﻄﺮﻕ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻔﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺃﺛﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺗﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ "ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ"‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺎﺟﺴﺘﲑ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﺭﻓﻴﻖ ﻧﺰﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﳋﻀﺮ ‪-‬ﺑﺎﺗﻨﺔ‪.2008 ،-‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﰲ ﺟﺰﺀﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻄﺮﻕ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻠﲔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ‬

‫د‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ "ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻓﺰ ﺍﳌﻤﻨﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ"‪ ،‬ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺎﺟﺴﺘﲑ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﺳﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﻮﺭﺍﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﳋﻀﺮ ‪-‬ﺑﺎﺗﻨﺔ‪.2008 ،-‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺴﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺴﺮﺓ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺇﺟﺘﺬﺍﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻓﺰ ﺍﳌﻤﻨﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻓﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻓﺰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﻨﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﰲ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ "ﺍﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﲑﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ"‪ ،‬ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺎﺟﺴﺘﲑ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﳛﻴﺎﻭﻱ ﲰﲑ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪.2005 ،‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻓﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﰎ ﺇﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺍﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﰲ ﻇﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﲤﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﺮﺩ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺴﺮﺓ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻭﳍﺎ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺴﺮﺓ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭﳏﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﻬﺪﺗﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺮﻭ ‪‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻭﺻﻮﻻ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ‬

‫‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺄﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﲤﺘﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﰒ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﲦﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳋﺎﲤﺔ ﺃﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺃﺭﺟﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻭﻓﻘﺖ ﰲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬

‫و‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﲤﻬـﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﻄﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﳍﺎ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻋﺎﱂ‬
‫ﳛﻜﻤﻪ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳏﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺿﺦ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻫﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﲜﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻛﺄﺣﺪ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﳌﺎﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻧﺎﻫﻴﻚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﲑ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﺧﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﻔﺮ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻓﺰ ﻭﺍﻻﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺩﻭﺭﻩ‬
‫ﰲ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﳜﻄﺊ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻼ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﳍﺎ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭﺩﻭﺍﻓﻊ ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﺸﻄﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ )ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ( ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﺪﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ‬
‫ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺴﺮﺓ ﻟﻪ؛‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭﳏﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ؛‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺴﺮﺓ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺎ ﻭﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﱐ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﳌﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﰒ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﳌﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ ﻭﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺪﻭﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻬـﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﱃ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺗﻌـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻻ ﺗﻠﻖ ﺇﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎ ﺳﻮﺍ ًﺀﺍ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺣﱴ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺇﱃ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﳍﻤﺎ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﻭﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﳉﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﻨﻚ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻹﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﻛﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﻓﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ "ﺃﻧﻪ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﻴﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻃﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ"‪ .1‬ﻭﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ‪‬ﺮﺍ ﺣﲔ ﳝﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ‪ %10‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻬﻢ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺼﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺭﺃﻳﺎ ﰲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ )‪ (OCDE‬ﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ "ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﻳﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻛﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻔﺮﺽ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺗﺴﻴﲑ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Ibrahim ngouhouo, Les investissements directs étrangers en Afrique centrale: attractivité et effets économiques,‬‬
‫‪thèse de doctorat non publiée, faculté de sciences économiques et de gestion, université du sud Toulon-var, France, 26‬‬
‫‪mars 2008, p 14.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃﻣﲑﺓ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﳏﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﳏﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ )ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،2004 ،‬ﺹ‬
‫‪.19‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ"‪ .1‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲤﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺣﺼﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ‪ %10‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺖ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻨﻚ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ "ﺇﺣﺘﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﳓﺎ ﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻣﻘﻴﻢ ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺗﺴﻴﲑ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﺓ )ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ‪.3"(%10‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ )‪ (UNCTAD‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ "ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻡ )ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﺓ( ﻭﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ )ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ(‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ )ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺘﻠﻚ ﺃﺻﻮﻻ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ( ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺼﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ‪ % 10‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺘﻴﺔ )ﰲ ﳎﻠﺲ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ( ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﳍﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ"‪ .4‬ﻭﺗﺘﻔﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %10‬ﻛﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﻻﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ؛‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺃﺟﻨﱯ ﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ؛‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ؛‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﲢﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﻫﻞ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺤﻒ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻫﻮ "ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲤﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﳉﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﱪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻻﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ"‪.5‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﲰﲑ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ "ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻠﺪ ﻳﺴﻴﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺑﻠﺪ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ"‪.6‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Khouri Nabil, Les déterminants de l’investissement direct étranger: Etude théorique et analyse empirique Cas‬‬
‫‪de quelques pays tiers méditerranéens: Algérie, Egypt, Jordanie, Liban, Malte, Maroc, Syrie, Tunisie, Turquie‬‬
‫‪,thése de magistére non publiée, école Supérieure de Commerce, Alger, 2003, p 12 .‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻗﻮﻳﺪﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺁﻓﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭﺍﻩ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،2004 ،‬ﺹ‪.63‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. Jean-Louis Mucchielli, Multinationales et mondialisation, édition du seuil, mai 1998, paris, p 47.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺧﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ‪ ،-‬ﳎﻠﺔ ﺟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،2004 ،32‬ﺹ ‪.5‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺤﻒ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﺟﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺷﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،1989 ،‬ﺹ ‪.13‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﲰﲑ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﱯ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،1998 ،‬ﺹ ‪.319‬‬

‫‪3‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻧﺰﻳﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﱪﻭﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ "ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﳍﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺘﻪ ﻟﻨﺼﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻳﺰﺍﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ"‪.1‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺭﺍﳝﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ "ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﲟﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻓﺮﻉ ﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺎﳍﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺭﻓﻘﺔ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺀ ﺃﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﰲ ﺑﻠﺪ ﺁﺧﺮ"‪.2‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﳔﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻋﻦ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﲟﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲤﻠﻚ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺃﺟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﻠﺪ ﻣﻀﻴﻒ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻭﻃﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﲤﻠﻚ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺮﻉ ﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﲢﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺼﺺ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺁﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻒ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﳌﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻮﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﻼﺹ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﲟﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺸﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻠﻚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﻢ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %10‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ .3‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﺑﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻣﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪ ،(Transnationales‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ )‪ ،(Multinationales‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ‪(Firmes‬‬
‫)‪ ،Étrangères‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ )‪ .(Filiales‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﲔ ﻣﺒﺴﻄﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻧﺰﻳﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﱪﻭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،2007 ،‬ﺹ ‪.31‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Raymond Bernard, Economie Financière International, Éditions PUF, Paris, 1971, p 91.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺷﻌﻴﺐ ﺷﻨﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ‪ ...‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻳﻀﻌﻔﻬﺎ؟‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﺘﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻣﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺑﻮﻣﺮﺩﺍﺱ‪ 23-22 ،‬ﺃﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ ‪ ،2007‬ﺹ ‪.4‬‬

‫‪4‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﲤﺘﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﺮﻉ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪ .1‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻧﺼﻴﺒﻬﺎ ‪ %35‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﻔﺮﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ .2‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﲜﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻣﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﻧﺸﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﲣﻀﻊ ﰲ ﺳﻴﻄﺮ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺷﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪ .3‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﲔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻼﺹ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻨﻮﻉ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺝ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﳑﻠﻮﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﺍﻛﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﳑﺜﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﺮﻉ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﳑﻠﻮﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﳑﻠﻮﻛﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺃﺟﻨﱯ ﻣﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻣﻀﻴﻒ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‬
‫)ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻓﺮﺩﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻛﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻛﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻮﺯ ﺟﺰﺀﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻣﲔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺇﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ‪‬ﺮﺍ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﻛﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﺟﻨﱯ ﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻨﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺗﺴﻴﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺇﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑـ ‪ %10‬ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﺩﱏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﺮﻭﺽ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﰐ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻛﺘﺘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻜﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﰎ ﺍﻹﻛﺘﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻤﻞ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻸﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳊﻖ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Jean-Louis Mucchielli, Op. Cit, p 18.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،1998 ،‬ﺹ ‪.25‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﻫﺎﺷﻢ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﺪﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،2008 ،‬ﺹ ‪.16‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ ﲣﻮﳍﻢ ﺣﻖ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ .1‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﲔ ﳔﻠﺺ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻨﻮﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻛﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﺟﻨﱯ ﳉﺰﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻌﲔ ﺇﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ .%10‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻓﻴﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲤﻠﻚ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺗﺼﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ‪ %10‬ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﳝﻨﺢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﺘﻠﻜﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﺘﺪ ﺣﻖ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺷﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻓﻼ ﳝﻨﺢ ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻣﺎ ﳛﻮﺯﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ )ﺳﻨﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﻭﺽ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ‪%10‬؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺨﺬﻫﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺗﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻮﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﳊﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻓﺘﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺈﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﳒﺪ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺨﺬ ﺷﻜﻠﲔ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﲔ ﳘﺎ ﺍﻹﻛﺘﺘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻋﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ‬
‫ﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﳏﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺧﱪﺓ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﺎﺋﺪ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺑﲔ ﻃﺮﻑ ﳏﻠﻲ ﻭﻃﺮﻑ ﺃﺟﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺑﺈﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻹﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻭﻋﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺑﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺧﱪﺓ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﲟﻮﺟﺒﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ )ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ( ﺑﺈﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺗﻮﺭﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻌﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻜﺘﻨﻒ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺮﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻛﺘﺘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻗﺼﲑ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﻫﺎﺷﻢ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﺪﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.17‬‬

‫‪6‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﳛﺘﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻣﻊ ﲡﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻪ ﰲ ﻋﺎﳌﻲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﲔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻫﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺒﺎﺩﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺫﻫﺎﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﻭﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﳜﻴﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ؟ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻻﺕ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ؟‬
‫ﻭﺣﱴ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺗﻄﻮﺭﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻛﺎﻵﰐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ‪ 1800‬ﺣﱴ ‪1913‬؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ‪ 1914‬ﺣﱴ ‪1945‬؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ‪ 1946‬ﺣﱴ ‪2006‬؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ‪) 2007‬ﺃﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻫﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﻱ( ﻭﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﱯ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ )ﻣﻦ ‪.(1913–1800‬‬
‫ﳝﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺰﺍﻭﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1913‬ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﺮﻱ ﰲ ﻋﺎﱂ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﻭﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺯﺩﻫﺮﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻘﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺒﻠﻎ ﺫﺭﻭ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﺯﺕ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪:1‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻛﺎﺩ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﻭﺭﰊ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻔﺮﺩﺕ‬
‫ﲟﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﱴ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺃﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ‪ .1860‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺎﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺗﻔﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﲣﺼﺼﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﲣﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ )ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﻃﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻼﺕ )ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻐﺮﺍﻑ( ﻭﲝﻜﻢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺘﻪ )‪2*(Cité‬ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﳌﺎﱄ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻗﺎﻃﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺟﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﺗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻘﻠﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻮﻳﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،1982 ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.19-15 :‬‬
‫٭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺘﻪ )‪ (Cité‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﻭﺑﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﻭﻏﲑﳘﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻃﺎ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪7‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(01‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ‪ 1800‬ﻭ ‪) 1913‬ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ارات‬ ‫ـرة‬ ‫اـ‬
‫‪7.7‬‬ ‫‪2.6‬‬ ‫‪1800‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪31.5‬‬ ‫‪1850‬‬
‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪1880‬‬
‫‪289‬‬ ‫‪275‬‬ ‫‪1913‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1880‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ‪.%100‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺟﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﺗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.16‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲡﺎﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺍﺯﺍﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ‪ 18‬ﺍﻧﻀﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﺮﻛﺐ ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ‪ 2.5‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻧﻚ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1850‬ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 14‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1870‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺗﻀﺎﻋﻔﺖ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ‪ 1870‬ﻭ‪ .1913‬ﻭﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﺸﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﺽ ﺑﺪﺍﻋﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻼﻑ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻯ ﻣﻊ ﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﱪﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 1870‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﺖ ﺃﳌﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﺗﻴﻨﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺯﻳﻞ( ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﻀﻤﺖ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻛﺒﻠﺠﻴﻜﺎ )ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﻐﻮ(‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﻟﻨﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻳﺴﺮﺍ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1913‬ﺷﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺎﻧﻊ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻨﺪﺍ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺴﻴﻚ ﻭﻛﻮﺑﺎ ﺑﻞ ﻭﺣﱴ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺭﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺇﻻ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻩ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(02‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪) 1913‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ا‪#$%‬ان ا!‪ ++-‬ا! ‪*+,‬‬ ‫ا‪ %‬ا)('‬ ‫ا‪&$%‬‬ ‫ا‪#$%‬ان ا!ة‬
‫اار ا )‪ ،(%47‬ا'ت ا‪"#$%‬ة‬ ‫‪42‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪+./'!0‬‬
‫)‪ ،(%20‬أ‪ +‬ا*)( )‪ ،(%20‬أور‪.(%6) -‬‬
‫أور‪ :(%61) -‬رو‪،(%25) 0‬‬ ‫‪19.3‬‬ ‫‪5.8‬‬ ‫‪.!,‬‬
‫اار ا‪(%9) 12‬‬
‫أور‪ -‬ا‪ ،(%53) 30‬أ‪ +‬ا*)( )‪،(%16‬‬ ‫‪13.7‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫أ‪+.‬‬
‫أ‪ +‬ا‪(%15) %4‬‬
‫آ("ا‪ ،‬أ‪ +‬ا*)(‪.‬‬ ‫‪7.7‬‬ ‫‪3.5‬‬ ‫ا(‪'3‬ت ا‪#2‬ة‬
‫‪17.3‬‬ ‫‪7.5‬‬ ‫دول ‪:*4 5$64‬‬
‫ا‪ ،7+‬أور‪ -‬ا‪ ،-7‬رو‪.0‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪;+$0‬‬
‫أور‪.-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ه(‪#‬ا‬
‫أور‪.-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪1.5‬‬ ‫('!ا‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪%100‬‬ ‫‪44‬‬ ‫ا(ع‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺟﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﺗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.18‬‬

‫‪8‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﲢﺘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﲟﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊ ﺭﻏﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﺨﻠﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺭﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺷﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﻴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺔ ﻛﻄﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻸﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻫﺎﺗﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺗﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺘﻠﺔ ﳌﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﺭﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻺﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺗﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﳌﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺑﺮﺻﻴﺪ ‪ 6‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %13.7‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪.1913‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻩ ﺧﺎﺻﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺟﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﺣﺼﺺ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻧﺼﺒﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ( ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪%10.3‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ )ﻃﺮﻕ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻓﺊ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻧﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻚ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ (%40.6‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﻭﺭﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺑـ‬
‫‪ .%5.5‬ﻭﺑﻠﻎ ﳐﺰﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1897‬ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ‪ 635‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 7.2‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،11914‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﲢﺘﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻠﻎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1914‬ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ‪ 6.5‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪ .2‬ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﲔ )ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻮﺯﻳﻠﻨﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﺍﺯﻳﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺿﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﱂ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ‪ ،3%6.8‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺩﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻗﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺤﻮﺍﺫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻘﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺮﺑﲔ )ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ( )‪.(1945 -1914‬‬
‫ﲝﻠﻮﻝ ‪ 1914‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﲝﻮﺍﱄ ‪ 15‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺗﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﳌﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،4‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 1914‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﺃﺩﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﺎﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺣﺪﺛﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺮﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺧﺴﺮﺕ ﺃﳌﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻛﻞ ﳑﺘﻠﻜﺎ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Bernard Bonin, L'entreprise multinational et l'état, éditions études vivantes, canada, 1984, p 21.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. John H. Dunning and Howard Archer, the eclectic paradigm and the growth of UK enterprise 1870-1983, p 19.‬‬
‫‪available at: https://www2.h-net.msu.edu/~business/bhcweb/.../v016/p0019-p0052.pdf. le: 17/04/2010.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺩﺭﻳﺪ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺮﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﻌﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،2006 ،‬ﺹ ‪.72‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺧﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.4‬‬

‫‪9‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻭﺃﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺸﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻹﻣﱪﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻼﺷﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﲔ ﻭﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻠﺠﻴﻜﻴﲔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺧﺴﺮﺕ ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﺑﻊ ﺛﺮﻭ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺴﺮﺕ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﻧﺼﻔﻬﺎ ﻓﺤﱴ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻧﺴﻒ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،1929‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺃﳌﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﺓ ﳍﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺟﱪﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀﺎﺕ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ 33‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪،1921‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ‪ 3/4‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻒ ﰲ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺛﻘﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﺎﻗﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺋﺪﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪.11914‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺗﺴﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺑﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻫﺒﻄﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1938‬ﺑﻠﻎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ‪ 66‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %39.8‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ 10.5‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﲟﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ‪ %7.27‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪7.3‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻮﺫﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﺗﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ 2‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﺭﺑﺎ ﻭﻛﻨﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻧﺬﺭ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﺑﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻌﺎﺵ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ )‪.(2006-1946‬‬
‫ﲤﻴﺰﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﲞﺮﻭﺝ ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﻭﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺑﺮﺯﺕ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺑﻠﻎ ﳐﺰﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﻠﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ‪ 32.8‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ ،1960‬ﻟﻴﺘﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﲝﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1971‬ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ‪ 82.8‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻭﻟﺘﺤﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﳐﺰﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﺖ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻪ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺣﻀﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺑـ ‪ %58‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﻭ ‪ %37‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،3‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﳕﻮﺍ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﺭﻋﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺿﻌﺎﻑ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ 1990-1982‬ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 203‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﳓﻮ ‪ 59‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ .1982‬ﰒ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺿﻌﺎﻑ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ‪ 2000-1990‬ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﳓﻮ ‪ 1411‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .42000‬ﻭﺍﳌﻠﻔﺖ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺎﻷﺯﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺎﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺯﺩﻫﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺟﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﺗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.23-20 :‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺧﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺪ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺮﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.75‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻐﺮﰊ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﲏ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻜﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﲢﺴﲔ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ‪ ،2003 ،‬ﺹ ‪.5‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ‪ ،2006‬ﺇﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﳕﻮﻩ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺣﻮﺍﱄ‬
‫‪ %38‬ﻓﻮﺻﻞ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ ﺇﱃ ‪ 1306‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2000‬ﺑـ ‪ 1411‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺃﻭﺭﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪ .1‬ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (03‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳝﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺣﱴ ‪.2006‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(03‬ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ )‪+$4) .(2006-2002‬ر دو‪3‬ر(‬

‫ا‪3‬ر ا‪ C%@A‬ا‪ !B%‬ا‪D‬در‬ ‫ا‪3‬ر ا‪ C%@A‬ا‪ !B%‬ا(ارد‬ ‫ا‪?/‬‬

‫‪2006 2004 2003 2002 2006 2004 2003 2002‬‬
‫‪640‬‬ ‫‪368 285.2 265.6 562.4 214.3 259.4 309.4‬‬ ‫ا‪2E‬د ا‪A‬ور‪C0‬‬
‫ا(‪'3‬ت ا‪#2‬ة ا‪221.7 294.9 129.4 134.9 236.7 135.8 53.1 74.5 +;'!4A‬‬
‫‪7.8‬‬ ‫‪2.0‬‬ ‫‪1.2‬‬ ‫‪0.3 45.8 18.0 18.7 14.6‬‬ ‫إ‪+?'!,‬‬
‫‪1215.8 877.3 560.1 540.7 1306 742.1 564.1‬‬ ‫‪622‬‬ ‫ا‪GH‬‬
‫ا‪?,# I4 J+D‬ت ا‪3‬ر ا‪ C%@A‬ا‪(%) !B%‬‬
‫‪82.2 85.4 90.1 89.9 66.7 56.2 64.4 70.8‬‬ ‫ا‪#‬ول ا?‪4#‬‬
‫‪16.0 13.0‬‬ ‫‪8.0‬‬ ‫‪9.2 29.3 39.5 32.2 27.4‬‬ ‫ا‪#‬ول ا‪+4‬‬
‫‪1.8‬‬ ‫‪1.5‬‬ ‫‪1.9‬‬ ‫‪0.9‬‬ ‫‪4.1‬‬ ‫‪4.2‬‬ ‫‪3.5‬‬ ‫‪1.8‬‬ ‫ا‪#‬ول ا‪+?.E‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ -:‬ﺍﻷﻭﻧﻜﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‪ ،2001 ،‬ﺹ ‪.4‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻷﻭﻧﻜﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‪ ،2008 ،‬ﺹ ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﳉﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﶈﻘﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳝﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﻨﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﻘﻔﺰ ﻣﻦ ‪ 564.1‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2003‬ﺇﱃ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ‪ 1306‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2006‬ﻭﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻮﺗﲑﺓ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻔﺰ ﻣﻦ ‪ 560.1‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2003‬ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ 1216‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﲝﻠﻮﻝ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2006‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻮﺍﺫ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﲝﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺑـ ‪ 237‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2006‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺣﺼﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 221‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺼﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﺑﺬﺏ ﰲ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2000‬ﻭ‪ ،2004‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 50‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺑﲔ ﺳﻨﱵ ‪ 2003‬ﻭ‪ ،2004‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﲝﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2006‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﲡﺎﻭﺯﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ‪ 562‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ‪ 640‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺯﺩﻫﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺕ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻻﻭﻧﻜﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‪ ،2007 ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪11‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺃﳓﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﺭﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﺯﺩﻫﺎﺭﺍ ﰲ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﳓﻮﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ‪ 45.8‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﲝﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2006‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﲟﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﱂ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ‪ 8‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻭﺑﺄﺧﺬ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2000‬ﻛﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﻛﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﻃﻔﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﻭﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﺎ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺎ ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺳﺠﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻴﺒﺎ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ %73.4‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2000‬ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻌﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ %56.2‬ﲝﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2004‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ‬
‫ﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎ ﰲ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﻭﻫﻮﻧﻎ ﻛﻮﻧﻎ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺤﻮﺫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪ %39.5‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2004‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺿﺂﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﺩﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %4.1‬ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻻ ﺗﻜﺎﺩ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ‪ 0.3‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ‬
‫‪ 1995‬ﻭ ‪.2000‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻹﲡﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺘﺬﺑﺬﺏ ﺃﻗﻞ ﰲ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﺴﱯ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2004‬ﻟﻴﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﺼﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ %82.2‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2006‬ﻭﻟﺘﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻘﻘﺖ ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ‬
‫‪ 2003‬ﻭ ‪ ،2006‬ﻭﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﻧﺼﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ‪ %16‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2006‬ﻭﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﺕ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻓﺘﺮﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﱃ ‪ %1.8‬ﻣﻊ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2006‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﳍﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﳔﻔﺾ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪ % 23.2‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ‪ 1985-1974‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %21.2‬ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺘﺮﺓ ‪ ،1997-1986‬ﰒ ﻭﺍﺻﻞ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺿﻪ ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ %19‬ﻋﺎﻡ ‪.12002‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺟﻊ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻧﻜﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2007‬ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﺮﺓ ﰲ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺪﻣﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﱪ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﻟﻴﺒﻠﻎ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎ ‪ 6974‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 2006‬ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ‪ 880‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻭﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑـ ‪.2%23‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭﺯﺍ ﰲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﳌﻌﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﲑﻭﻗﺮﺍﻃﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﺮﺻﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Alasrag Hussien, Foreign direct investment policies in the Arab countries, MPRA, Munich, 2005, p 16. available‬‬
‫‪in: www.mpra.ub.uni-muenchen.de/2230/ le: 11/03/2010.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ‪ ،2007‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.4‬‬

‫‪12‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺲ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺎﻧﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﳌﻨﻊ ﺍﻻﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﱯ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﱐ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﱄ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﳏﺎﻛﻢ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺗﻨﻮﻋﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺹ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺷﺎﺭﻛﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﺩﻳﻖ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺪﻣﺎﺝ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻋﱪ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ‪ 158‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻣﻌﱪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %18‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﲝﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.12005‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﳕﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻧﺪﻣﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺃﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﲤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻻﺯﺩﻫﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺪﻣﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺪﻣﺎﺝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﲤﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰎ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ )ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ(‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ‪ 172‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ﺛﻠﺜﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺪﻣﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ )ﺇﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﻠﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺳﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2007‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻗﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2000‬ﻟﺘﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 1833‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2007‬ﻭﲟﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ‪ ،%30‬ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺮﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﺸﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﺑﺈﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺪﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ ،%23‬ﻟﺘﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﳓﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ‬
‫‪ 96‬ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﲢﻮﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ %91‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2007‬ﻭ ‪ 2008‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻸﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻫﺒﻄﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %14‬ﻣﻦ ‪1979‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 2007‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 1697‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ .2008‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻭﻧﻜﺘﺎﺩ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2010‬ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %37‬ﻣﻊ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﻟﺘﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 1114‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳔﻔﻀﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ‪ %43‬ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 1101‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.5‬‬

‫‪13‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(01‬ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﲔ ‪) 2009-2007‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ(‪.‬‬

‫‪Source: CNUCED, Rapport sur l'investissement dans le monde 2009, p 6.‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻧﺘﻌﺎﺷﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻌﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ .2010‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻃﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪﺭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺅﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﳊﺬﺭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺘﻮﻗﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑ ﻭﲝﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻌﺎﺵ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ 1.2‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻣﻊ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،2010‬ﰒ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 1.4‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﰲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،2011‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ 1.8‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﲝﻠﻮﻝ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ .2012‬ﺑﻴﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻌﺎﺕ ﳏﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻌﺎﺵ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﺬﺑﺖ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺮ ﲟﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺮﺕ ﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻌﺎﺵ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺳﺘﻈﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﻳﻘﺼﺪﻫﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻧﺘﻌﺎﺷﺎ ﰲ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪.2010‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﲑﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻼﻣﺢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻠﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻠﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﻭﺃﳌﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺣﺴﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻠﺪ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎ ﻟﻴﺒﻠﻎ ‪%48‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 2008‬ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪ %29‬ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌﺖ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻓﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻉ ﰲ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌﺖ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %64‬ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ .2008‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻨﺸـﺄ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳔﻔﻀﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻓﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 2008‬ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %29‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻳﻌﺰﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺪﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻤﺪﺕ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﻗﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻀﺮﺭﺕ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2009‬ﻭﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﰲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 2008‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬

‫‪14‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﳕﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،1‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻌﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %14‬ﻟﺘﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 62‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ‪ 72‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪.22007‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺇﳔﻔﺾ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﳍﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻹﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺗﺴﻤﺖ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻴﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ‪ -‬ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺪﻻﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ ‪ -‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻀﺮﺭ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﰲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ .2009‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻠﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺟﺘﺬﺑﺖ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 2009‬ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،2008‬ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺷﺪ ﺗﺄﺛﺮﺍ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺲ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %77‬ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺪﻣﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،2008‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﺺ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﱄ ﻭﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﺫ ﺑﻠﻎ‬
‫‪ %47‬ﻭ ‪ %57‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪.3‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺴﺮﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻔﻜﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﲑﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻴﺔ ﳌﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺗﺒﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺩﻭﺍﻓﻊ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻭﺣﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ( ﺍﳌﻔﺴﺮﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﳌﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺟﻬﺖ ﳍﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻹﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﺃﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻴﻨﺪﻟﺒﲑﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻘﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻚ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺠﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﻧﻚ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻧﺞ‬
‫ﻭﺑﲑﺳﺘﻴﻜﺮ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺛﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1-1‬ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻚ ﲢﻠﻴﻠﻬﻢ ﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺳﻮﻕ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻒ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻟﻸﻭﻧﻜﺘﺎﺩ ﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪.2010 ،2009 ،2008 :‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺋﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪ ،2008‬ﺹ ‪.11‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﻷﻭﻧﻜﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ‪ ،2010‬ﺹ ‪.04‬‬

‫‪15‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﺒﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﲝﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﻇﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻏﲎ )ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺿﺎ(‪ ،‬ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ )ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ( ﺳﻌﻴﺎ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺪ‪‬ﻳﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﹼﻒ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﺎﺭﻕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻹﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻛﺲ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻴﻨﺪﻟﺒﲑﺟﺮ )‪ (Kindelberger‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺗﺴﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺄﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻌﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﺑﺄﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﺮﻛﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‪ .2‬ﻭﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ )ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ) ‪ ME( F‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ) ‪ ME( L‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ) ‪ IR( L‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ) ‪ IR( F‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﲢﻘﻘﺖ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺍﺟﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪. IR( L ) < ME( F‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ME( L )< ME( F ):‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‪. IR( L )< IR( F ) :‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﺈﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺗﺒﺘﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‬
‫ﰲ ﻧﺸﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺈﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﳕﻄﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﺮﺻﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﳛﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻛﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺟﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﺗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.29‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Kindleberger C. P, International Economics, Home Wood, Irwin, 1982, p 101.‬‬

‫‪16‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺇﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﺯﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﲡﻬﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻴﻨﺪﻟﺒﲑﺟﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺻﻴﻐﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﻛﺎ ﳌﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺤﺎ ﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺈﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺎﺿﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺨﻢ ﻭﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺃﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻮﺏ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻛﻴﻨﺪﻟﺒﲑﺟﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻷﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﳚﺐ ﺃﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﲣﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻤﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺪ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﳓﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-1‬ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺗﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﻢ ﻫﻲ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﻨﺘﻴﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺠﺎ )‪ (Baliga‬ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﻴﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﲟﺎ ﲢﺘﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺹ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺗﺴﻮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻗﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺮﲝﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﳚﺐ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﳍﻴﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻛﺸﺮﻳﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺠﺎ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻹﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺗﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻐﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﲡﻨﺒﺎ ﻟﻸﺧﻄﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﻚ )‪ (Frank‬ﻓﲑﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺃﺭﻛﺎﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺧﲑ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻜﺮﺱ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪17‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻫﻮﺩ ﻭﻳﻮﻧﺞ )‪ (Hood&Young‬ﰲ ﲢﻠﻴﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺷﻜﻼ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻣﱪﻳﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻻﻣﱪﻳﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻳﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﰲ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺢ ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﻳﻜﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺇﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻀﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﱪﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺑﲑﺳﺘﻜﺮ )‪ (Biersteker‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﲢﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻐﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﱪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻼﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺳﻠﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳜﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺼﻴﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﺮﺱ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﺴﺤﺎﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﻮﺩ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﲑ ﰲ ﲢﻠﻴﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻒ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﲏ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻭﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﲑﺳﺘﻜﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﲣﻠﻖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺳﻊ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺗﺖ‬
‫‪‬ﺎ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﱴ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻟﻘﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻛﱪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻏﻔﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﱂ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲣﻠﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﶈﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﻃﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﺍﳊﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺣﻆ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﱂ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺤﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،2003 ،‬ﺹ ‪.367‬‬

‫‪18‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻮﺿﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﻼﰲ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﲪﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺿﻤﻦ ﳏﺎﻭﻻ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﺃﻭﻟﲔ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻴﻤﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1-2‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻌﺰﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﺡ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺋﺪ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﲔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺷﺮﺣﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﳏﺮﻙ ﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺳﻌﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﲝﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﻕ ﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰎ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻛﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻛﺪﻭﺟﺎﻝ ﰒ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻛﻴﻤﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﲢﻠﻴﻠﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪ ﺑﺎﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺪﺭﺓ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪ( ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﲢﺴﲔ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﻓﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﺆﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲣﻮﺿﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-2‬ﻧﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﱂ ﲤﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻓﺂﺛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﱄ ﻭﱂ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﱂ ﺗﺸﺮﺡ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﲣﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻮﺿﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‪،‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺭﺿﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﳏﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺃﻭﺭﺑﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ،2007‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.41-40 :‬‬

‫‪19‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺇﱃ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﲔ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺎﳊﺔ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﱂ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﺖ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻘﻴﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺸﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲡﺴﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﳍﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﻬﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺴﺮﺓ ﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻛﺪﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﲣﻠﻖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻭﻻ ﰲ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﳝﺮ )‪ (Hymer‬ﺳﻨﱵ ‪ 1960‬ﻭ ‪1966‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-1‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﺠﻪ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﲤﺘﻌﺖ ﲟﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻮﺍﺋﻖ ‪ -‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ‪ -‬ﲤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﲤﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﱯ ﻭﻣﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﳝﺮ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﳊﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﻫﺎﳝﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻛﻴﻨﺪﻟﱪﺝ )‪ (1969‬ﻟﻴﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺪﺃﻩ ﻫﺎﳝﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ )ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ( ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﺟﻨﱯ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﳍﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻛﻴﻨﺪﻟﱪﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﻫﻮ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﳛﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ‪‬ﻴﺎﻛﻞ ﺳﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻛﻴﻨﻜﺮ ﺑﻮﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﺎﻋﻲ )‪(defensive investment‬‬
‫ﻛﺈﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺩﻓﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪20‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻮﺟﻴﻤﺎ )‪ (Kojima‬ﻭﺃﻭﺯﻭﺍ )‪ (Ozowa‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺿﺤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺳﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻴﺾ ‪‬ﺗﻤﱠﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﲟﻴﺰﺓ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺘﻨﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﱴ ﻧﺸﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﲟﻴﺰﺓ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻛﻮﺟﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﺸﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫‪ -2-1‬ﻧﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺸﺮﺡ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﱂ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﰲ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺨﺬﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﳌﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪‬ﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺪﻑ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺎﰿ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ) ‪Transaction‬‬
‫‪.(costs‬‬
‫‪ -1-2‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻣﻔﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﳒﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﹸﻗ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻣﺖ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪ (1934‬ﻭﻃ ‪‬ﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻛﻮﺍﺱ )‪.(1937‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺭﳚﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﱪ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻹﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺘﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﻤﻮ ﺇﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺂﺧﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﻭﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺗﻄﺮﺡ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺪﻝ ﺍﻷﺫﻭﻥ‪.2‬‬
‫‪ -2-2‬ﻧﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ‪-‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺨﺬﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻺﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻏﲑ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺭﺿﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.44– 42 :‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.45‬‬

‫‪21‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺻﺎﱀ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺮﻛﺰ ﰲ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻋﺒﺎﺀ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻛﺄﻭﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻲ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﲣﻠﻒ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺮﻫﻦ ﳒﺎﺡ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻒﺀ‪ ،‬ﳏﺘﺮﻑ ﻭﻣﻠﺘﺰﻡ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﰎ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﻩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻞ ﻳﺪ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻴﻨﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ )‪ :(capital market imperfection‬ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻧﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1-3‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﺃﻟﺒﲑ ‪ Alber‬ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﳐﺎﻭﻑ ﻭﳐﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﻭﺗﺘﺸﺠﻊ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻮﺍﺋﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﻌﺮ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺑﺴﻌﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﳔﻔﻀﺖ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺽ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳋﻤﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺘﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﳌﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻮﻳﺴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﻴﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻋﻤﻼﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3‬ﻧﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﺨﻠﻞ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺃﻟﺒﲑ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻦ ﻟﻠﻀﻌﻒ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﺒﻌﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻻﺭ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺮﻟﻴﲏ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺠﺰ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﰊ ﻭﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺇﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻟﺒﲑ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻤﺎﺵ ﻣﻊ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﲢﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﲤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﳏﻠﻴﺔ )ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻓﺸﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻻ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﲡﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺘﻬﺎ ﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻭﻕ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻮﻳﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻨﻈﲑﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ؛‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.47‬‬

‫‪22‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻛﱪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﻗﺪﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﲝﺠﻢ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻓﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺸﺪﺩ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﻐﺰﻭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﲨﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﺿﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ )ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﲑﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(1966‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﻄﺖ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﲟﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺮﻯ ﳕﻮ ﻣﻨﺘﻮﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﳝﻮﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻧﻮﻥ )‪ (Raymond Vernon‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 1966‬ﻭﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻳﻠﺰ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1961‬ﻭﻫﲑﺵ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،1971‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻔﻜﺮﺓ )ﲪﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﺎﺝ )ﻣﻴﻼﺩ(‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻧﻀﺞ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ ﻓﺎﻻﳓﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﲤﻮﺕ‪ .1‬ﻭﺣﱴ ﺗﻔﻬﻢ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(02‬ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻮ ﻗﺤﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.401‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺗﺘﻀﺢ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﲣﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺮﻋﺔ ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،-‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺭﺿﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.51-49 :‬‬

‫‪23‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ )ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ( ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﱪﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﲔ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﺩﱏ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﱪﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﳋﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ )ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺴﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ )ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ( ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﰲ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﻡ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﰲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﻐﻄﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻷﻱ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻃﺎﺭﺋﺔ ﻗﺪ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﻛﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﻴﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺑﺪﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪ :‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﳕﻮ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻟﻠﺜﻤﻦ ﻭﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺈﺷﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﲡﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺮﻋﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ( ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮ ‪‬ﺳﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻮﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺠﹼﻠﻰ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﺘﻘﺪ ﺣﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻬﺪﻑ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﺫﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺸﺄ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ )ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﲤ ﹼﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﲢﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳋـﺎﺭﺝ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺿﺞ‪ :‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺘﻜﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻘﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﺪﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﲦﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﲦﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﺭﺩﺓ ﳑﺎ ﳜﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﰲ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ ﳛﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺒﻌﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺗﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺮﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻌﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻭﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﲔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﻠﺪﺓ ﺑﺄﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺟﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﲤ ﹼﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻣﻘﺪﺭ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫‪24‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﳏﻠﻴﺎ ﲝﻜﻢ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺃﺿﺤﺖ ﲤﺘﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﻭﲤﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺮﻋﺔ ﺭﻏﻢ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻧﻮﻋﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪" ،‬ﻟﺘﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﻔﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺰ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﻤﺎﺵ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﻫﻮﺭ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ"‪.1‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﳓﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﻫﻮﺭ )ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ(‪ :‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﲟﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺷﻴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺠﻞ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﰲ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺗﺴ‪‬ﺒﺒﺖ ﰲ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﳑﺎ ﺃﺩ‪‬ﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺮﻋﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻃﲔ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺗﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳝ ﹼﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﺑﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺑﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ )ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺮﻋﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲤﻜﹼﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﲡﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻃﹼﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﻋﱪ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻪ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﲡﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻬﻨﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ‪(export-oriented‬‬
‫)‪ strategy‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻹﺣﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ‪ -‬ﻭﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺗﺪﺭﳚﻴﺎ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﳏﻠﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.2‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻧﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺳﺎﳘﺖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﲑ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﻨﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻬﻤﻨﺎ ﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻟﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﰲ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﺗﻔﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﳒﺤﺖ ﻭﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﱴ ﺳﺒﻌﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳒﺎﺣﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺃﻭﺭﺑﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﺸﻠﺖ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﺈﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺳﻠﻊ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻼﺀﻡ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻗﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﲤﺮ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺩﻭﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺳﻠﻊ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،2003 ،‬ﺹ ‪.167‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻴﺢ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺧﻠﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺍﻕ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،2004 ،‬ﺹ ‪.183‬‬

‫‪25‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻛﺄﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﲑﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﻔﺸﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﺍﻵﰐ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ؟ ﺃﻡ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﱂ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﲑﺍ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺜﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﺟﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻴﻨﺞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻱ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﻴﻨﺞ )‪ (J.Dunning‬ﻭﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲝﺜﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﰲ ﻧﺪﻭﺓ ﺳﺘﻮﻛﻬﻮﱂ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻃﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﻴﻨﺞ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻛﻴﻨﺪﻟﺒﲑﺟﺮ ﻭﻫﺎﳝﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﰲ ﺃﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻛﻬﺎ ﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺳﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ )‪ (O:Ownership‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻘﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻸﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺳﺘﻐﻼﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎﻫﺎ )‪ (O‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ )‪ 1(L:Location‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻜﺸﻒ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﰲ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺩﻓﻊ )‪ (push factors‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺃﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﺬﺏ )‪ (pull factors‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺳﻮﻗﺎ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﻳﻨﻴﻨﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﰲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﲢﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﺑﲔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ‪ :‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻟـﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ؟‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﺃﻭ )‪ (I:Internationalisation‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﺳﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳊﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻲ ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﺺ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺑﲔ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‪.2‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Eric J. Holspale, terutomo ozawa, john olienyk, Foreign "direct" and "portofolio" investment in real estate: an‬‬
‫‪eclectic paradigm, journal of real estate portofolio management, London, vol 12, 2006, p 38.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺭﺿﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.55- 53 :‬‬

‫‪26‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﺩﻳﻨﻴﻨﺞ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺑﻞ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪ .1‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﻴﻨﺞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻭﻫﻲ‪:2‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻓﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﺟﻨﱯ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺗﺴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﻭﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(04‬ﳏﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪N4‬ا' ‪#0 Q$H‬و'‪(I) P‬‬ ‫‪N4‬ا' ا‪#‬و ا‪(L) 5+O‬‬ ‫ا‪N‬ا' ا(‪M‬ـ‪(O) +‬‬
‫‪ R2Q) -‬ا‪.2E+$‬‬ ‫‪ K0 -‬و‪ F‬ا‪*J"%‬ت‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ا‪"8$‬م ا‪.9:(+$‬‬
‫‪- %N -‬اءات ا‪$J‬اع‪.‬‬ ‫‪ M+) -‬ا(‪ L8‬وا)?'ت‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ا‪>%‬رة وا‪2+‬ءة ادار‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ا@ ا‪$‬ج وا" ا‪.EK‬‬ ‫‪ F -‬ا>آ‪ L‬ا‪."F8‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ا@‪?$‬دت ا‪.AB#‬‬
‫‪ -‬ا‪#‬ا‪ DC‬ا‪%B‬آ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ا‪"8‬رة ‪ 3EF‬ا‪ 9C D%$‬ا‪B$(%‬ت‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ا‪#‬ا‪ DC‬ا‪%O$0* N(%%‬رات‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ا‪"8‬رة ‪ 3EF‬وج ا‪0H‬اق‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ا‪8$‬رب ا‪.9C8O‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﻠﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﻋﺒﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﳋﻮﺻﺼﺔ ﻭﺇﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﺟﺴﺘﲑ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﳋﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺗﻨﺔ‪ ،2007 ،‬ﺹ ‪.67‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﳝﻴﺰ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻐﲑ‬
‫ﳏﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺒﺒﺎ ﰲ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻭﺣﺎﻻﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ؟ ﻭﺃﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ؟ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺘﺒﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ؟ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ؟ ﺃﻡ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ؟‬
‫‪ -2-1‬ﻧﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻡ "ﻛﻮﺟﻴﻤﺎ" ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ "ﺑﺎﻛﻠﻲ" ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻄﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﺘﻨﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﻮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﳍﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺩ ﻏﲑ ﳎﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﳝﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻷﻥ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. John H .dunning, Howard archer, Op-Cit , p 26.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﺻﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ ﻭﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،2001 ،‬ﺹ ‪.49‬‬

‫‪27‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ )ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﻭﻱ ﳍﻴﻜﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﳒﺪ ﻛﻮﺟﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺃﻭﺯﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻭﻻ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺇﱃ ﲡﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺘﻌﺔ ﲞﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺗﺴﻴﲑﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻈﲑﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻮﺟﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺃﻭﺯﻭﺍ ﳕﻮﺫﺟﺎ ﳝﺰﺝ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺆﻛﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻼﺣﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﻕ ﳚﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻲ ﳋﻠﻖ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺗﺪﻣﺞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﻛﻮﺟﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳊﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻧﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺎﱐ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﺍﳚﺎﺑﻴﺎ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﳘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻟﻶﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺜﲑ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻓﻊ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﲣﺮﺝ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻌﻲ ﳌﻴﺸﻴﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻴﺸﻴﻠﻲ )‪ (Mucchielli‬ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴﲑﻩ ﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ )ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻲ )ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﺳﺴﺔ(‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ‪.2‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻣﻴﺸﻴﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻠﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻠﻌﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﻠﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻣﺘﻄﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﻓﺮﺓ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺳﻮﻕ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺫﻭﺍﻕ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﲤﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺭﺿﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.58‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻓﻀﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻃﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭﺍﻩ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ ‪ ،2004‬ﺹ ‪.87‬‬

‫‪28‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﺩﳎﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻛﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻟﺴﻠﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.1‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻛﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﻔﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻮﻕ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻛﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ )ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ( ﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﺼ‪‬ﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻠ ‪‬ﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﲟﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻧﻔﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﱂ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻌﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺗﺖ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﺴﻠﻌﺔ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﲣﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﺪﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﲟﻴﺰﺓ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﺀ ﺷﺎﺳﻌﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺨﲑﻫﺎ ﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺮﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﲔ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺮﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﳝﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻟﺔ )ﺭﻭﺑﻮﻙ ﺳﻴﻤﻮﻧﺪﺱ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻒ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻀﻴﻒ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺭﻭﺑﻮﻙ ﺳﻴﻤﻮﻧﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﺜﻼﺙ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ )ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻛﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻭﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ )ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻓﺘﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺑﻄﺔ )ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻛﺎﳊﻮﺍﻓﺰ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻛﺎﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﱪﻣﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻧﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﳏﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻭﺭﺩ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺪﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﲟﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﻮﻳﻘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﺑﺈﺷﺎﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳊﻮﺍﻓﺰ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺷﺮﻛﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻹﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺳﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﻮﺭﺍﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻓﺰ ﺍﳌﻤﻨﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﺟﺴﺘﲑ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﳋﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺗﻨﺔ‪ ،2008 ،‬ﺹ ‪.32‬‬

‫‪29‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﲢﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺨﻼﺻﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻀﺎﺭﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﳌﻔﺴﺮﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬
‫ﳔﻠﺺ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ‪-‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺗﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﳜﻲ‪ -‬ﻛﻠﻲ ﻭﺗﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺴﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺨﺬﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭﳏﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﻟﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺸﺄﻩ ﻭﻣﺼﺪﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﺍﻷﺳﺲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻓﺮﺯﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺼﻨﻔﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻓﻊ ﻭﺍﶈﻔﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺼﻨﻔﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺼﻨﻔﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻓﻊ ﻭﺍﶈﻔﺰﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﰎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻓﻊ ﻭﺍﶈﻔﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻣﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻏﺎﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﺇﱃ‪:1‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﺠﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺇﺣﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺑﺪﻳﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﺒﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺑﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ‪‬ﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﳑﺎ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻷﻧﻪ ﳛﻞ ﳏﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﳋﻼﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ،99/1‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.2‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺻﻴﺪ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﳎﺎﱄ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﲝﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻋﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺂﺛﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲡﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻊ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻻ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻮﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﻃﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺪ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﲟﻔﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻻﻓﺘﻘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻟﻌﺒﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﳏﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﰲ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻷﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻋﻤﻠﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺘﺮﻛﺰ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺎﻗﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻌﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻯ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻒ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺸﺠﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻌﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﰒ‬
‫ﺗﻐﺰﻭ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻧﻮﻋﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻮﺍﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺮﻏﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﲝﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺫﺍ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﱵ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻓﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﶈﻔﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ(‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﳘﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪ :‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫‪31‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻠﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻊ ﻣﺸﺎ‪‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﺤﺪﺩ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ‪:1‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﳉﻤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﲢﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﺪﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﳉﻤﺮﻛﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺬﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﺮﻛﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻳﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺟﺰﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﻨﺘﺞ ‪‬ﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﲣﺼﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖ‪ .‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‬
‫ﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻷﻡ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺒﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ( ﺃﻭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲢﺴﲔ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻲ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﻴﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﲤﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺣﺬﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻗﻞ ﲤﺮﻛﺰﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﳎﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﺖ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻤﻞ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻠﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺣﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﲟﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺣﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ‪-‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﻤﺢ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺝ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ -‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻠﻊ ﳏﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Markusen, J.R ,Foreign direct investment as a catalyst for industrial development .European Economic Review,‬‬
‫‪London, Vol 43, 1999, p 335.‬‬

‫‪32‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻗﺪﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﳑﺎ ﺳﻴﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺑﺎﻹﳚﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﳍﺎ ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺣﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺃﳒﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻛﺄﺳﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﳜﺪﻡ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﳏﺎﺭﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﻬﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻫﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﲟﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺨﺬ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﳋﲑﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﳌﻨﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳍﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﺭﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻤﻴ‪‬ﺰ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘ‪‬ﺨﺬﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﺴ‪‬ﺪﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻃﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻮﻳﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻃﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺘﲔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺼﺔ ﰲ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﱪﺓ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲤﺘﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﲔ ﳔﻠﺺ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ ﺑﲔ ﻃﺮﻓﲔ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﲔ ﺍﺣﺪﳘﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻃﲏ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﺃﺟﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺑﺈﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﺣﺼﺔ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﺧﱪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﳊﻖ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﻢ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻭﻋﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ )ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻛﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﺍﻋﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،2008 ،‬ﺹ ‪.184‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﺣﺎﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺎﺩﳝﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،1999 ،‬ﺹ ‪.60‬‬

‫‪33‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ :‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎﻩ ﻭﻋﻴﻮﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻪ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻪ( ﰲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﺜﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺻﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﻋﺠﺰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﲤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺹ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﻛﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻪ ﳑﺎ ﳛﺴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﳉﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﳚﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﻓﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﲔ ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺭﺍﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﲔ ﺫﻭﻱ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺭﻓﻊ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﻬﺪﻑ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﻗﺒﻮﻻ ﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﲢﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻒ ﻭﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﲔ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﻓﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﳛﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻭﻃﲏ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻣﻪ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻐﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﻬﺎﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺣﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﲢﺴﲔ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﻓﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ )ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ( ﺃﻗﻞ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﲟﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻮﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺷﺮﻳﻜﲔ ﺍﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﳏﻠﻲ )ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺘﻪ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺃﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﳏﻼﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ‪ -‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﳒﺎﺣﻪ ‪ -‬ﰲ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﲤﻠﻚ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﲤﻠﻜﺎ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻨﻴﻠﻪ ﺛﻘﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻳﻼ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﲰﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪،‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﻫﺎﺷﻢ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﺪﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،2005 ،‬ﺹ ‪.14‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺤﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺷﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،2003 ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.18-17 :‬‬

‫‪34‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ )ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﻕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﰲ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﰲ ﺗﺬﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﲑﻭﻗﺮﺍﻃﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻭﻃﲏ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﳒﺎﺯ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﲞﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﻨﺸﻮﺀ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻗﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﻭﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﳌﺎ ﳝﺘﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺳﻠﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﰲ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻗﺼﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻔﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻭﻃﺎ ﺻﺎﺭﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﻭﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳛﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺝ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ )ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ( ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻨﻴﺔ )ﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ(‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ‪‬ﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻡ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻭﻃﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳊﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺎﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﻴﺔ ﳑﻠﻮﻛﺔ ﳍﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﳏﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺗﻘﺎﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺧﻄﻮﻃﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪-‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﲰﺤﺖ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻒ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ -‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺠﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪.2‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.154‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺳﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،2007 ،‬ﺹ ‪.52‬‬

‫‪35‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻮﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳜﺘﺺ ‪‬ﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﱪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺣﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺾ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻓﺮﺹ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺑﺎﻹﳚﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﻓﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻨﺎﻣﻲ ﺇﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻮﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻭﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﳍﺎ ﻫﻲ ﲤﺘﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﲟﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻓﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻹﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺑﺄﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﲏ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺫﻫﻨﻴﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻴﺎﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻛﻮﺍﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻘﻴﺔ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ‪ ،2‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻭﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺃﺟﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺭﺧﻴﺼﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻌﺰﺯ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‪. 3‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻮﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻸﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﱪﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻣﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺤﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.23-22 :‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.53‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﱯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺷﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،2000 ،‬ﺹ ‪.25‬‬

‫‪36‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻊ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻠﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺿﺨﻤﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﳑﺎ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺰﺍﻭﻟﺔ ﻧﺸﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺴﺤﺎﺏ –ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺸﻞ– ﻣﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺃﺟﻨﱯ ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻃﲏ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎ‬
‫‪‬ﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‪ ،1‬ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻳﻌﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﻠﺔ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﳋﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺸﻲ ﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻋﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﳊﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻀﻮﻉ ﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﻔﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺮﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺪﻓﻪ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺳﻠﻊ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻋﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ‪ 50-20‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﻳﻮﺟﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺇﺳﺘﻐﻼﳍﺎ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺇﱃ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ )‪ (B.O.T‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﻓﲔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ‪.2‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.185‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.186-185 :‬‬

‫‪37‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﳏﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺴﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﳉﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻡ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ )ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻃﺎﺭﺩﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﳉﺬﺏ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﳉﺬﺏ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:1‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺨﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﰲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻛﱪﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﺎ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ )ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺟﻮﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﻛﻔﺎﺀﺗﻪ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ )ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺨﺎﺑﺮ( ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﲤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ )ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﺽ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺭﻛﺰﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻓﺰ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﺘﻀﺎﺭﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻺﻋﻔﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﳚﺎﰊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﻔﺎﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﺍﳚﺎﺑﻴﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﺳﻌﺮﺍ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻻ ﻭﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﳍﺎ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﻄﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﻔﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﻘﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪. 2‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻓﺰ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﻨﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻋﻔﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺼﲑ ﺃﻭ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻓﺰ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻋﻔﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﻤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻃﺮﻓﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻓﺰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﻔﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﳊﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.3‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻮﻗﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﺇﱄ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺭﺿﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.107-97 :‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻏﻲ ﻓﻴﻔﺮﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﺴﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﳎﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪ ‪ ،29‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،1‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ ‪ ،1992‬ﺹ ‪. 47‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍ‪‬ﻴﺪ ﻗﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﲢﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،2005 ،‬ﺹ ‪.258‬‬

‫‪38‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﲢﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺘﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻭﺑﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺾ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺳﺘﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﲣﺎﺫ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﻋﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺳﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺨﺬ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‪ :‬ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﺻﻞ "ﺃﻭﺭﺍﺗﺎ" ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﳚﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﳜﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﺭﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﳑﺎ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺭﲝﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺣﺎﲰﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﲨﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻟﻦ ﳜﺎﻃﺮ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺭﺃﲰﺎﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺧﱪﺗﻪ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻃﻤﺄﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﻄﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺃﺟﻮﺍﺀ ﺗﺴﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻟﺪﻯ ﲨﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ ﰲ ﺑﻠﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑﻩ‪.1‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻌﻲ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻲ ﳛﻜﻢ ﻭﻳﻨﻈﻢ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻲ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺸﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.2‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻓﺰ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻓﺰ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻓﺰ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﲑﻭﻗﺮﺍﻃﻴﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﳚﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻼﺕ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺤﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺿﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻸﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪.3‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺪ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺮﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.83-82 :‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃﻣﲑﺓ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﳏﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.37‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺑﻠﺨﻴﺎﻁ ﲨﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﺟﺴﺘﲑ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻓﺮﺣﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﻴﻒ‪ ،2003 ،‬ﺹ ‪.21‬‬

‫‪39‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻲ‪ :‬ﺗﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ﻭﺛﻘﺎﻓﻴﺎ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﺗﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﻭﺩﻭﻝ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻲ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﺮﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺪﳝﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺪﱐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻹﳚﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﺓ )ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻃﺎﺭﺩﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ "ﻃﺎﺭﺩﺓ" ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻹﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ‪:1‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﺰﺍﻭﻟﺔ ﻧﺸﺎﻃﻪ ﻋﱪ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ – ﻭﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺗﻼﰲ ﺍﻹﺧﻔﺎﻕ – ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺇﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻃﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺃﲰﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ :‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﳒﺎﺣﻪ ﰲ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﺪ‬
‫)ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺭﺑﺢ ﻣﻼﺋﻢ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﺭﺑﺎﺣﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺳﻌﻴﺎ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺑﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﺟﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺴﻴﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻠﺒﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﳒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﳓﻮ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻛﱪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﳑﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺠﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﻋﱪ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﳐﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ :‬ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﳛﺎﻭﻝ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻭﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﳛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺯﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻠﻤﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﳓﻮ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺩﺭﻳﺪ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺮﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.79-76 :‬‬

‫‪40‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺷﺮﻛﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﲡﺎﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺎﻣﲔ ﺣﺼﻮﳍﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﲢﺴﲔ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﳏﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺰﺍﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﳓﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﱃ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﰲ ﲢﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ )ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺩﻭﳍﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻻﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺭﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻴﺲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﻭ ﲣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺤﻪ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(05‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﲔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪) 2007‬ﺩﻭﻻﺭ( ‪.‬‬
‫ا‪ R‬ا‪ C$2‬ا‪!5$ C@E‬د‬ ‫دول ‪+4.‬‬ ‫ا‪ R‬ا‪ C$2‬ا‪!5$ C@E‬د‬ ‫دول ‪4#?4‬‬
‫‪3895‬‬ ‫ا‪DB‬ا‪U‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪44594‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ا‪.‬م‪.‬أ‬
‫‪1755‬‬ ‫ـ?‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪43191‬‬ ‫‪ -‬آ("ا‬
‫‪7023‬‬ ‫ااز‪L‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪34348‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ا‪-‬ن‬
‫‪3841‬‬ ‫)*"‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪54936‬‬ ‫‪10 -‬ا‬
‫‪1148‬‬ ‫ا‪+‬ون‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪57791‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ا"ا‪%‬رك‬
‫‪910‬‬ ‫ا‪7(1‬ل‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪40408‬‬ ‫‪1C -‬‬
‫‪907‬‬ ‫ر‪$‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪39979‬‬ ‫‪ -‬أ‪%‬‬
‫‪Source: UNCTAD, handbook of statistics, 2008, p 395.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺳﻊ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺇﺫﺍ ﲤﺖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﳕﺮﻛﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻐﺎﱄ ﺗﱪﺯ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳐﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ‬

‫‪41‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﺑـ ‪ 63‬ﻣﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﰲ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﻳﱪﺯ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ)‪ :(03‬ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻋﱪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﻭﴰﺎﻝ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ )‪) (2001‬ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺟﻮﺭﺝ‪ .‬ﺕ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪ ﱂ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﲣﻠﻔﺖ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﻭﴰﺎﻝ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ‪ ،‬ﳎﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ ‪ ،2003‬ﺹ‬
‫‪.12‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺪ ﺫﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻓﺒﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﲔ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺘﲔ ﻛﻘﻄﺮ ﻭﻣﻮﺭﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺷﺎﺳﻊ ﺟﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺭﲟﺎ ﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺿﺨﻤﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳚﻌﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﲤﺘﻠﻚ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﻹﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﳑﺎ ﳜﻠﻖ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻮﺭﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﺑـ ‪ ،%14‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑـ ‪ %3‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ‪ 685‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻭﻥ ﺳﻮﻯ ‪ 195‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺳﻨﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ‪ 4.5‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﺗﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ‪ 60‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪ .1‬ﻭﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻪ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﻴﺔ ﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺸﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﺩﺍﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺣﺴﲏ ﻭﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﻣﺪ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،2006 ،‬ﺹ ‪.108‬‬

‫‪42‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺩﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺃﺳﻴﺎ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﲬﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ‪ 5‬ﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ﲟﻔﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ‪ .1‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ‬
‫ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﲟﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺪﺭﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﲏ )ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺁﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳋﱪﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﲟﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﳋﱪﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱐ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺺ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﻴﺔ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺇﱃ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻓﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.2‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﺯﺩﻭﺍﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﻻﺯﺩﻭﺍﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺎﻟﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺯﺩﻭﺍﺟﻴﺔ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲟﺪﻯ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺰﺍﺭﻋﲔ ﻭﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻒ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺳﻠﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪،3‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻴﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳏﻮﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻜﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،1988 ،‬ﺹ ‪.40‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻣﺪﺣﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،2007 ،‬ﺹ ‪.153‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺤﻒ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.81‬‬

‫‪43‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻭﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﻹﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﲤﺘﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻩ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻵﰐ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(06‬ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ‪(+$4) 2007-2000‬ن دو‪3‬ر(‪.‬‬
‫ا‪D‬درات‬ ‫ا‪?/‬‬
‫‪2007‬‬ ‫‪2006‬‬ ‫‪2005‬‬ ‫‪2004‬‬ ‫‪2003‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬
‫‪13833041‬‬ ‫‪12087769‬‬ ‫‪10474871‬‬ ‫‪9182967‬‬ ‫‪7547559 6455988‬‬ ‫ا‪GH‬‬
‫‪5190026‬‬ ‫‪4505697‬‬ ‫‪3775908‬‬ ‫‪3097429‬‬ ‫‪2426752 2056407‬‬ ‫ا‪#‬ول ا‪+4‬‬
‫‪533684‬‬ ‫‪449482‬‬ ‫‪359164‬‬ ‫‪282017‬‬ ‫‪206692 154507‬‬ ‫ا‪#‬ول ا‪(2‬‬
‫‪8109330‬‬ ‫‪7132590‬‬ ‫‪6339799‬‬ ‫‪5803521‬‬ ‫‪4914115 4245074‬‬ ‫ا‪#‬ول ا?‪4#‬‬
‫ا(اردات‬
‫‪2007‬‬ ‫‪2006‬‬ ‫‪2005‬‬ ‫‪2004‬‬ ‫‪2003‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬ ‫ا‪?/‬‬
‫‪14056584‬‬ ‫‪12337928‬‬ ‫‪10776488‬‬ ‫‪9462990‬‬ ‫‪7771121 6653669‬‬ ‫ا‪GH‬‬
‫‪4632355‬‬ ‫‪3971659‬‬ ‫‪3397199‬‬ ‫‪2876773‬‬ ‫‪2254347 1914743‬‬ ‫ا‪#‬ول ا‪+4‬‬
‫‪465513‬‬ ‫‪349782‬‬ ‫‪272642‬‬ ‫‪223213‬‬ ‫‪171830 104694‬‬ ‫ا‪#‬ول ا‪(2‬‬
‫‪8958716‬‬ ‫‪8016487‬‬ ‫‪7106648‬‬ ‫‪6363004‬‬ ‫‪5344943 4634232‬‬ ‫ا‪#‬ول ا?‪4#‬‬
‫‪Source: UNCTAD, handbook of statistics 2008, pp: 2-3.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (06‬ﺃﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻭﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺮ ﲟﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﱂ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﳊﺪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﳍﻴﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺑﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﲤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ ﻓـﻲ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳎﺮﺩ ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻐﺰﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،1‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﳏﻞ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‪.‬‬

‫‪44‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(07‬ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ )ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ا‪(4 I4 %‬ع ا‪D‬درات‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‪#‬و‬
‫‪99‬‬ ‫ا‪2‬ل ا‪1‬دا‪9‬‬ ‫زا‬
‫‪92‬‬ ‫ا‪$‬ول‬ ‫ا‪K‬اق‬
‫‪92‬‬ ‫ا‪$‬ول‬ ‫‪D(C‬و*‬
‫‪80‬‬ ‫ا‪+1‬‬ ‫آ‪-‬‬
‫‪70‬‬ ‫ا[‬ ‫آ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﻟﻄﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،1994 ،‬ﺹ ‪.86‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﺒﲔ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﲤﺘﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﱄ ﻳﻄﻐﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺎﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺮﺟﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺳﺘﻐﻼﳍﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻹﻓﺘﻘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻳﻜﻔﻞ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻭﻫﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻳﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺪﺍﺧﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻘﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻗﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑ ﳑﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺗﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﺬﺑﺬﺏ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 2005‬ﻓﺎﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻀﺨﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺯﻣﺔ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻌﺖ ﻛﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﳎﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ %15‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %10‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،1980‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 50‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﻜﺘﺴﺒﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳍﺒﻮﻁ ﺍﳊﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﻄﺮﺩ ﰲ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺃﺯﻣﺔ ﺧﺎﻧﻘﺔ ‪‬ﺪﺩ ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻜﺔ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻹﳕﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﲝﻠﻮﻝ ‪ ،2015‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﱭ ﺗﻠﻘﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺯﻫﺎﺀ ‪12‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 2003‬ﺻﺪﺭﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱭ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺣﺼﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻒ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻎ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 5,5‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﰲ ﻏﻀﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﲣﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﳓﻮ ‪ 24‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺳﻨﻮﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،1‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺳﻠﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﳕﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،2005 ،‬ﺹ ‪.49‬‬

‫‪45‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﻟﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺮﺳﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ‪ 19‬ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﲣﻠﺼﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﱂ ﲢﺮﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺙ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻻ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻼﻗﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﻭﱄ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻼﺀﻡ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻐﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﱂ ﲢﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﰲ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺘﺠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﻹﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:2‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺗﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﺳﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ %65‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺴﻴﺎﺏ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻦ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻌﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ ﻭﻓﱰﻭﻳﻼ ﻭﻛﻮﺑﺎ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻋﻦ ‪ %50‬ﳑﺎ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺑﺄﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﳒﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ %50‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻭﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺍﲡﻬﺖ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﲝﺼﻮﳍﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺧﻄﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﺴﻊ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﺴﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻌﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺒﲎ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﰲ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﺴﻴﺎﺏ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ؛‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﻮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻮﺽ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،1997 ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.248-249 :‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﻟﻄﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.86-83 :‬‬

‫‪46‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﻭﺽ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺍﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ )ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ( ﳌﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﺣﱴ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺯﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﻓﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﰲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺃﺩﺕ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻃﺆ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺨﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩﻱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺷﻞ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﻮ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻃﺮﺣﺖ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫"ﺑﻴﻜﺮ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﺩﻱ"‪ ،1‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺧﻔﻀﺖ "ﺧﻄﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﻱ" ﺩﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﻇﻠﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﺴﻊ ﺭﻗﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1998‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ‪ %210‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻣﺒﻴﻖ ﻭ‪ %933‬ﰲ ﻻﻭﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‬
‫ﳕﻮﺍ ‪ 4.4‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ‪ %12‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻻ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻘﺔ ﺑﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﳌﺴﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﺧﺮﺓ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺇﱃ ‪ %30.4‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺕ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻜﺴﻴﻚ ﰒ ﰲ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻓﻴﺎﰐ ﰒ ﺍﻹﻛﻮﺍﺩﻭﺭ ﻭﺃﻭﻛﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺟﻨﺘﲔ ﻭﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻇﻠﺖ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻷﺯﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺘﺴﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(08‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ )‪.(2003–1998‬‬
‫‪2004‬‬ ‫‪2003‬‬ ‫‪2002‬‬ ‫‪2001‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬ ‫ا‪+%‬ن‬
‫إ@‪ C‬ا‪('#‬ن ا‪6‬ر@‪+$4) +‬ر دو‪3‬ر(‬
‫‪281.9‬‬ ‫‪275.5‬‬ ‫‪263.2‬‬ ‫‪259.8‬‬ ‫‪272.2‬‬ ‫‪ -‬أ‪8C‬‬
‫‪499.8‬‬ ‫‪402.2‬‬ ‫‪359.5‬‬ ‫‪312.9‬‬ ‫‪308.3‬‬ ‫‪ -‬و‪ ]0‬و\ق أورو‪-‬‬
‫‪771.8‬‬ ‫‪696.2‬‬ ‫‪662.9‬‬ ‫‪669‬‬ ‫‪663.3‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ا"ول ا( ا'‪0‬و‬
‫‪ 4#U‬ا‪ I'#‬آ‪ I4 %‬ا‪D‬درات ‪ I4‬ا‪ S$‬وا‪4#6‬ت‪.‬‬
‫‪11.7‬‬ ‫‪14.1‬‬ ‫‪21.8‬‬ ‫‪18.2‬‬ ‫‪16.9‬‬ ‫‪ -‬أ‪8C‬‬
‫‪21.8‬‬ ‫‪18.6‬‬ ‫‪20.8‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪19.9‬‬ ‫‪ -‬و‪ ]0‬و\ق أورو‪-‬‬
‫‪8.4‬‬ ‫‪11.6‬‬ ‫‪13.6‬‬ ‫‪14.2‬‬ ‫‪13.9‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ا"ول ا( ا'‪0‬و‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ‪ ،2005 ،‬ﺹ ‪.30‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻭﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﰲ ﻣﻔﺎﻭﺿﺎﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺒﻜﺮ ﻛﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﻙ ﰲ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﺽ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻛﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﻙ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﱘ ﻗﺮﻭﺽ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺡ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﲣﺼﻴﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ 22-17 ،‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ ‪ .2002‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ‪ .www.un.org :‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ‪.2009/10/20 :‬‬

‫‪47‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 2004‬ﻗﺪ ﺷﻬﺪ ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﺿﺤﻪ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﳐﻴﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﺇﱃ ‪ 281.9‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪ 259.8‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﰲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،2001‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺠﺘﻪ ﺳﲑﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲞﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪ 281.9‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺿﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪ %16.9‬ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 2000‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %11.7‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ .2003‬ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﳊﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻻﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻋﺒﺎﺀ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻏﲑﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺳﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﱪﺯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻄﺮﻑ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﺘﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 478‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺮﺕ ﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 229‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪ ،1‬ﻭﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﻌﺎﺵ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺳﺘﻈﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﻳﻘﺼﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﻌﺒﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﳏﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﺵ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﳝﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﳝﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﱐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺑـ ‪ 6.7‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺴﻤﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2007‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪9.1‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺴﻤﺔ ﲝﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2050‬ﻭﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ %90‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2000‬ﻭ ‪ 2005‬ﺇﱃ ‪%1.7‬‬
‫)‪ %2.4‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﳕﻮﺍ( ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ‪%0.6‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .2‬ﻓﺎ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻀﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﳍﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺴﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺯﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺠﻼﺩﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻴﺠﲑﻳﺎ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﻻﻭﻧﻜﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ‪ ،2010‬ﺹ ‪.09‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. UNCTAD, Development and globalization: facts and figures, 2008, pp: 60-61.‬‬

‫‪48‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻘﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ‪509‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﻤﺔ‪/‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﺰﺭﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 53‬ﻧﺴﻤﺔ‪/‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑـ ‪ 184‬ﻧﺴﻤﺔ‪/‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﺰﺭﻭﻉ ﻭ ‪22‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﻤﺔ‪/‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ .1‬ﻭﻳﺼﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻛﺈﺛﻴﻮﺑﻴﺎ ﺇﱃ ‪ 78‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﺴﻤﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪2008‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺘﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 16‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳌﺎﻧﻴﺎ )ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ (14‬ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ )ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ ،(10‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺑﲔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺭﻏﻢ ﻗﺪﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺪﺩﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑﻫﺎ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺼﲔ‪ 1.33 :‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺴﻤﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺃﺩﱏ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺪﻫﻮﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺧﺼﺐ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎﺵ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﰎ ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺀ ‪ 2.1‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺴﻤﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ %32‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﻥ ﲢﺖ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻴﺶ ‪ 980‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﺴﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1.25‬ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﻟﻠﻔﻘﺮ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ )‪ (%43‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ )ﺑﻨﺠﻼﺩﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﳍﻨﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻭﲤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ 515‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺮﺍﺀ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪ 219‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﺴﻤﺔ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻣﺪﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺎﱐ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﳕﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺽ ﻭﻧﻘﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(09‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺃﻭﺭﺑﺎ ﻭﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ا‪?/‬‬ ‫اـ‪BV‬ـ!‬
‫أور‪ 0‬و‪ +X‬ا(‪W/‬‬ ‫إ‪+?'!,‬‬
‫‪ 7418‬دو'ر‬ ‫‪ 1082‬دو'ر‬ ‫‪ J+D. -‬ا‪!5‬د ‪ I4‬إ@‪ C‬ا‪ PU#‬ا(‪2008  CY‬‬
‫‪(0 70‬‬ ‫‪(0 52‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ا‪ !H‬ا(‪ #M SZ‬ا(‪3‬دة‬
‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪89‬‬ ‫‪#H4 -‬ل و‪+,‬ت ا![‪((4 1000 P; S‬د‬
‫‪E 1.6‬ن‪E 0.4/‬ر‬ ‫‪E 22.3‬ن‪E 0.8/‬ر‬ ‫‪#M -‬د ا‪#'E0 I+0D‬ز‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ‪ ،2009‬ﺹ ‪ ،30‬ﺹ ‪.42‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺳﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﲔ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺘﲔ ﻭﳘﺎ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﻓﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﻊ ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ 1000‬ﺭﺿﻴﻊ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﱵ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺗﻔﺎﻗﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺼﻞ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﺇﱃ ‪ 89‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﻟﻠﺮﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻜﺲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺑﺎ ﻭﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﺇﱃ ‪ 21‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻋﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﳝﺎﻥ ﻋﻄﻴﺔ ﻧﺎﺻﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،2005 ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.31-30 :‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Microsoft, Encarta, 2009, Microsoft Corporation.‬‬

‫‪49‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺘﲔ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺋﻖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻜﺴﻪ ﺗﺪﱐ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﻣﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﻐﺺ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻔﺸﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻧﻘﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻌﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻠﲔ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻧﻘﺺ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻀﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ )ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﳚﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﲔ ‪ 8‬ﻭ‪ %15‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ .1‬ﻭﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻨﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﲰﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻭﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﳝﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺑﺎ ﰲ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻃﻠﲔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺪﻓﻌﻬﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭﺑﺄﻱ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻁ ﻳﻔﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻧﺎﻫﻴﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺳﻦ ﻣﺒﻜﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ .2‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻵﰐ ﻳﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟـ ‪ 15‬ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪.2004‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(04‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟـ ‪ 15‬ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪Source: Microsoft, Encarta, 2009, Microsoft Corporation.‬‬

‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (04‬ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻫﻲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺎﱐ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ %43‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺟﻴﺒﻮﰐ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻳﻮﺣﻲ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺠﺰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.106‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺎﺣﻨﻮﺱ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﳕﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﺟﺴﺘﲑ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،2006 ،‬ﺹ ‪.16‬‬

‫‪50‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﻌﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﻴﻠﺔ ﲟﺤﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻓﺔ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺽ ﻣﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺪﺍﻓﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺃﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺑﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﺘﻨﻒ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺰﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻳﻼﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻛﺄﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻠﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺿﺎ ﳏﺴﻮﺳﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻟﺖ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻄﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(10‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2007‬‬ ‫‪2005‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬ ‫‪1990‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫‪225961‬‬ ‫‪222265‬‬ ‫‪212054‬‬ ‫‪188602‬‬ ‫ا‪ H‬ا‪+-‬‬
‫‪45.1‬‬ ‫‪44.8‬‬ ‫‪44.0‬‬ ‫‪42.4‬‬ ‫ا‪ I4 %‬ا‪ H‬ا;‪+$‬‬
‫‪Source: UNCTAD, handbook of statistics 2008, p 530.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺗﺒﺎﻃﺆ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ‬
‫‪ 2000‬ﻭ‪ 2007‬ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻗﻔﺰﺓ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﳓﻮ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺰﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻜﺮﻳﺲ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺒﲏ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻃﻠﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﳕﺎﺋﻲ ﳑﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﺺ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ‬
‫ﲡﺰﺅ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﳊﻀﺮ ﻭﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﺋﺾ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﺗﺴﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺠﺰﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺟﺬﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﳑﺎ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻫﻴﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﲰﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻴﺰ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﳊﺴﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﻲ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺄﺟﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺑﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺟﺰﺀ ﳏﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺄﺟﻮﺭ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻘﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻃﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﻴﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ )ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ(‬
‫ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻘﻮﺩ ﺭﲰﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻋﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪51‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﺟﺰﺀﺍ ﻫﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﳊﻀﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﳜﻠﻖ ﺑﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﲰﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﲰﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﺰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺄﺟﻮﺭ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﲝﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻨﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﳛﺔ )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻓﺮﺓ( ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎ ﳌﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻨﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻏﲑ ﳏﺪﺩ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﳛﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﺎ ﳓﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﳕﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺎﲨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻢ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻔﺸﻴﺎ ﳑﺎ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻓﺮﺓ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻓﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﻨﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ‪ %60‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ )ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ(‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ )ﺣﻀﺮﻱ ﻭﺭﻳﻔﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﱐ )ﺭﲰﻲ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺭﲰﻲ( ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ )ﻣﺆﻫﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻏﲑ ﻣﺆﻫﻠﺔ(‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﲡﺰﺅ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻘﺎﺿﻮﻥ ﺃﺟﻮﺭﺍ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﳛﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺿﻐﻮﻃﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻦ ﲦﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺼﺮ ﻭﺗﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻲ ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺍﺿﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ )ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﻭﻓﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﳜﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳌﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻻﺕ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺇﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﺍﻷﻃﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﲟﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻭﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﺔ ﻭﳕﻂ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﳎﻠﺔ ﺟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،58‬ﺍﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺴﻤﱪ ‪ ،2006‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.16-13 :‬‬

‫‪52‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳊﻀﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺎﻥ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ )ﻓﺸﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﳒﺎﺣﻬﺎ(‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺪﻯ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﺭﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﳋﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻫﲑﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﲣﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﳉﻤﺎﻫﲑﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺳﻬﻤﺖ ﰲ ﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺬﺧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺳﺒﺒﺎ ﰲ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻫﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﻮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺼﺐ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺼﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻋﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﻴﲏ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻮﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﺴﲔ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺷﻌﻮﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻛﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﳌﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺷﻐﻞ ﻭﳏﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﺸﻴﲔ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺇﻗﺒﺎﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﺘﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻋﺬﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﱐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺇﻓﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﻬﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺃﻓﺮﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺍﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﺎﻗﻤﺖ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺪ ﺫﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺪﻫﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﺍﳉﻬﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﻧﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺗﻠﻮﺛﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻘﺎﺀ ﲟﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﱪﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻌﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﺇﱃ ‪ %600‬ﲝﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ ،2030‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﺊ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻫﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻧﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻃﺎﳍﺎ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﻗﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﱐ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﳝﻮﺗﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﻮﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﻳﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺼﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﺰﻣﻨﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺳﺒﺒﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺍ ﰲ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﺘﻚ ﺳﻨﻮﻳﺎ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻔﻮﻕ ﺛﻼﲦﺎﺋﺔ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻓﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺸﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﺩﺍﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.115‬‬

‫‪53‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﲟﺎ ﺗﻄﺮﺣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﳐﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻄﺮﺣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﳐﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺟﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﻘﺎﺑﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺎﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺣﲔ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺪﺕ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺭﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﲟﻮﺟﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻓﻦ ﳐﻠﻔﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ‪‬ﺪﻳﺪ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻟﻸﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﱐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻘﺪ ﳒﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﱐ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺑﺎﺕ ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(05‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﰲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ )‪.(2005 -1995‬‬

‫‪Source: Microsoft, Encarta, 2009, Microsoft Corporation.‬‬

‫ﻳﻠﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (05‬ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻔﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﰲ ﳎﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ %5‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﻭﺳﺔ ﺳﻨﻮﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﻠﻘﺪ ﻓﺎﻗﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ‪ %10‬ﻣﻊ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2005‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﺩ ﺷﻌﻮﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﲟﺎ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻳﺴﻠﻨﺪﺍ ﺇﱃ ‪ ،1% 5.6-‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﳚﺎﰊ ﺑﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺮ ﳌﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﺒﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﳐﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﳒﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﺃﺳﺒﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﺣﻔﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﺒﻴﺌﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻱ ﻟﺘﻮﻗﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪ ،2007 ،‬ﺹ‪.77‬‬

‫‪54‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ )ﺛﺎﱐ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻴﺜﺎﻥ ﻭﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺘﻴﻚ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻓﺮﺯ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺃﺧﻄﺮ ﻛﺄﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻃﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻮﺍﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﱯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺫﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﳕﺎﺋﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﶈﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2006‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺿﺂﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﲟﺎ ﺗﻔﺮﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺿﺌﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺗﻘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ‪ 1.1‬ﻃﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺛﺎﱐ ﺃﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﰲ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ‪ 7.2‬ﻃﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﳔﻠﺺ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﰲ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﱐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﲣﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﻫﺎ ﻭﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻬﺠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳐﻠﻔﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺑﺄﺳﺮﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.78‬‬

‫‪55‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺗﻄﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﻌﺪﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺨﻠﺺ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﻟﻜﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﺟﻨﱯ ﻷﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﳝﻨﺤﻪ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺗﺴﻴﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑـ ‪ %10‬ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﺩﱏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﻣﺘﺪ ﺍﳉﺪﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺟﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﻮﻗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﳌﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺳﻌﻴﺎ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ ﺗﻜﻔﻞ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﲣﻠﻔﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﺩﺕ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﺣﺼﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻨﻮﻋﺖ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻳﺪﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻐﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﰲ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺪﻯ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﲢﻘﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪56‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﲤﻬﻴـﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ ﰲ ﲝﺚ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺛﻠﺜﺎ ﺍﳉﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﺢ‬
‫ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲟﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺗﺎﺭﳜﻲ ﻏﲑ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺛﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺩﺕ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺅﻝ ﺟﻌﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻣﻦ ﰲ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺿﺎﻕ ﺫﺭﻋﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﳌﺪﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺣﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﺳﻢ ﳌﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲣﻠﻖ ﻓﺮﺻﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪﺋﻴﺎ ﻭﻣﻦ ﲦﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﲤﺲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺒﻨﺘﻪ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻃﺮﺣﻪ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺭﲰﻴﺔ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺆﲤﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﻧﺘﺪﻻﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ؟‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﳝﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﺮﺍﺩﻓﲔ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺣﺴﻦ ﻭﳝﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻻ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻳﺸﻮﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﻮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﻭﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻮﺹ ﰲ ﺃﻛﱪ ﲢﺪﻱ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪57‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺇﻫﺘﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻤﺎﺀﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺜﲑﻩ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺳﺒﻞ ﲢﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺯ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺣﻴﺚ ﹸﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺬﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ ﻣﻌﲔ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﻛﺴﺎﺏ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﰲ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ ﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻔﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺇﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻹﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻋﺎﺋﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﲑ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻋﱪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﰊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﲬﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻭﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﱂ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ ﰲ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﱐ ﺁﺩﻡ ﲰﻴﺚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺣﱴ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳌﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻛﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﱴ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﲑﺕ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺭﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻱ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﺒﻊ ﺣﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﲡﻪ ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﺩﻯ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﺪﺛﺘﻪ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﻣﲑ ﳌﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺤﻠﺖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﲑ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﲑ‬

‫‪58‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﺸﻌﻮﺏ ﻛﻬﺪﻑ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺩﺓ‪ 1‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻛﺎﻥ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻂ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻭﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺑﲔ "ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ‪ ...‬ﺍﱁ ﻭﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ 2"...‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﰎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻄﺮﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻊ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.3‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﳋﻤﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺎﻛﻲ ﻣﺴﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺗﻀﺎﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﱄ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻹﺷﺘﺮﺍﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻔﻜﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﳏﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﻢ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﲔ‪:4‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﰊ ﻭﻻ ﳝﻴﺰ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﲡﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﰊ ﻭﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﺎﺩﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻭﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﲢﻮﻻﺕ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﲟﻮﺟﺒﻬﺎ ﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﳝﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ‬
‫ﰲ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺑﺮﺯﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻨﺎﺩﺍﺓ ﺑﺘﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻛﺄﺩﺍﺓ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﰊ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻨﺎﺩﺍﺓ ﻭﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﺎﱃ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲣﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺓ ﲣﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺓ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺇﻟﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﻴﻀﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،2006 ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.348-347 :‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺻﺎﱀ ﺻﺎﳊﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،2006 ،‬ﺹ ‪.88‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.88‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻧﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺣﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﳐﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﻣﻐﺎﺭﰊ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻴﻒ‪ ،2008 ،‬ﺹ ‪.226‬‬

‫‪59‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺪﻓﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻲ ﻓﻤﻊ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻀﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺭﻙ ﺍﳌﻔﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻤﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﺪﻑ ﺭﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻌﻴﺸﺘﻪ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻼﺯﻣﺘﲔ ﻭﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺘﲔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﺘﻤﺎﺷﻰ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﲑ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﳐﺎﻃﺮ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﳍﺎ ﻭﰲ ﻇﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻫﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﺍﳋﻄﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺻﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺯﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺗﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻘﻠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻁ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻮﺙ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺗﺒﲏ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﺳﺲ ﻭﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﶈﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻫﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻟﻨﻤﻮﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺄﺭﺟﺤﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺎﻗﺸﺖ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺭﺑﻄﺖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﺩﻡ ﲰﻴﺚ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻓﻴﺪ ﺭﻳﻜﺎﺭﺩﻭ ﻭﺭﻭﺑﺮﺕ ﻣﺎﻟﺘﻮﺱ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﰲ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﲡﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻚ ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻚ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﺗﻔﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺍﺀ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﺑﺮﺯ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:2‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ )ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ )ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ( ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﲝﺼﻮﻝ ﺗﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ )ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ(‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.229‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻣﺪﺣﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،2007 ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.64-62 :‬‬

‫‪60‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﲣﻀﻊ ﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺭﻫﻦ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ ﻭﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ‪ :‬ﺃﻛﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺣﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﲤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﱐ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻛﻒﺀ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻚ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﱄ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻛﺪﻭﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻸﺟﻮﺭ ﺑﺈﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﱐ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ )ﺑﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ( ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﺪﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﲏ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺭﺃﻳﻬﻢ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﻐﻲ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﻬﺪﺗﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﻓﺮﺯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﺍﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﺎﺋﻀﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ﰎ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺟﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻧﻈ ‪‬ﺮﺍ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻳﻔﻮﻕ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻸﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﻩ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ﻣﻌﺘﱪ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﻛﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﺖ ﳍﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﺘﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺻﺎﳊﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻼﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺭﺃﺱ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺻﻼ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺗﻔﺘﻘﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻋﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺷﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ‪ ،1996 ،‬ﺹ ‪.59‬‬

‫‪61‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺛﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺄﰐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﺭﺷﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲨﻊ ﺟﺎﻧﱯ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺿﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺛﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺗﻐﲑﺕ ﻣﻼﻣﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﻘﻖ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻑ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﺗﻀﺎﺅﻝ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺻﺎﺭﺥ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻌﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺮﺿﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﻛﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﺑﲔ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻳﺘﻼﺷﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻔﺘﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺛﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻤﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﻼﻝ ﺑﲔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﲢﺮﺭﺕ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﲞﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺃﻭﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺩ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺆﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ )‬
‫‪ (exogène‬ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﱄ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻺﺩﺧﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ\ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ )‪ (Y\ K‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‬
‫)‪ (V\K‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﻋﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﶈﺪﺛﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﻃﺮﺩﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺳﻠﺒﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ )‪ (K/L‬ﻭ)‪ (V/K‬ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼﺕ ﻟﻺﺩﺧﺎﺭ‬
‫)ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ )ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ(‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﳕﻮ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.1‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻣﺪﺣﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.68-66 :‬‬

‫‪62‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺟﻮﺯﻳﻒ ﺷﻮﻣﺒﺘﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺷﻮﻣﺒﺘﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺑﺮﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺇﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺍ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺍﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺴﺒﺒﲔ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﳍﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻊ ﺍﻹﺋﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﺳﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻓﺎﺋﺾ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﳑﺎ‬
‫ﳜﻔﺾ ﺍﻷﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺼﻒ ﺷﻮﻣﺒﺘﲑ ﲬﺴﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺎﺝ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺷﻮﻣﺒﺘﲑ ﺑﲔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺋﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﰲ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻩ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺃﻫﻢ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪.1‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻧﻘﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺷﻮﻣﺒﺘﲑ‪ :‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺇﻋﺠﺎﺏ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺄﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﻣﺒﺘﲑ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺒﺘﻜﺮ )ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻢ(‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﲟﺎ ﺗﻨﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺭﻭﺗﲔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﳛﻞ ﳏﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻛﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺗﻮﻗﻊ ﻛﺎﺭﻝ ﻣﺎﺭﻛﺲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﱄ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻭﺍﻟﻪ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﲢﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺷﻮﻣﺒﺘﲑ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻷﻥ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺘﻪ ﺗﺘﻼﺀﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺳﻮﺳﻴﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺋﺪﺍ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺭﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﲔ ﻭﺑﺎﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺏ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.72-69 :‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻳﺰ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،1985 ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.53 -51 :‬‬

‫‪63‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﳊﺠﺞ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ – ﺛﻼﺛﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ‪ -‬ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﻜﺎﺩ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺎﳊﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺋﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﰲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﱰﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺩ – ﺩﻭﻣﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1-1‬ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎ ﻭﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﱴ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺃﺯﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ )‪ (1939-1929‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﺖ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﲟﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﱰﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﲔ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺘﲔ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻳﻔﺴﻲ ﺩﻭﻣﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺸﺮ ﳕﺎﺫﺝ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﲏ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﲔ ﲟﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻩ ﰲ ﺃﺯﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﺴﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓ‪ .2‬ﻭﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﳕﻮﺫﺟﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺇﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺪﻱ ﻟﻺﺩﺧﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﻺﺩﺧﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻸﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ )‪ ،(K/L‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ .3‬ﻭﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ )‪ (K‬ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ )∆‪ (Y\Y‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻺﺩﺧﺎﺭ )∆‪ (Y∆\S‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ )‪ .4(Y\K‬ﻭﲤﺖ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺩ – ﺩﻭﻣﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻵﰐ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻌﺪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺩ – ﺩﻭﻣﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻳﺪﺭﻳﻚ ﺷﺮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﻤﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،2002 ،‬ﺹ ‪.48‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.39-38 :‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻣﺪﺣﺖ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻬﲑ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،1999 ،‬ﺹ ‪.131‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻣﺪﺣﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.75‬‬

‫‪64‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺩ – ﺩﻭﻣﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:1‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭ = ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﻱ ‪.(1)............. S =I‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻃﺮﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (1‬ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ (Y‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪. (2)....... Y\S=Y\I :‬‬
‫ﺑﻀﺮﺏ ﻭﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ )‪ (Y\I‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪Y∆\Y × I \Y∆ =Y \S :‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪Y\S = s :‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ )‪. Y \Y∆ = G :(GNP‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪. Y∆\I = C :‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳌﺒﺴﻂ ﳍﺎﺭﻭﺩ – ﺩﻭﻣﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪.C× G= s :‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺩ – ﺩﻭﻣﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳏﺪﺩﺍ ﺑﺎﻹﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻄﻖ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻣﺪﺧﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-1‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻡ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺩ – ﺩﻭﻣﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺇﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﳑﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺛﺒﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﺮ ﻭﺑﻠﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﲞﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻳﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻌﺎﺭ‪.2‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺃﻋﺪﺕ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﻣﺪﺣﺖ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻬﲑ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.134-133 :‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﺩﺍﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.127-126 :‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺣﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.76-75 :‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻣﺪﺣﺖ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻬﲑ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.146‬‬

‫‪65‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻼﺋﻢ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻌﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺈﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭ ﻭﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻷﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﻭﻏﻴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻴﺾ ﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺩ – ﺩﻭﻣﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺏ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﲟﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻏﲑ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺣﱴ ﰲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻘﻠﺺ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﱰﻱ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﱰﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﱂ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺧﺎﺹ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺩ – ﺩﻭﻣﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻠﻴﻠﻪ ﺇﻫﺘﻢ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺇﻫﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﱰﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺗﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑ ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺩ ﻟﻸﺯﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﱰﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﰲ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﺪﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﺗﻰ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﲏ ﺃﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﰲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﱪﺯ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﲏ ﺑﺈﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻓﺮﺯ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻲ ﺟﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﳏﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﻴﺔ ﻟﺸﻌﻮ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳍﻴﻤﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺇﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﺃﺳﺎﺫﺗﺸﺎﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻴﱰﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﱰﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺒﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،1979 ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪–138 :‬‬
‫‪.139‬‬

‫‪66‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻹﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﰲ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ "ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ"‪ .1‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﲟﺎ ﳛﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ "ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ"‪ .2‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺭﻳﻔﻮﺍﺭ "ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﳚﻲ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻫﻲ ﰲ ﺇﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ"‪ .3‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺃﺭﻭ "ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﰲ‬
‫ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻌﲔ"‪.4‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﲟﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﱄ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻀﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺍﲣﺎﺫ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻫﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻣﺎ ﳛﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.5‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻣﻄﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﱐ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺰﻝ ﺃﺛﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺨﻢ؛‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻄﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،2003 ،‬ﺹ ‪.11‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.12‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. Jean Rivoire, L’économie de marché, Que sais-je ?, Alger, éditions Dahleb, 1994, p79.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪. Jean Arrous, les théories de la croissance, paris, éditions du seuil, 1999, p 9.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﻤﺮ ‪‬ﺎﺗﺎ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺮﺍﺀ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﳎﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﻫﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻧﻔﻲ‬
‫‪ ،1997‬ﺹ‪.4‬‬

‫‪67‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﲣﺘﻔﻲ ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﲣﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﲑﺓ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻨﺠﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﻣﲔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﳕﻮﺍ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻱ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺸﲑ ﻟﻨﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﳎﺮﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻴﻌﲏ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﲢﺴﻦ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻌﻴﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﳑﺜﻼ ﰲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﺼﻴﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺎﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎ ﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﱐ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻀﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻌﻴﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﲟﻌﲎ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﳕﻮ ﺇﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﱐ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺗﺘﺪﻫﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻌﻴﺸﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻳﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﺘﻢ ‪‬ﻴﻜﻞ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﺼﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻻ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻗﺪ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﲢﺼﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻭﲢﺮﻡ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻧﺼﻴﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﱯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﰲ ﺭﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻸﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻭﺍﻹﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ‪...‬ﺍﱁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺮﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻬﻤﻞ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﰲ‬
‫ﻭﻏﲑﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪68‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺧﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻠﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻏﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﱪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:1‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ= ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺑﲔ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ×‪100‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻭﳝﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﻮﻥ ﻟﻸﺧﺬ ﲟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ = ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﳎﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﺱ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻧﺴﺐ ﻋﻘﻼﻧﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﺟﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﳋﱪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‪.2‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﲢﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺳﻠﻊ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻛﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﶈﻘﻘﺔ‪.3‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻋﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﳝﺎﻥ ﻋﻄﻴﺔ ﻧﺎﺻﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.59‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻧﺎﺟﻲ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،2001 ،‬ﺹ‪.34‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻟﻮ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﻟﻴﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﲨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.306‬‬

‫‪69‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﲏ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﻇﻒ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﳍﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﺙ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺗﻘﲏ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲡﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺭﻕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﺳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻭﻫﻲ ﲢﻈﻰ ﺑﺄﳘﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﰲ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﳓﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﺑﺎﻷﺧﺺ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،2‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺘﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﺎﺩﺭ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﳋﱪﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﱪﺍﻟﻴﲔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﲝﺘﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲜﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻐﺎﺿﻰ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﰐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻠﻢ ﲟﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺳﺲ ﳍﺎ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻜﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‬
‫ﰲ ﺇﺳﺘﻐﻼﳍﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .3‬ﻭﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﺍﻗﺠﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.4‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻧﺎﺟﻲ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.58‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﺩﺍﻭﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،2008 ،‬ﺹ ‪.05‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﰊ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﺮﻳﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،1999 ،‬ﺹ ‪.325‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻮﺍﺩﻗﺠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،1978 ،‬ﺹ ‪.14‬‬

‫‪70‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ﻓﻬﻲ "ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳍﻴﻜﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﺼﺪ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻴﺸﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ"‪ ،1‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭ‬
‫ﳑﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﺴﲔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻼﺕ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﺮ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺪﺩﺕ ﺣﻮﳍﺎ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ "ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺏ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﲢﺴﻦ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑﺓ ﻭﲢﺴﻦ ﰲ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺗﻐﲑ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﻲ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ"‪.3‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺇﲨﺎﻉ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺩ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺭﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﻲ ﻟﻸﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ ﻛﻔﺆ ﻭﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻭﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺺ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺇﳘﺎﳍﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﻴﺸﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﺩﺍﺭﻭ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺟﻪ ﰲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻫﺎ "ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻋﱪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻭﺍﳊﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻀﻮﺏ"‪.4‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺻﻠﻪ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺣﺴﲔ‪ ،‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺷﻔﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،1995 ،‬ﺹ ‪.120‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻋﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺷﻬﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،1994 ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.8-7 :‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻄﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،2000 ،‬ﺹ ‪.17‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺸﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﺩﺍﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.230‬‬

‫‪71‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺼﺮ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻬﺎ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺴﲔ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺇﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﲢﺴﲔ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳍﻴﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﺳﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﻓﺮﺹ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻪ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮ ﳌﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻖ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺄﻣﲔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻐﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺹ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺓ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻒﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪1‬؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﱯ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺣﺪ ﳑﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﲜﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻼ ﻟﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﻼﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﳎﺮﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﲢﺴﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﰲ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺧﻴﻮﻁ ﰲ ﻧﺴﻴﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﱪﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﱐ ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﻭﱐ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭﺍﻩ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،2000 ،‬ﺹ ‪.14‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ – ﻋﻄﺎﺀﺍﺕ – ﻣﻌﻮﻗـﺎﺕ – ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ، 2006 ،‬ﺹ ‪. 28-27‬‬

‫‪72‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻻ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻭﻑ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺖ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺣﺎﻁ ‪‬ﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﻫﺎﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻗﺎ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﻓﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺒﻨﻴﻪ ﻛﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻷﺟﻨﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﲡﺎﻩ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﺖ ﻭﻃﺒﻘﺖ ﺑﻄﺮﻕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻫﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﻮﺽ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﻣﲏ ﻣﻌﲔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻴﺪ ﳌﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﶈﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ؟ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ؟ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ؟‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﻮﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺎ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﳌﻼﻳﲔ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻭﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺘﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺣﺪﺛﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺧﻄﻂ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻮﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﻲ ﻟﻸﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺈﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻼﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﳏﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺆﺱ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﰲ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﺮﺩﺓ ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﰲ ﺧﻀﻢ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻇﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﳋﺎﻃﺊ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺩﺍﺓ ﺑﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻭﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺻﻄﻠﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻱ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﲢﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺸﺠﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳊﻮﺍﻓﺰ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﲟﺎ ﳝﺘﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﳝﺔ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺣﻈﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ‬

‫‪73‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﳝﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻼﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﻴﺪ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳛﻘﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﻟﻸﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺮﺯ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺆﲤﺮ ﺳﺘﻮﻛﻬﻮﱂ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1972‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻈﻤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﶈﺘﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﺎﻗﺶ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻭﰎ ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﳘﺎ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺣﺖ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﻐﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺒﲎ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑـ ‪ 26‬ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﻭﳐﻄﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻄﺖ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻴﻼﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫)‪ (PNUE‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﻠﻔﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﲤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﳋﻄﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﻬﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،1‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﻧﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮﻩ )ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫‪(Halte à la croissance‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺇﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻒ ﺑﺈﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺇﺳﺘﱰﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﻣﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻬﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﰎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﳎﺮﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ )ﻣﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺑﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ( ﺑﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺭﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻭﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻹﺷﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺗﻄﻠﻌﺎﺗﻪ‪ .3‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺪ ﻣﺆﲤﺮ ﺳﺘﻮﻛﻬﻮﱂ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪.4‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،1975‬ﺻﺪﺭ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﻃﺎﺭﺉ ﻟﻸﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﲢﺖ ﺍﺳﻢ )‪ (Hammarskjöld‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺪﻱ )‪ ،(Dag Hammarskjöld‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﲣﺺ ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ﺑﻌﺾ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،2002 ،‬ﺹ ‪.113‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺳﺤﺮ ﻗﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﳝﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺛﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﻟﻺﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﰲ ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ ‪ ،2006‬ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،2007 ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.23-22 :‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺻﺒﺎﺭﻳﲏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻣﺸﻜﻼ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻟﻠﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ‪ ،1979 ،‬ﺹ ‪.24‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺷﻲ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.238‬‬

‫‪74‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﺫﺍﺕ ﲪﻮﻟﺔ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ‪ .‬ﳑﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ "ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ" ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﳑﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺿﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻏﺎﻣﻀﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﺼﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﲡﺪ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻻ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﺀﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺴﺠﻤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻗﻴﻮﺩﺍ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻤﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﻭﻻ ‪‬ﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻳﻄﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻛﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻱ ﺑﺪﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﲡﻤﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﲪﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،1987‬ﺃﺻﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ "ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2000‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ" ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺪﻓﺎ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺩﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺑﺄﺳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﳏﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻏﺮﻭ ﻫﺎﺭﱂ ﺑﺮﻭﻧﺘﺪﻻﻧﺪ ﺑﺈﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫"ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ" ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻠﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻣﺼﲑﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﻻ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺷﺮﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻧﺎﺟﺤﺔ ﲟﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻋﺎﺟﺰﺓ ﻭﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﲟﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻸﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﱰﺍﻓﻪ‪" .‬ﻓﺎﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﱐ ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﺍﳌﺪﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﺎﻗﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﱃ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﻛﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﻤﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﲤﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻉ ‪‬ﺞ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺩﻋﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ ﺍﻷﳒﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺪ ﺫﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ‪‬ﺞ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺃﻃﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻫﺘﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻤﻀﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Beat bÜrgenmeier, Politiques économiques du développement durable, de Boeck, Bruxelles, 2008, p 37.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Lavoisier, Revue Française de gestion, le développement durable, N152, Hermès, 2004, p 118.‬‬

‫‪75‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﲤﺜﻞ ‪‬ﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﳑﻴﺘﺔ ﻭﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲡﺎﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﻥ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﲡﺎﻩ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪."1‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﲝﻤﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﻢ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻘﺪ ﻣﺆﲤﺮ ﺩﻭﱄ ﳚﻤﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺯﻋﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 3‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 14‬ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ،1992‬ﺍﻧﻌﻘﺪﺕ ﰲ ﺭﻳﻮﺩﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﻴﲑﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﱪﺍﺯﻳﻞ ﻭﺑﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﱪﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺔ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﳒﺎﺡ ﳏﻘﻖ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺣﻀﺮﻩ ﺃﺯﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1500‬ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﻴﻢ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﲝﻀﻮﺭ‬
‫‪ 182‬ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﳌﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻛﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﻬﺪ ﻣﻴﻼﺩ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﲣﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺭﻳﻮ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﻛﺐ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻭﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﻭﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺪﺓ ‪ 21‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻀﻤﻨﺖ‬
‫‪40‬ﻓﺼﻼ‪ 2500 ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺷﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻋﺎﺩﻝ ﻣﻦ ﲦﺎﺭﻩ‪.3‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺩﻳﺴﻤﱪ ‪ 1997‬ﺗﺒﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﰲ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺧﻴﺔ ﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻮﺗﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻬﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻠﺰﻣﺔ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﲞﻔﺾ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺩﻓﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻫﻲ‪ .CO2 ,CH4 ,HCFCs ,N2O ,SF6 ,CFCs :‬ﺇﺑﺘﺪﺍ ًﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ 16‬ﻓﻴﻔﺮﻱ ‪،2005‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺻﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 183‬ﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ .4‬ﻭﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻹﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻴﺌﺔ ‪.5‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ 4‬ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ ‪ 2002‬ﺍﻧﻌﻘﺪﺕ ﰲ ﺟﻮﻫﺎﻧﺴﺒﻮﺭﻍ ﲜﻨﻮﺏ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ )ﺭﻳﻮ‪ (10+‬ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﲣﺎﺫ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻓﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ‪ ،2010‬ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺟﻮﻫﺎﻧﺴﺒﻮﺭﻍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﲰﻬﺎ ﺗﺒﻨﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﰎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Bruno Cohen-Bacrie, communiquer efficacement sur le développement durable de l'entreprise citoyenne aux‬‬
‫‪collectivités durables, les éditions démos, paris, 2006, p 17.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺷﻲ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.239‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. Bruno Cohen-Bacrie, Op-Cit, p15.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺃﻣﻞ ﺣﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺧﻔﺾ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،2009 ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ‪ .www.syrcs.org :‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ‪:‬‬
‫‪.2010/10/22‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻓﺮﺣﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﳐﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﻣﻐﺎﺭﰊ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻴﻒ‪ ،2008 ،‬ﺹ ‪.03‬‬

‫‪76‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﻄﻂ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﱂ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﺎﱂ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺐ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺇﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1987‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻏﺮﻭ ﻫﺎﺭﱂ ﺑﺮﻭﻧﺘﺪﻻﻧﺪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃ‪‬ﺎ "ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﱯ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎ‪‬ﺎ"‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﲔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﲔ ﳘﺎ‪:2‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺎﺭﺱ ﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﺬ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﺮﻳﻮ ﺩﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﻴﲑﻭ ﺍﺗﺴﻊ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻟﻴﺘﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﰲ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﲜﻮﻫﺎﻧﺴﱪﺝ ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻛﺮﺅﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺇﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻱ ﻭﺑﺪﻳﻞ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺳﻌﻴﻪ ﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﻋﺜﺮﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﰲ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﳊﺼﺮ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻳﺘﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺒﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻫﺘﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﲝﺼﺮ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺸﺮ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1992‬ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰎ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﳎﺎﻣﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﲝﺜﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Corinne Gendron, Le développement durable comme compromis, Québec, 2006, p 166.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. François BERTRAND, Planification et développement durable: vers de nouvelles pratiques d'aménagement‬‬
‫? ‪régional‬‬
‫‪L'exemple de deux Régions françaises, Nord-Pas-de-Calais et Midi-Pyrénées, Thèse pour l'obtention du grade de‬‬
‫‪docteur en Aménagement de l'Espace et Urbanisme, université François Rabelais-tours, Ecole doctorale "Sciences de‬‬
‫‪l'Homme et de la Société", France, 6 décembre 2004, p 74.‬‬

‫‪77‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫‪ -1-1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻔﺾ‬
‫ﻛﺒﲑ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﲢﻮﻻﺕ ﺟﺬﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﳕﻮﺫﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺗﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ‪W.‬‬
‫‪ Ruckelshaus‬ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﺮ ﺑﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻳﺘﻼﺀﻡ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﳘﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﺘﺎﻥ‪.1‬‬
‫‪ -2-1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ‪ Lambrecht et Thierstein‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ "ﻫﻴﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﻋﻴﺶ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﺣﺎﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺱ ﲝﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺃﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ "2‬ﻭﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺒﻠﻮﻍ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﱐ ﻭﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﺸﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﻳﺎﻑ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3-1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﳕﻂ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻱ ﻳﺴﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﱐ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺗﻮﻓﲑﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‪ .3‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻀﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻸﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻳﻘﺮ ﺑﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺭﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻬﻢ ﻫﻲ ﺫﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻕ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺭﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﲑ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﱯ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4-1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﲏ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻗﺪﺭ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺑﺴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻷﻭﺯﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﳝﻘﺮﺍﻃﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ(؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻠﺘﺰﻡ ﺑﺎﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻣﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﱰﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Pierre André Claude, Delisle et Jean-Pierre Revéret, L'évaluation des impacts sur l'environnement: Processus,‬‬
‫‪acteurs et pratique pour un développement durable, presses internationales polytechnique, France, édition 2, 2000,‬‬
‫‪p 2.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Gabriel Wackermann, le développement durable, ellipses, paris, 2008, p32.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. Petit Larousse Illustré, édition 2006, p 20.‬‬

‫‪78‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ‪‬ﺘﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻓﺆ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ‪ :‬ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ )ﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﻃﺮﻕ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﲏ )ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﻣﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ )ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ( ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ )ﻏﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‪ ،1‬ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﺄﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻫﻴﺄﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ "ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ " ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳓﻮ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻗﺮﻩ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ "ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﲤﺜﻞ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺟﺰﺀﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﺰﺃ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲟﻌﺰﻝ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ"‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﳎﻠﺲ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺍﺛﻴﺔ ﻻ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺗﺪﻫﻮﺭﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.3‬‬
‫ﳑﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺍﻧﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﲟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﺽ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﲢﺴﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻟﻸﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﺪﻱ ﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﲑﺍﺙ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﺹ ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﲤﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻟﺪﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺞ ﻫﺬﻩ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Le développement durable: définition. Disponible sur le site: www.worldbank.com. Le: 05/12/2009.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺟﻼﺱ ﻣﻮﺳﺸﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ‪‬ﺎﺀ ﺷﺎﻫﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،2000 ،‬ﺹ‪.1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﻃﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ ‪ ،1988‬ﺹ‪.157‬‬

‫‪79‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(06‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻻﻳﻜﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﲔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌـﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌـﺪ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌـﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴـﺌﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Source: OECD, Développement durable: les grandes questions, Editions de l’OCDE, 2001, p 37.‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ )ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻌﺎﺕ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‪ :‬ﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺭﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ ‪‬ﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺎﺭﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ؛ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻃﻨﲔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ؛‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻁ ‪‬ﺎ؛‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﲤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻻﺕ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﳍﺠﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﳌﺲ ﺇﲨﺎﻉ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺀ ﲝﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﳊﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺃﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺀ ﲝﺎﺟﺎ‪‬ﺎ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺄﻫﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻫﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ؛‬

‫‪80‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺬﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻼ ﲟﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻗﻞ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺤﺎﻝ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﺎ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻧﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﺳﺪ ﺣﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﱐ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻭﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺻﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﲣﻠﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﲔ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺗﺘﺨﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﳍﺎ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﲑ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﻭﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻣﺘﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﳍﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺪ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻮﱄ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﻭﺗﻨﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺗﻀﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻀﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ‪1‬؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻓﻘﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ؛‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻫﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ؛ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﲪﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ؛ ﲟﻌﲎ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻜﻔﻞ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ؛ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﰲ ﺣﺪ ﺫﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻃﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺹ ﳊﻘﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺳﺤﺮ ﻗﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.25‬‬

‫‪81‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ‪‬ﻴﺊ ﻟﻠﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﲣﻞ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﻴﺊ ﻟﻸﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﳊﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺹ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺀ ﲝﺎﺟﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻨﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺗﱪﺯ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺇﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﲡﺘﻤﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻵﰐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲣﻔﻴﻒ ﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻟﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﺳﺘﱰﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﺴﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﻧﻀﻮ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﺴﲔ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻱ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﲢﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﻭﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳋﱪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻟﺘﺤﻔﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺑﺪﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺗﻔﻜﲑ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،1‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻀﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻟﻸﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ‬
‫ﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻭﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑﺓ ﻭﺗﺄﻣﲔ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﱐ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻣﻨﻊ ﺇﺳﺘﱰﺍﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺪﻣﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻮﻫﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺳﺪﻳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻛﺈﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻓﺮﺣﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﳐﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﻣﻐﺎﺭﰊ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻴﻒ‪ ،2008 ،‬ﺹ ‪.300‬‬

‫‪82‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻸﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻭﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﳌﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﺣﺴﺎﺳﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﺀﻫﺎ ﻭﺣﺜﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﳍﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺧﻔﺾ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺗﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﱐ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻌﲏ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺧﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﺩﱏ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺑﺴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﻭﻥ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﱯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﳝﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﳎﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﲟﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻌﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﻭﺗﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺷﺮﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﱐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺷﻴﺪ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺼﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺃﺿﻌﺎﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﺒﲑﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻠﺨﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﳎﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻓﺮﺣﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ، 2007 ،07‬ﺹ‬
‫‪.51‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ‪ ،2000 ،‬ﺹ ‪.22‬‬

‫‪83‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‪ 5‬ﰲ ﺍﳍﻨﺪ ﺑـ ‪ 33‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺑﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺸﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﳎﺘﻤﻌﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﲣﻔﻴﻀﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﱪ ﲢﺴﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻭﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺑﺪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﱵ ‪‬ﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻛﺈﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻘﺮﺍﺽ‪.2‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻭﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﻔﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﺮﺱ ﺇﺳﻬﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺴﺐ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﻴﻠﺔ ﲜﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﲢﺘﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺍﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺃﻧﻈﻒ‪ ،‬ﺇﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﳓﻮ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺗﺮﻣﻲ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺹ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﳎﺘﻤﻌﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ‪.3‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺺ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﰲ ﺇﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻭﲣﻔﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﳛﺮﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻳﺮﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻫﻲ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻺﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﰲ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻻﻛﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ‪.4‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑﺓ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺠﺴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻜﺮﻳﺲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﺔ ﻛﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ %20‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﻦ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻠﺨﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﺟﺴﺘﲑ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ ‪،2005‬‬
‫ﺹ ‪.98‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﲪﻴﺪﻭﺵ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻠﺘﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﺔ‪ 07-06 ،‬ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ،2006‬ﺹ ‪.07‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺯﻭﻟﻴﺨﺔ ﺳﻨﻮﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﺟﺮ ﺑﻮﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻹﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻓﺮﺣﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﳐﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﻣﻐﺎﺭﰊ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻴﻒ‪ ،2008 ،‬ﺹ‬
‫‪.128‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.129‬‬

‫‪84‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺊ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﻷﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﺗﺪﻫﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻟﻠﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﺤﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺊ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﲢﺴﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍ ﳌﻌﻴﺸﺔ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑﺓ ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺪ ﺫﺍ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﺠﺴﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻞ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻐﻴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﺎﺟﺰﺍ ﻫﺎﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﱐ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻺﻟﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺒﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﺑﺪ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﳚﺐ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﳝﻐﺮﺍﰲ‪ :‬ﻭﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺒﲑ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻳﻜﺘﺴﻲ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻭﲟﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺿﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻟﻠﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺑﻠﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﺘﺴﻲ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﻓﺎﻹﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﳓﻮ ﺗﻮﺳﻊ ﺃﻛﱪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻻﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﳍﺎ ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺿﺨﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳌﺪﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﻄﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﺪﻣﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﻴﻄﺔ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻮﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﺀ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳍﺠﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﲏ ﺇﲣﺎﺫ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﺺ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺪﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.129‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻧﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﲑ‪ ،‬ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻠﺘﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﺔ‪ 07-06 ،‬ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ،2006‬ﺹ ‪.04‬‬

‫‪85‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﳏﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﻉ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍ ﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﲣﺼﻴﺼﻬﺎ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺀ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﰲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﰲ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ‪ :‬ﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻋﻲ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺪﺑﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺛﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﳝﻘﺮﺍﻃﻲ ﰲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ‪ :‬ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﲤﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﳝﻘﺮﺍﻃﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﺕ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﺎﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻔﺬﻫﺎ ﻭﲤﺜﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺟﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺧﻔﺎﻕ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺭﻛﻲ ﰲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﱐ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ )ﺑﺘﺮﻭﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻏﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ( ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﳌﺎ ﻗﺪ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻜﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ )ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﶈﻴﻄﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺑﺎﺕ( ﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ‪ .2‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻘﻠﻨﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻻﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﱰﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺘﻄﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻸﺷﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻷﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻓﺸﻞ ﰲ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻛﻔﻴﻞ ﲝﺪﻭﺙ ﻧﻘﺺ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻭﺗﻌﲏ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ‪.3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﳕﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ ،2002‬ﺹ ‪.2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻛﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺭﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻹﻳﻜﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﳎﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪ ‪ ،30‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،04‬ﺩﻳﺴﻤﱪ ‪ ،1993‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.15-14 :‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻠﺨﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.100‬‬

‫‪86‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫‪ -2‬ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﻣﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﻳﻌﲏ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺮﺓ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺹ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﳊﻴﻠﻮﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺯﻋﺰﻋﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺪﻣﲑ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﻭﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻋﻘﻠﻨﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﱪ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺨﺬ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺛﺎﱐ ﺃﻛﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺤﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻣﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺣﺪ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﲢﺴﲔ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﲏ‬
‫ﲢﺴﲔ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﻗﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﻻ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻻﻳﻜﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﲡﺪﺩﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺛﻠﺜﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﻮﻛﺐ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻣﻐﻄﺎﺓ ﺑﺎﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %0.01‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﳑﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﰲ ﻓﺠﺮ ﺍﳊﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﳍﺸﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺛﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻬﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻘﺮﺍﺽ ﻟﻸﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﶈﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻼﺟﺊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻜﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺃﻧﻈﻒ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﲟﺎ ﳚﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻌﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﳑﺎ ﳚﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﺴﺐ ﻗﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﳍﺎ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﳏﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺮﺯ ﻧﺴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:2‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺻﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﻫﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺎﳌﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺮﻯ ﻛﻮﱐ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺰ ﻟﻸﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ‪ ،2001 ،‬ﺹ ‪.20‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Beat bÜrgenmeier, Op-Cit, p 38.‬‬

‫‪87‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﻛﺎﻟـ ‪ CO2‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺍﻻﻧﺸﻐﺎﻻﺕ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺏ ﻓﺘﺴﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﳝﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﲢﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻫﻴﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻷﺿﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺴﻴﲑ ﺑﻴﺌﻲ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺸﺮﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻮﺭﻭﺙ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﳝﻨﺢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻕ ﺗﺴﻴﲑﻳﺔ ﺗﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻞ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺓ ﳝﻨﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﳝﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺄﰐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺭﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺟﺲ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺟﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ ﺑﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺛﻮﺍﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﺴﻬﻢ ﰲ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪‬ﺪﻑ‬
‫ﺍﲣﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻪ ﳓﻮ ﲨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻺﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺩﻭﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،1995‬ﻭﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﳉﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ‬
‫‪-‬ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻳﻐﻄﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺳﻬﻤﺖ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺎﺕ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﲨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﻛﻮﻛﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﳉﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﳋﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﲟﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺑﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ‬

‫‪88‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳓﻮ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻧﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 134‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻧﺸﺮﺕ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺕ ‪ 1996‬ﰲ ﻭﺛﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ "ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ"‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﳎﻤﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺃﻥ ﲣﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻏﺎﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻗﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺃﻥ ﲣﺘﱪ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟـ ‪ 134‬ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﳉﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺼﺪ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺃﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻨﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪ .1‬ﻭﺗﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:2‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﺮﻳﺎ ﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺃﻱ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ‪‬ﺎ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻡ ﻻ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻇﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻴﺎ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ‪ :‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺇﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﳕﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻠﺨﺺ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﲔ ﳘﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،3‬ﻭﻳﻌﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺙ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﳛﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻹﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻹﳕﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﳋﱪﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻃﻨﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ 16-13 ،‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ ‪ ،2001‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.8-7 :‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺟﻼﺱ ﻣﻮﺳﺸﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.167‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻓﻼﺡ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺷﻔﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.9‬‬

‫‪89‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:1‬‬
‫‪ -1-1‬ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ؛‬
‫‪ -2-1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ؛‬
‫‪ -3-1‬ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﳝﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4-1‬ﺭﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻭﺗﻌﲏ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺻﺎﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺻﺎﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺻﺎﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻼﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‪.2‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‪ :‬ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺇﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ ﰲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1-2‬ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﲟﺪﻯ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -2-2‬ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻓﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -3-2‬ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﱰﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﻌﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ؛‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﴰﻮﳍﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺹ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.3‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺭﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺻﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ .2006 ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪www.arabenvironment.net/arabic/archive/2006/11/116803‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﻜﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ‪ ،2005 ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.8-6 :‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻓﻼﺡ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺷﻔﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.10‬‬

‫‪90‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(11‬ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 2010‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻹﳕﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،2010 ،‬ﺹ ‪.80‬‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﱂ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪800‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1980‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 1.375‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪.12005‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻭﺛﻴﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﰲ ﳒﺎﺡ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺸﻞ ﺧﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ .2‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(12‬ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ : :‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.82‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻘﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﰲ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺻﺎﰲ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻹﳌﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ‪ 15‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 24‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. United development group, Thematic Papers on the millenium development goals, 2007, p 3.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻓﻼﺡ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺷﻔﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.10‬‬

‫‪91‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻦ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺋﻖ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﻃﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﺿﻊ ﺧﻄﻂ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺴﻜﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻛﻮﺍﺥ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻴﻮﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻻﺋﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1992‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 500‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﺴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻦ ﲟﺆﺷﺮ ﺣﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻨﻴﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﱐ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﱐ ﻭﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﺧﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪.2‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﳕﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺳﻨﻮﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1990‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺗﺐ ‪ 162‬ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫)ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﺿﻌﻴﻒ(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺿﻴﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﲤﻜﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﺴﺐ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻪ ﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﳉﺬﺏ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﳊﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻗﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ‪:3‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ‪ :‬ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﲟﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ‪ 25‬ﻭ‪85‬ﺳﻨﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﰲ‪ :‬ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ﳏﻮ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﲔ ﻭﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺤﺎﻕ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻭ ‪%100‬؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ‪100‬ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻭ ‪40.000‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪ % 80‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ(‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ )ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ %50‬ﺇﱃ ‪ (%79‬ﻭﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ )ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ .(%50‬ﻭﲤﻨﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺠﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﳎﺘﻤﻌﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ‪ 0.635‬ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 2000‬ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻟﺔ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ 1995‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻠﻎ ‪ 0.55‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻝ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ‪0.642‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻎ ‪ 0.712‬ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ .2000‬ﻭﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 2001‬ﺗﺘﻮﺯﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﺂﻻﰐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﻭﻝ ﺿﻤﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻭﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺃﺩﻳﺐ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﳕﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻭﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪ .5-4‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ‪ .www.surf-as.org :‬ر  اع‪.2009/10/12 :‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻓﻼﺡ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺷﻔﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.12‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. Human Development Index. available at:www.undp.org. le: 17/08/2009.‬‬

‫‪92‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺩﻭﻝ ﺿﻤﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺔ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﻭﻝ ﺿﻤﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﺟﻴﺒﻮﰐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻣﺎﻝ ﻭﻓﻠﺴﻄﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﲟﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ )‪ (ESI‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ ﺍﳒﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪ 142‬ﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﺇﱃ ‪ 20‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ‪ 2‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 8‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ‪ 68‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﳒﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﲤﻠﻜﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﳍﺎ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،1‬ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ‪:2‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻠﻮﺙ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺮﻭﺟﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮﻳﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻴﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻄﺎﻳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﱐ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ؛‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ‪ :‬ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺛﺎﱐ ﺃﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻴﺜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺮﻭﺟﲔ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﺯ ‪ ،CFC‬ﺃﻛﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺘﺮﻭﺟﲔ ﻭﺃﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺖ؛‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻹﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﶈﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻀﺮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍ‪‬ﺰﺋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺯﺣﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ؛‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﲝﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺇﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﻃﺊ ﰲ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﺊ‪ ،‬ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﻟﻮﺟﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻠﻮﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺣﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ؛‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺗﺮﻗﻖ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ‪ ،HCFC ،BFC ،CFC‬ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺘﺮﻭﺟﲔ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﻴﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻭﻣﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻴﺜﻴﻞ ﻭﻛﻠﻮﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ؛‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻧﻀﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ :‬ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺳﻌﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﻔﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﺧﺸﺎﺏ؛‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ 2002 :‬ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪www.4eco.com/2004/02/2002/html‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Paul Ekins, Julia Tomei, Eco-Efficiency and Resource Productivity: Concepts, Indicators and Trends in Asia-‬‬
‫‪Pacific, second green growth policy dialogue: the role of public policy in providing sustainable consumption choices:‬‬
‫‪the Resource- Saving Society and green growth, Section II, Part A, UNESCAP Publications, 2006, p 09.‬‬

‫‪93‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫‪ -7‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﺒﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ؛‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺬﺭﺓ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﻭﺯﺣﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -9‬ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻄﻤﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺮﺟﻌﺔ ﻭﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻧﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺣﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ؛‬
‫‪ -10‬ﺗﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺬﻱ )ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ ،(eutrophication‬ﺍﺳﺘﻨﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳉﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﻣﺒﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺸﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻫﻜﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻭﺍﶈﻼﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻒ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﰐ ﰲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻃﺮ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:1‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﱪﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﻗﺮﻃﺎﺝ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻮﺗﻮ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﲝﺎﺙ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﳜﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ؛‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﲏ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ 1000‬ﺷﺨﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ 1000‬ﺷﺨﺺ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ 1000‬ﺷﺨﺺ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﲔ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺇﱃ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻏﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺟﺪﺓ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺯﻧﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﳝﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﲣﻄﻴﻄﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺻﻔﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،2007 ،‬ﺹ‪:‬‬
‫‪.28-26‬‬

‫‪94‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﰲ ﻣﺎﺭﺱ ‪ ،2005‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺆﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﲝﻀﻮﺭ‬
‫‪ 340‬ﻣﻨﺪﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻲ ﻟـ ‪ 52‬ﻋﻀﻮ ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻵﺳﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﶈﻴﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻱ ﰎ ﺗﺒﲏ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻨﺎﻕ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻃﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻛﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﳌﺒﺪﺃ "‪ "win-win‬ﻟﻠﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﺛﻨﲔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﳕﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻗﺮ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2000‬ﻭﳘﺎ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺮﺓ ‪ ،2010-2005‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﻠﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﳌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﰎ ﺗﺒﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻬﻮﻱ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻱ ‪ 2010-2006‬ﻭﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺳﻴﺆﻭﻝ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺎ )ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ(‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﰐ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪:2‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻤﻮﺟﻪ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﻭﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰎ ﺗﺒﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻵﺳﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2005‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﰎ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺭﻏﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻋﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﳌﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ "ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. UNESCAP, Green Growth at a Glance: The way Forward for Asia and the Pacific, United Nations Publications,‬‬
‫‪2006, p 09.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, p 13.‬‬

‫‪95‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ"‪ ،‬ﲤﺎﺷﻴﺎ ﻭﻋﻤﻼ ﲟﺎ ﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺟﻮﻫﺎﻧﺴﺒﻮﺭﻍ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻭﴰﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺻﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﰲ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻛﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻹﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﺻﻞ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﳋﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺣﺪ ﺃﺩﱏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻈﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺃﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.1990‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ "ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ" ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﳎﻠﺲ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﲞﻠﻖ ﺳﻠﻊ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﲢﺴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﲣﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻛﺐ‪ .1‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺒﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺗﺒﲏ‬
‫ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻫﻒ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﲢﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻘﺔ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﰲ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺜﺎ ﻭﺗﻔﺮﺯ ﻧﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺺ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ .2‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.3‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﻀﻼﺕ ﺿﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﺺ‪ ،‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:4‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺧﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ؛‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Idem, p 16.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. conseil régional de l'environnement de la Montérégie, Lexique du développement durable, Juillet 2003, p 6.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. Helmut Schütz, Maria J. Welfens, Sustainable Development by Dematerialization in Production and‬‬
‫‪Consumption-Strategy for the new Environmental Policy in Poland, p 11. available at: www.wupperinst.org.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪. Ian Barnes, The green growth approach for climate action, For The 3rd Policy Consultation Forum of the Seoul‬‬
‫‪Initiative Network on Green Growth: Green Growth and Sustainable Consumption and Production for Climate Action,‬‬
‫‪United Nations Documents, 18-20 September 2008, Cebu, Philippines, p 5.‬‬

‫‪96‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺧﻔﺾ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ؛‬

‫‪ -‬ﺧﻔﺾ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺣﺪ ﺃﺩﱏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺪﺩ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﳎﺘﻤﻌﺔ ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪ ‪ UNESCAP‬ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻭﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻻﺯﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺇﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ )‪.(eco-tax reform‬‬
‫ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻋﲔ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺿﺮﻳﱯ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻛﻔﺆ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺐﺀ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻔﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Ian Barnes, Op. Cit, pp: 3-4.‬‬

‫‪97‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(07‬ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺭﲝﻴﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎ‪ :‬ﺳﻠﻊ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ )ﺿﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺩﺧﻞ‬

‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ )ﺿﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ(‬

‫ﺗﻠﻮﺙ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﲑ ﻛﻔﺆ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻋﺒـﺎﺀ ﻭﺿﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴـﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﲑ ﻛﻔﺆ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ )ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﳜﻀﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺿﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﻓﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺛﺎﱐ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻭﺗﻠﻮﺛﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﻭﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﻧﻈﻒ ) ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﲑﺱ(؛‬ ‫ﳕﻮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ‪ +‬ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺃﻛﱪ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﻧﻈﻒ )ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﻮﺭﺗﺮ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ‪ +‬ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﻧﻈﻒ = ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‬
‫‪Source: UNESCAP, greening growth in Asia and the Pacific, follow-up to the World summit on‬‬
‫‪Sustainable Development: Taking action on the regional Implementation Plan for Sustainable development‬‬
‫‪in Asia and the Pacific 2006-2010, United Nations publication, 2008, Thaïland, p 21.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻔﺮﺯ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺜﻤﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺧﻀﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ‪‬ﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻭﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻐﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻉ ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻔﲔ ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻔﺮﺯ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﻭﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﲑﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳍﻴﺎﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﺮﻭﻳﺾ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺇﺿﺮﺍﺭﺍ ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺭﺗﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻳﻜﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﺤﺪﺛﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﺀ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﻧﻈﻒ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪98‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﳋﻔﺾ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺟﻪ ﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﲡﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﻀﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻔﺮﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﺪﺧﻠﲔ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﺒﻘﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﺎﺳﻖ ﻟﺘﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻼﻥ ﰲ‪:1‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﱯ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﲨﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﻳﺚ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻟﻺﻋﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﳚﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﻋﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻲ‬
‫)‪ ،(counterproductive subsidies‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻭﲣﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﻌﺮﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﲎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ )‪ (negative externalities‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﺐﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﱯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﻟﻠﻀﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﺩﺧﻞ ﳏﺎﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺿﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻋﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(08‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫=‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻋﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻲ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺴـﻮﻕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻋﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺰﺍﻉ ﺍﻹﻋﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺒﺎﺀ ﻭﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﺔ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Path to Green Growth: Green Tax and Budget Reform, p 02, available at:‬‬
‫‪www.greengrowth.org/capacity.../GTBR-sample.pdf. le 29/09/2010.‬‬

‫‪99‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﳓﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﲢﺘﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ‬
‫‪ %30‬ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﳒﺎﺯ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺷﻐﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﻴﺪ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﳒﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻗﺪﺭ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ )ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ( ﻭﺑﺈﻓﺮﺍﺯ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻮﺛﺎﺕ )‪ .(CO2, SO2, NO2‬ﻭﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﺸﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ %75‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ) ‪green house‬‬
‫‪ ،(gas‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺛﺎﱐ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺒﺐ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻄﺮﻭﺡ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ؟ ﺃﻭ ﻣﱴ ﳓﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﲢﺘﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ؟‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﲣﺪﻡ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺃﻭ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ‪:2‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲣﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺣﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻤﻪ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻧﺸﻮﺀ ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻭﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻛﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻛﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﱰﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﻭﻥ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﲣﻠﻖ ﺳﻠﻊ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﻈﻢ ﻭﺗﺴﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳜﺪﻡ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻯ ﻭﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺎ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺗﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳓﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺎ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﳕﺎﺋﻴﺔ؛‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. greening growth in Asia and the Pacific, Op. Cit, p 28.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Report of the UNESCAP Expert Group Meeting on Sustainable Infrastructure Development in Asia and the‬‬
‫‪Pacific, 11-13 June 2007, Bangkok, Thailand, p 20.‬‬

‫‪100‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻮﺓ ﻭﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﻔﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺰﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺩﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻄﻠﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻙ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﻲ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺸﻐﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:1‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻃﻨﲔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻟﻸﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺳﻨﻐﺎﻓﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺗﺒﲏ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺝ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ‪ .2%30‬ﻓﺒﻀﻊ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﰎ ﰲ ﻣﺆﲤﺮ "ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻛﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ" ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ‪ UNESCAP‬ﰲ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ‪،2007‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﻛﺒﻌﺪ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻛﺰ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺨﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ؟‬
‫‪ -‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻛﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﳘﺎ ﻋﺐﺀ ﻭﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﺠﺰﺍ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺎ ﻣﺰﻣﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻳﻜﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﲢﻮﳍﺎ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻊ ‪‬ﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Enjeux et définition de la ville durable disponible sur le lien suivant:‬‬
‫‪http://www.comite21.org/docs/territoires-durables/ville-durable/ams-angers-ville-durable.pdf. le 28/07/2010.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. greening growth in Asia and the Pacific, Op. Cit, p 37.‬‬

‫‪101‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﻌﻞ ﻛﻮﻛﺐ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺻﺎﱀ ﻟﻠﺴﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﻬﲑ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﺒﲏ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺭﺅﻯ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺗﺘﺒﲎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻭﺙ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻑ ﻭﺗﻮﺭﻳﺜﻪ ﻟﻸﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﳌﻨﺤﻬﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻇﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳋﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻐﻤﺎﺭ ﺭﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﺑﺎﺋﻦ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻨﺤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻞ ﳓﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﺴﲔ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ‪ %87‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﲤﺘﻠﻚ ﲰﻌﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻠﻌﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻳﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﲔ‪.1‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻔﺮﻉ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻌﻨﻴﲔ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻪ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻟﻸﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺰﺩﻫﺮ ﻭﺗﻨﻤﻮ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺲ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﰲ ﺗﻘﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﲟﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺳﺘﱰﺍﻑ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﳐﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪.2‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺮﻣﻮﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﲰﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻓﺎﳌﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Idem, p 40.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, P 41.‬‬

‫‪102‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﲢﺴﲔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﺎﺋﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ‪:1‬‬
‫‪ -1-3‬ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺎﺭﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‬
‫ﻭﺿﺨﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﳍﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻛﻨﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻣﺎﱄ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﺮﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﻼﻳﲔ ﺍﻷﻃﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﰲ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3‬ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ )ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻭ ‪ :(14001‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻭ ‪ 14001‬ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻭﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻭ ‪:14001‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(09‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻭ ‪.14001‬‬

‫‪Source: UNESCAP, Green Growth at a Glance, Op. Cit, p 43.‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﺒﻮ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻴﻞ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻭ ‪،14001‬‬
‫ﻛﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﻞ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻭﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﻤﺔ ﻫﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻨﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﳉﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺘﻴﺶ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﺎ ﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﺠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﲣﺎﺫ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺜﻐﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺻﻔﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. UNESCAP, Green Growth at a Glance, Op. Cit, pp: 41-45.‬‬

‫‪103‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ‪‬ﻤﻞ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑﻳﺔ ﺃﻻ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﰲ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3-3‬ﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺻﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﳊﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻐﺘﻨﻢ ﺃﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺭﺑﲔ ﻭﲪﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺹ ﻭﻳﺴﲑﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻠﻌﺒﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺻﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﲟﺎ ﳛﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳒﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺭﻏﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﺣﺼﺺ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4-3‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺩﺍﻭ ﺟﻮﻧﺰ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺮﺻﺪ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺩﺍﻭ ﺟﻮﻧﺰ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺎﱄ ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻃﻠﻖ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .1999‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺩﺍﻭ ﺟﻮﻧﺰ‪ STOXX LIMITED ،‬ﻭ ‪SAM‬‬
‫‪ GROUP‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺩﺍﻭ ﺟﻮﻧﺰ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻳﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﲔ ﲟﻘﺎﺭﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮ ‪ %10‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺿﺨﻢ ‪ 2500‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺩﺍﻭ ﺟﻮﻧﺰ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻭﺇﺣﺎﻃﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻬﺘﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﰎ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 1992‬ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺑﺮﻳﻮ ﺩﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﻴﲑﻭ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﰎ ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺪﺓ ‪ 21‬ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺔ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ "ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻫﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،1994‬ﺍﺳﺘﻀﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺮﻭﳚﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻤﺔ ﺃﻭﺳﻠﻮ ﻣﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﲝﻀﻮﺭ ﳑﺜﻠﻲ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻨﻈﻤﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺣﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﺃﻃﻠﻘﺖ ﳉﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﻭﱄ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺭﻳﻮ‪ 5+‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،1997‬ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻫﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1998‬ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﲟﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻧﻈﻤﺖ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺮﻭﳚﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺷﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﲤﺨﻀﺖ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺷﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ )‪ (UNEP‬ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ )‪ .(SC.net‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﲤﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﲜﻮﻫﺎﻧﺴﺒﻮﺭﻍ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2002‬ﺇﱃ "ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ"‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬

‫‪104‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﻦ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺔ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ " ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺪﺗﻪ ‪ 10‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻤﻪ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ"‪.1‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻺﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺣﻴﻂ ﲟﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﰎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻛﺎﺩﳝﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ‪:2‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﱐ )‪ (Ofstad‬ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﻪ "ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻠﱯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﲢﺴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﲣﻔﺾ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﻌﺜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﻪ "ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﲣﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ "ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻹﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺈﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ )‪ (UNEP‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺃﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﻔﺆ ﻭﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻭﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﳛﺘﺮﻡ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻄﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺇﲨﺎﻉ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻌﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﲢﺴﲔ ﻇﺮﻭﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﱪﺯ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺇﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ‪:3‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻧﻀﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Tim Jackson, Laurie Michaelis, Sustainable Consumption & Production, Economic, regeneration: Policies for‬‬
‫‪Sustainable Consumption, Sustainable Development Commission, 2003, p 13.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Ibid,14.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. Promoting Sustainable Consumption: good practices in OECD countries , OECD publications, 2008, Paris, p 23.‬‬

‫‪105‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﻠﺤﻖ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺚ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﲰﻴﺖ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺽ "ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ" ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻁ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﳕﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﺕ ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ ﰲ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺭﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺴﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﲟﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ‪ :‬ﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺗﺒﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻷﰐ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(10‬ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ‪ /‬ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬

‫‪Source: greening growth in Asia and the Pacific, Op. Cit, p 57.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﺒﺘﻐﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻬﺔ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻷﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪:‬‬

‫‪106‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ(‪ :‬ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺳﻌﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻫﻴﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻬﻮﺽ ﺑﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﲎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻲ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﻭﳚﻴﺔ ﳌﺴﺎﻋﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻀﻤﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ ﲪﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻭﺗﺒﲏ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﲪﻼﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻭﺛﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻭﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﳓﻮ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺇﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻲ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻘﺘﲏ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﱪﻯ ﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺇﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﲎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻟﻸﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‪ ،‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺨﻠﻖ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﻮ ﲢﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺒﲑ ﻭﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺷﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺜﻘﻔﲔ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺃﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﻣﱪﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻘﻨﻌﺔ ﻟﺮﻏﺒﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﳌﻮﺍﻛﺒﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳉﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻛﻤﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺎﺩﺓ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﻢ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺧﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ ﻫﻢ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺸﻜﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻴﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻗﻨﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﲜﺪﻭﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺸﻜﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﳓﻮ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﺎﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﻔﺰﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﱄ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺳﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺤﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻹﺷﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻠﻊ ﺗﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺸﺒﻊ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ ﺳﻴﺘﻜﻔﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﻨﺎﻕ‬

‫‪107‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ ﻟﻸﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﳑﺎ ﺳﻴﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﳓﻮ ﺭﻛﺐ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﲔ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﲔ ﰲ ﺇﳒﺎﺡ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﲔ ﻷ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪﻭﻥ ﻧﻮﺍﺓ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺣﻀﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻳﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭﺓ ﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻟﻼﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ‬
‫ﲟﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺠﲔ ﰲ ﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻭﲢﺘﺮﻡ‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺇﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﺒﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ ﻛﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻹﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﲔ ﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺇﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﳍﻴﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻞ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺐ ﺿﻴﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺝ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﲝﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﳏﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﻣﺮﻫﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺴﲔ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻞ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ )‪ ،(green house gas‬ﻭﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﻋﻢ ﻭﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺿﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻃﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ ﻛﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻳﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻴﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻜﺮﺓ ﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺧﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺆﺓ ﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻛﻤﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ؛‬

‫‪108‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺗﺴﻮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺻﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻏﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺣﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‪ :‬ﺗﺘﺒﻠﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﰐ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﱐ ﻫﺶ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﺰﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﱪﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻙ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ )ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻛﻜﻞ( ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻲ )ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ( ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﻭﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻟﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻛﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ‪ :‬ﻳﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺹ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺴﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳊﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺬﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﺘﺰﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻭﺍﻷﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪109‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣـﺔ‬

‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻟﻠﻮﻫﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳍﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﳛﻈﻰ ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﳊﻈﻲ ﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﻭﻏﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺎﺏ ﻛﻮﻛﺐ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﺩ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺈﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﳏﻘﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﻭﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﺑﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻄﺮﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﲟﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻮﻻ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺘﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻳﻔﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻛﻮﻛﺐ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻹﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻪ ﻭﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺘﺒﻠﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ " ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺍﻧﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﲟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﺒﺢ ﲨﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺒﲏ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻛﺄﺿﺨﻢ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﱄ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬

‫‪110‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﲤــﻬﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻘﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﲢﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻬﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﺮﺯﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺗﺪﺭﺟﻬﺎ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺃﻭﱃ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﰲ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻓﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﲤﺎﺷﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺆﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﶈﻔﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺖ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻔﺮﺯﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺄﻫﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﳓﻮ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﺯﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﺍﻟﺖ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﲡﺎﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﳘﺎﳍﺎ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺇﺳﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻮﺟﻬﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻯ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻮﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻨﺎﻣﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻜﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﲣﺼﺼﺎ ﳊﺼﺮ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻯ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪111‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﲨﻌﺖ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﺎﺿﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺆﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻠﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﱪﺯ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻛﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺃﳒﻊ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ؛ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻣﺘﻼﻛﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻃﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﺑـ ‪ %1‬ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ .%0.8‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺍﻛﺰﻳﺎﺭﻙ‬
‫)‪ (Wacziarg‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ %01‬ﰲ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ‪ %0.3‬ﻭ ‪.1%0.4‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺬﻫﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺩﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺛﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻛﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻣﺎﺕ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﺆﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﺘﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻭﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺳﻘﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻒ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺨﲑ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ‬
‫ﳕﻮﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﱄ ﰲ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻣﻀﻴﻒ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺰﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻧﺪﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﳛﺴﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Esso Loesse Jacques, Investissements directs étrangers: Déterminants et influence sur la croissance‬‬
‫‪économique, revue de politique économique et développement, N° 117, Cellule d’Analyse de Politiques Economiques‬‬
‫‪du CIRES, Juin 2005, p 11.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. OECD, L’investissement direct étranger au service du développement: Optimiser les avantages Minimiser les‬‬
‫‪couts, Service des Publications de l’OCDE, France, 2002, pp: 08-10.‬‬

‫‪112‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻭﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ "ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﱄ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻭﺗﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻻﳚﺎﰊ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻋﺎﱄ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺗﻘﲏ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻠﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻧﺸﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻜﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﻫﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺪﻭﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺑﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﲔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺴﲔ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﲡﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻄﻮﻃﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻻﻥ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﻠﺼﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﲔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺮﻯ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪‬ﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﱴ ﻻ ﺗﺒﻖ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Peter J. Buckley, Jeremy Clegg, Chengqi Wang, Adam R. Cross, FDI, regional differences and economic growth:‬‬
‫‪panel data evidence from China, transnational corporations review, volume 11, N° 01, United Nations publications,‬‬
‫‪switzerland, April 2002, p 01.‬‬

‫‪113‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺣﻜﺮﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺒﲏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ )ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ( ﺃﻛﱪ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﲢﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺯﺭﻋﻬﺎ ﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﲢﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﳊﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﳎﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺰﻣﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﲟﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻭﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ ﻭﳑﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺃﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲢﺪﺛﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﱪﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻛﺎﳌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻠﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﻨﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻛﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﳚﺴﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻬﻴﺄ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺘﺮﺻﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﲔ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ )ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (rétro-ingénierie‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﲟﻴﻼﺩ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺗﻮﺃﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻗﻞ ﻭﻣﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻓﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﻄﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺗﻮﺳﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﻛﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻭﺻﻮﻻ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﳒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﲔ )‪ (1970-1950‬ﺃﻛﱪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‪.3‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. OECD, L’investissement direct étranger au service du développement, Op. Cit, pp: 14-15.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Torunn Kvinge, Essays on foreign direct investments and host country effects, Doctoral dissertation, Oslo, 2007,‬‬
‫‪p 33.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. Selin OZYURT, Les investissements directs étrangers entraînent-ils des effets de débordement vers les pays en‬‬
‫‪développement?, Laboratoire Montpelliérain d'Economie Théorique et Appliquée, Faculté de Sciences Economique,‬‬
‫‪Université Montpellier 01, France, 02 Septembre 2008, p 03.‬‬

‫‪114‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺷﱴ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻳﻀﻄﻠﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﲔ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ ﻳﺪﺧﻼﻥ ﰲ‬
‫ﺻﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﶈﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳕﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﳕﻮﺍ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎ ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﳓﻮ ‪ 677‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2002‬ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺑﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﻔﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺑﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﲔ ﳘﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﻭﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺤﻮﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ %91‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2002‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻠﻎ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺇﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﻳﻔﻮﻕ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ‪ 6‬ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﻓﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻳﺰﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﳝﻠﺮ‪-‬ﻛﺮﺍﻳﺰﻟﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻳﻮﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﺯ ﺑﺈﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2003‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱂ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺯﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﲔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺎﻳﻮﺍﻥ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻀﻄﻠﻊ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺑﲔ ﻋﺎﻣﻲ ‪ 1993‬ﻭ ‪ 2002‬ﻣﻦ ‪ 30‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺇﱃ ‪ 67‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻔﺮﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻃﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ %2‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %18‬ﺑﲔ ﻋﺎﻣﻲ ‪ 1996‬ﻭ ‪.22002‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﻻﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﻷﻱ ﺑﻠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺫﺍﺗﻴﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﲟﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﻣﻄﺮﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﳎﺮﺩ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺟﻬﺪﺍ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﻋﻤﺔ؛ ﻓﻤﻊ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﺪﻭﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻓﺮﺻﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻷﻭﻧﻜﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ‪ ،2005‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.30-29 :‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.30‬‬

‫‪115‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺭﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺎ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﳑﺎ ﳝﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﳚﺎﺑﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﺤﻪ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺣﱴ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺸﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ؛ ﻭﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻞ ﳊﺠﻢ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻼﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺳﺒﺎﻕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻉ ﻻﺟﺘﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺗﻮﺗﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻹﳕﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻻﺟﺘﺬﺍﺏ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ؛ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﻛﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﻠﻊ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻒ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺣﺎﺳﻢ ﰲ ﲢﻔﻴﺰ ﻭﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻭﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﲔ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺍﺯﺍﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﲢﺴﲔ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺩﻋﻢ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.1‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Jean-Eric Aubert, Promoting innovation in developing countries: a conceptual framework, World Bank Institute,‬‬
‫‪July 2004, pp: 23-25.‬‬

‫‪116‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﺛﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻃﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻒ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﺮﺟﺢ ﻛﻔﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻭﺗﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺍﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﲰﺖ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪﺍ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻸﺟﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (11‬ﺑﺮﺍﻫﲔ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﻟﺪﻭﻟﺘﲔ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺘﲔ ﳘﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺯﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺴﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻼﺙ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﳌﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(11‬ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻸﺟﻮﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪Source: OECD, The Social Impact of Foreign Direct Investment, Policy Brief, OECD‬‬
‫‪Employment Outlook, Paris, July 2008, p 04.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﲬﺴﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ %10‬ﻭ ‪ %20‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺯﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺴﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﳏﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺑﲔ ‪0‬‬
‫‪%‬ﻭ ‪ .%10‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺪﻓﻮﻋﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻤﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻓﺰ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺴﺒﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻹﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﳛﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻔﺴﲑﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(12‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻠﺖ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬

‫‪117‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(12‬ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﺮﻳﺔ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪Source: Idem, p 05.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﳚﺎﰊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﲔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺯﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﳌﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﺑﲔ ‪ %1‬ﻭ ‪ ،%4‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺇﳚﺎﰊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﱐ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﲢﻤﻞ ﻓﺮﻭﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺟﺮ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑ ﺍﻷﻣﺪ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺍﻣﻰ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺪﻓﻮﻋﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﺟﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻘﻠﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ‪ %6‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪ %8 ،‬ﰲ ﺃﳌﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ %14 ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ ﻭ‪ %21‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺯﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺂﺛﺎﺭ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻧﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻻﺟﺮﻱ ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺪﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﺴﺐ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺷﻐﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﳑﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻘﻒ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﺳﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﻲ ﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪118‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻄﺮﻭﺣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ؟ ﺃﻭ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﱰﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﺟﺮﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻇﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺟﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﰲ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺣﱴ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺣﺼﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﳎﺮﺩ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺮﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺷﺮﺳﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻠﻴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﲑﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺾ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ) ‪wage‬‬
‫‪ (spillovers‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﺠﺴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﰲ‬
‫ﺳﻼﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺧﱪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﺪﳝﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﺮﺡ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﺴﲔ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻜﻞ؟ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺃﺻﻌﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﰲ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﲡﺰﺋﺔ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺟﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﲤﻨﺢ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺗﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﲟﺜﻴﻼ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﺟﺮﻳﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻜﺴﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﱰﻭﻳﻼ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ‪Aitken‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ al‬ﺑﲔ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺪﻓﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﺼﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻷﺟﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﻓﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻳﻔﻮﻕ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ .1%30‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Idem, pp: 3-6.‬‬

‫‪119‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻜﺴﻴﻚ ﻭﻓﱰﻭﻳﻼ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﺃﺟﻮﺭ ﺃﻛﱪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﲑﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺮﻭﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻫﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻭﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻭﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺛﺒﺖ ‪ lipsey‬ﻭ ‪ Sjoholm‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺴﻴﺎ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %12‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻭ ‪% 20‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻹﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻸﺟﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺇﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﳚﺎﰊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﺛﻪ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﺛﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﱯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﰲ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﺎﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ‪ Driffield‬ﻭ ‪ Girma‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2003‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﳝﺎﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺃﺛﺮ ﺇﳚﺎﰊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﺛﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺃﺛﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﺔ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﰎ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻄﺮﻕ ‪ Görg‬ﻭ ‪ Strobl‬ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 2005‬ﺇﱃ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺇﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻮﺻﻼ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﳍﺎ ﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ‬
‫‪ Balsvik‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪-‬ﺃﺟﲑ( ﺍﻟﻨﺮﻭﳚﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﻖ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. OECD, L’impact de l'investissement direct étranger sur les salaires et les conditions de travail, conférence‬‬
‫‪OECD-OIT sur la responsabilité sociale des entreprises, Emploi et relations professionnelles: Promouvoir un‬‬
‫‪comportement responsable des entreprises dans une économie mondialisée 23-24 Juin 2008, Centre des conférences de‬‬
‫‪l’OECD, Paris, France, 2008, p 14.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, p 15.‬‬

‫‪120‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﳛﻘﻘﻮﻥ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ‪ 20‬ﻭ ‪ %25‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻣﺜﺎﳍﻢ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﲔ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﻠﺼﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﳚﺎﰊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﺛﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﳒﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺎﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ‪ Aitken‬ﻭ ‪ al‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،1996‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﻠﺼﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻌﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﳚﺎﰊ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺴﻴﻚ ﻭﻓﱰﻭﻳﻼ ﺣﱴ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﺃﺟﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻧﻌﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﳚﺎﰊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣﻼﻥ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻌﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲡﺰﺉ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﲤﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺑﺎﻹﳚﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻗﺪﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳍﻴﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲤﺎﺭﺳﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﲡﺎﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﲔ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺎ ﳜﺺ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﻭﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﻷﲝﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺟﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:3‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻇﻒ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﳏﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﲑﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺹ ﻋﻤﻞ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻓﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﳑﺎ ﺗﺪﻓﻌﻪ ﻣﺜﻴﻼ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪،%50‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﺗﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﲤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻻﺟﺮﺍﺀﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﰊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻼﻥ ) ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﰊ( ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﻟﻸﺟﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻤﻨﻮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﺮﺯﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﺇﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﳋﱪﺓ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻛﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﻫﻴﻞ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ؛ ﻭﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺸﻤﻞ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, p 15.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Idem, p 16.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, p 17.‬‬

‫‪121‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺴﲔ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻬﺮ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺟﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻄﺐ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ‪‬ﺪﻑ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ ﻣﺜﻘﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻋﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﺩﻳﻦ ﻭﻣﺆﻫﻞ ﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻓﺰ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺏ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺣﺪ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳚﺎﰊ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺷﺎﺭﺕ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﳘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ‪Robert Lucas‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﳕﻮﺫﺟﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻮﺿﺎ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﻬﺎ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺷﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﻛﺴﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﳋﱪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﺿﺤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﻋﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺃﺩﱏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫‪ Blomstrom‬ﻭ ‪ Kokko‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺮﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﲑﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻩ ﻟﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﲔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺴﲑﻳﻦ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ Penang Skills Development Center :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺮﻑ ﳒﺎﺣﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﻗﺎﻡ ‪ Ramos‬ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﴰﻠﺖ ‪ 138‬ﺑﻠﺪﺍ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫)‪ (1995-1965‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺴﺮﺓ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻭﻧﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﰲ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. OECD, L’investissement direct étranger au service du développement, Op. Cit, pp: 16-17.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻓﺮﻳﺪﺭﻳﻚ ﺷﺮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪. 55‬‬

‫‪122‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %0.12‬ﻣﻦ ﳕﻮ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺭﺃﺱ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺴﻴﻚ ﻭﺍﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪﺍ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻜﺴﻴﻚ ﺭﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﲤﺮﻛﺰ ﰲ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺗﺒﻌﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻫﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﱰﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻔﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﻀﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻠﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﻘﺪ ﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺑﻂ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﻭﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺃﺱ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺃﻥ‪:3‬‬
‫‪I = Id + If‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺸﲑ ‪ I‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻣﻀﻴﻒ‪ :I f ،‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭ ‪ :Id‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻼﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲤﻮﻳﻞ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﲢﻔﻴﺰﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺜﺒﻂ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺄﺛﺮﻱ ﺍﻹﺣﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﲤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻹﺣﻼﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺷﻮﻣﺒﺘﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﲎ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻹﺣﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, p 18.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Marouane Alaya, Investissement Direct Étranger et Croissance Economique, une Estimation à partir d’un‬‬
‫‪Modèle Structurel pour les Pays de Rive Sud de la Méditerrané, LES Cahiers de L’IRD, Paris, AUF, Septembre‬‬
‫‪2006, P 6.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻗﻮﻳﺪﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.48‬‬

‫‪123‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻗﺪﳝﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻝ ﻭﺧﺮﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﻗﺪﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻞ ﳏﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻭﻧﻜﺘﺎﺩ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 2001‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﳍﺎ ﲢﻔﻴﺰ ﻭﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺕ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻭﻣﻘﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻔﺎﺀ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺨﺬ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ‪ Caves‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺇﺣﻼﱄ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻛﺪﺕ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺇﳝﺎﻥ ﻋﻄﻴﺔ ﻧﺎﺻﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2003‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻱ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ )‪ (2000-1980‬ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﱯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ %1‬ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %0.23‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻓﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﲡﻪ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻌﲏ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺷﻮﻣﺒﺘﲑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﲤﻠﻚ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﻹﺣﻼﻝ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﳏﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﲤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳛﻔﺰ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺪﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﺪﺍﺀ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫ﲢﺴﲔ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻹﺣﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ‪ Mayer‬ﻭ ‪ Agosin‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2000‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻀﻤﻨﺖ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺛﺮ ﲢﻔﻴﺰﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺜﺒﻂ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﺗﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ )‪ .(1995-1970‬ﻭﺧﻠﺼﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻔﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺰﺍﲪﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, P. 8.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻗﻮﻳﺪﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.49‬‬

‫‪124‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻔﻴﺰﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﺗﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺇﺣﻼﻟﻴﺎ ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﳏﺎﻳﺪﺍ ﺃﻱ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺛﺮ ﲢﻔﻴﺰﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺜﺒﻂ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻭﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﺼﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺎﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﻧﺰﺳﺘﺎﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﱄ ﻭﺩﻱ ﺟﻮﺭﺟﻴﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 69‬ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 1970‬ﻭ ‪ 1989‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ % 01‬ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ‪ % 0.5‬ﻭ ‪.2% 1.3‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﳊﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﻫﺎﺭﻳﺴﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1993‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ )‪ ،(1989-1985‬ﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺾ ﱂ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺸﺘﺖ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﳚﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻳﻦ ﲤﺘﻠﻚ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻄﻮﺭﺍ‪ .3‬ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲤﺎﺭﺳﻪ ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳚﺎﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:4‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺴﻦ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺒﲏ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻄﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻳﻜﻔﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﻄﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﲔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﳉﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻄﻴﺔ ﳑﺎ ﳛﺴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﺩﺓ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺑﺎﻹﳚﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﲣﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻭﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻻﻥ ﺗﻮﻃﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻷﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Marouane Alaya, Op. Cit, P 8.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. ESSO Loesse Jacques, Op. Cit, p 11.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, p 13.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪. OECD, L’impact de l'investissement direct étranger sur les salaires et les conditions de travail, Op. Cit, p 14.‬‬

‫‪125‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻗﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻜﺎﻓﺆ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻌﺎﻇﻢ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻋﺮﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺮﺍﻗﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﻐﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ )ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ( ﻭﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻌﻲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﲟﻨﺎﻓﺴﲔ ﺃﺟﺎﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﻭﺷﺮﻋﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻜﺜﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻃﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻄﺮﺓ ﻛﺘﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺤﻮﺍﺫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺼﺺ ﺳﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻭﻏﺰﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﺕ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻧﺘﺰﺍﻉ ﺣﺼﺺ ﺳﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﰲ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻔﺎﺀ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺪﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﺠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺸﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻗﻬﺎ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻃﺎﻗﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻘﻴﺔ ﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻛﻔﺎﺀ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﲤﻜﻨﺖ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺳﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪) Acer :‬ﺗﺎﻳﻮﺍﻥ(‪Arcelik ،‬‬
‫)ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺎ(‪ Haier ،‬ﻭ ‪) Lenovo‬ﺍﻟﺼﲔ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻗﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺭﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻛﺈﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻭﲤﻜﻨﺖ ﻣﻦ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﲤﻜﻨﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ CEMEX‬ﺍﳌﻜﺴﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2005‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. John H. Dunning and Feng Zhang, Foreign direct investment and the locational competitiveness of countries,‬‬
‫‪Transnational Corporations review, volume 16, number 01, United Nations publications, Switzerland, April 2007, p 09.‬‬

‫‪126‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﲰﻨﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻠﺜﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﲢﺪ ﻣﻌﻘﺪ‪ .‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﳚﺎﰊ ﳏﺘﻤﻞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﻫﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ؛ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻤﺔ؛ ﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮﻱ؛ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻭﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺾ ﺍﶈﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺎﺩﳝﻴﺔ ﺭﲰﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻢ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﲢﺴﲔ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﺒﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﻄﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﲔ‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺳﻮﺏ ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﰲ ﺗﺎﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻔﺮﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻱ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﺸﻮﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﻧﺸﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‪ ،2‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺺ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Magnus Blomström, Ari Kokko, The economics of Foreign direct investment incentives, Working Paper 168,‬‬
‫‪January 2003, Sweden, p 10. Available at: http://www.hhs.se/eijs. le 11/03/2010.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. UNCTAD, World Investment Report 2006, FDI from Developing and Transition Economies – Implications for‬‬
‫‪Development Overview, Transnational Corporations review, volume 15, N° 03, United Nations publications,‬‬
‫‪Switzerland, December 2006, pp: 173-177.‬‬

‫‪127‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﻬﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻘﻘﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﲔ )ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﻭﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺇﱃ ‪ %10‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﻨﺎﺕ( ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻟﻠﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻹﻧﻔﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﳑﺎ ﳝﻨﺤﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﲟﺜﻴﻼ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﲞﺒﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻼﻛﻬﺎ ﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﻮﻳﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﲤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻡ ﻋﻘﻮﺩ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻹﳚﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﲨﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳍﻴﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﲔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺣﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ‪.1‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﻥ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻳﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:2‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮﻱ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﺴﲔ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺎﺝ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺘﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺸﻄﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﳓﻮ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺳﻠﻊ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺗﺎﺛﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺛﲑ ﺍﳚﺎﺑﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻔﺮﺯ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﰲ ﻓﺎﺗﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻄﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﺘﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪‬ﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻃﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻧﻈﲑﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﺪﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﰲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Eric Vergnaud, Investissements directs étrangers: analyse des tendances récentes, Bulletin édité par les Etudes‬‬
‫‪Economiques - BNP Paribas, Paris, Décembre 2005, pp: 36-38.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Magnus Blomström, Ari Kokko, The Impact of Foreign Investment on Host countries Arrow, Working Paper,‬‬
‫‪Policy Research, Washington, December 1996, p 7.‬‬

‫‪128‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﺮﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻟﻌﺐ ﺩﻭﺭ "ﳏﻔﺰ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ" ﻭﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﲤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻃﻠﺒﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻃﺮﻕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺳﺘﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﺴﲔ‬
‫ﻛﻔﺎﺀ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺒﲏ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻳﺸﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﲟﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺎﱐ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻠﻲ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﳍﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻓﻊ ﻗﺪﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺪ ﻋﺠﺰﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑ ﳑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﳍﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﺘﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺳﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺫﺍﺗﻴﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲤﺎﺭﺳﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺸﻔﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ‪ Thomsen‬ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1999‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺖ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻘﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﻀﺎﻋﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪%30.5‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ‪ %39.7‬ﰲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ ﺗﺎﻳﻼﻧﺪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ )‪ (1992-1989‬ﺇﱃ ‪2.6‬‬
‫‪ %‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﻳﻼﻧﺪ ﺗﺎﺳﻊ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻣﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺴﻌﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ‪ Harrison‬ﻭ ‪ Aitken Hanson‬ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1997‬ﻓﺘﻀﻤﻨﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 2104‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺴﻴﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ )‪ (1990–1986‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﻗﺮﺕ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ‪ Menegaldo‬ﻭ ‪ Moustier‬ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 2002‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﻭﻝ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 1985‬ﻭ ‪ ،1997‬ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﺿﺤﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ‪ Mainguyet‬ﻭ‬
‫‪Rugruff‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2003‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ‪‬ﺮ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻔﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1993‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Selin OZYURT, Op. Cit, p 06.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Magnus Blomström, Ari Kokko, The Impact of Foreign Investment on Host countries Arrow, Op. Cit, p 8.‬‬

‫‪129‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳍﺎ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻓﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﺭﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1998‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %85.9‬ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍ‪‬ﺮ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻓﺮﺯﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲡﺎﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺑﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺎﺭﺱ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﳚﺎﰊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﻓﺮﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺑﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻹﺣﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺎﺭﺱ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺳﻠﱯ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﲎ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﳓﻮ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻹﺣﻼﻝ ﻭﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻔﺮﺯﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﳝﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻭﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﻳﺲ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ ﻻﻧﺪﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﲑﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﲟﻌﲎ ﲡﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻠﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﱄ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﲡﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺍﻗﺘﻨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﲜﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﻮﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻭﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ ﳏﻔﺰ ﻟﻸﺧﺮ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﱘ ﺣﻮﺍﻓﺰ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﻮﻓﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻫﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺼﻄﺤﺒﺔ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.3‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻭﻏﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﺗﺜﻤﲔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﲢﻘﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Marouane Alaya, Op. Cit, P 4.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Conseil d’Analyse Economiques, Investissement direct étranger et performances des entreprises, Direction de‬‬
‫‪l’information légale et administrative, Paris, 2010, p 170.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. OCDE, L’investissement direct étranger au service du développement, Op. Cit, p 11.‬‬

‫‪130‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ ﻧﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺨﻀﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﲡﻌﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﲦﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻗﺼﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺺ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻼ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻼ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﻛﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﺮﻫﻮﻧﺔ ﲟﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‬
‫ﳍﻴﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﺠﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻛﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﻗﺼﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺎﺭﺳﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﰲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺍ ﻭﻣﺮﲝﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﳝﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﺨﲑ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻐﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺃﻃﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﳎﺮﺩ ﺇﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺮﻗﺐ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺎﱐ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﺛﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﳌﻠﻤﻮﺱ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺘﻨﺎﻣﻲ ‪ Bende Nabende‬ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1998‬ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﲢﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﳋﻤﺴﺔ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺴﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺒﲔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻐﺎﻓﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﺎﻳﻼﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺧﻠﺺ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻓﺮﺯﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺴﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺒﲔ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﻐﺎﻓﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﺎﻳﻼﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺸﻔﺖ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺣﻔﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺠﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻋﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﻠﺼﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﴰﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪.1‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Tran Trong Hung ,Impacts of Foreign Direct Investment on Poverty Reduction in Vietnam, pp: 4-5. disponible‬‬
‫‪sur le lien: www.pdfebooksdownloads.com . Le: 18/10/2010.‬‬

‫‪131‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﲢﺴﲔ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﳐﺰﻭﻥ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﲏ ﻭﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﻠﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺠﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﻀﺎﻋﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻠﺼﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﺣﺎﻓﺰﺍ ﺍﳚﺎﺑﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﲰﺎﱄ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺒﲔ ﻭﺗﺎﻳﻼﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺒﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻬﺞ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺗﺎﻳﻼﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺾ‬
‫ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺾ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻔﺮﺯ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﳚﺎﰊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﳑﺎ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺑﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﲢﻘﻖ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﳏﻠﻲ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ‪ Dollar‬ﻭ ‪Kraay‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﲤﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑﺓ )ﺁﺧﺮ ‪ %20‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ(‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑﺓ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﲔ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ‪40‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺧﻠﺼﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑﺓ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰎ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺩ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻳﺸﺠﻊ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺘﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻓﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺐﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ‪ Nordstrom‬ﻭ ‪ al‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﳚﺎﰊ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲣﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲡﻨﺐ ﻭﲣﻄﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Idem , p 6.‬‬

‫‪132‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ‪ .1‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰎ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﻛﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻌﻴﺔ؛ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺂﺛﺎﺭ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻭﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ؛ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ‪‬ﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﳌﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻛﱪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﳔﻔﺾ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻮﻇﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﺮﻭﻋﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﺩﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﳜﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻻﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﲣﻮﺿﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺗﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻷﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻓﺔ؛ ﳑﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺳﻮﻕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﻃﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻜﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻃﻨﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(13‬ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ )ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪2008‬‬ ‫‪2007‬‬ ‫‪2006‬‬ ‫‪2005‬‬ ‫اـ‬
‫‪-3.7‬‬ ‫‪25.4‬‬ ‫‪11.4‬‬ ‫‪8.5‬‬ ‫ل ا‬
‫‪Source: UNCTAD, rapport sur l'investissement dans le monde, 2009, p 12.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺪﻯ ﺇﺳﻬﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺐﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻫﺰﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺴﺖ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺳﻠﱯ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ %3.7‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ .2008‬ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻟﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺸﺌﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﲢﻮﻟﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﱯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﻄﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, p 6.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, p 7.‬‬

‫‪133‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 19.864‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1982‬ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻮﻕ ‪ 77.386‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ .12008‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺄﺛﺮﺕ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2005‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 13.1‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‪ .2‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻻ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﺪ ﻋﺠﺰﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻫﻴﻞ ﻭﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻇﻢ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﻮﺀ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻧﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻌﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻊ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻜﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﳏﺪﺩ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺘﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻭﲢﺴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻨﺤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ‪ %3.4‬ﻭ ‪ %7‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﲟﺎ ﲤﻨﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %20‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺠﻞ‬
‫ﰲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﲤﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﲔ ﻭﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﳜﻠﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺣﻠﻮﻻ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﺔ‪.3‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﺿﻲ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ )ﺃﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ( ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﻧﺰﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﲝﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﺗﻮﻇﻴﻔﻲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﻮﻳﻮﺗﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻧﻀﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﺪﺩﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺴﺤﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺪﻱ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻓﻀﺖ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻤﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ﻭﺃﺑﻘﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. CNUCED, rapport sur l'investissement dans le monde, sociétés, 2009: transnationales, production agricole et‬‬
‫‪développement, p 12.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Gary Clyde Hufbauer, Ariel Assa, US taxation of foreign income, Peterson Institute for International Economics,‬‬
‫‪October 2007, p 103. Available at: www.piie.com. Le: 06/12/2010.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. Mark Baimbridge, P. Whyman, Labour Market Flexibility and Foreign Direct Investment, employment relations,‬‬
‫‪Department of Trade and Industry, United Kingdom, August 2006, pp: 15-16.‬‬

‫‪134‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺴﺤﺎﺏ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﺽ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﱴ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﳌﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻼﻳﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻼﺹ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﺛﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺭﻳﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻌﻴﺶ ‪ 2.1‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ‪ 880‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻻﺭﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺭﺯﻗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪﻫﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﻓﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﳍﺪﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻗﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﳕﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﲝﻠﻮﻝ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ ،2015‬ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﻋﻘﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺼﺎ ﻫﺎﺋﻼ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﻗﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﳒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ‪ .1‬ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﺒﲔ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻛﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﰲ ﺻﻨﻔﲔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ)‪ :(14‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ‪.2005‬‬
‫ا! د'ت ‪#*+, +-‬‬ ‫ا! د'ت !‪"#$ %‬‬
‫ا‪./ 0‬‬ ‫ا)را‪$‬‬
‫‪2220‬‬ ‫‪417‬‬ ‫‪$‬د ‪56‬ن ا‪ 23‬ا‪.#) .1'+‬ن(‬
‫‪63‬‬ ‫‪68‬‬ ‫‪56 70‬ن ا‪ 23‬ا‪(%) .1'+‬‬
‫‪1068‬‬ ‫‪379‬‬ ‫إ<‪ 9‬ا‪ ;-‬ا‪ 9#:‬ا‪+1‬دي )دو>ر(‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪29‬‬ ‫* ا)را‪ @ $‬إ<ـ‪ 9‬ا‪ ;-‬ا‪(%) 9#:‬‬
‫‪2.9‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ل ‪0‬ـ إ<ـ‪ 9‬ا‪ ;-‬ا‪ 9#:‬ا)را‪9$‬‬
‫اي ‪(%) 2005 -1993‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪3.5‬‬ ‫ل ‪0‬ـ إ<ـ‪ 9‬ا‪ ;-‬ا‪ +.A 9#:‬ا)را‪9$‬‬
‫اي ‪(%) 2005-1993‬‬
‫‪583‬‬ ‫‪170‬‬ ‫‪$‬د ا‪+/1‬اء ‪ 9B‬ا‪ 23‬ا‪.#) .1'+‬ن( ‪2002‬‬
‫‪28‬‬ ‫‪51‬‬ ‫ل ا‪/1‬ـ‪ 9B +‬ا‪ 23‬ا‪2002 .1'+‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ‪ 2008‬ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺷﻨﻄﻦ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.5‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ‪ 2008‬ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺷﻨﻄﻦ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.1‬‬

‫‪135‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺳﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻫﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 2.22‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺮ ﲟﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %63‬ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %29‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﳕﻮ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﶈﻘﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﲡﺎﻭﺯﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﻘﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺼﺪ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪ 1068‬ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2005‬ﻟﻴﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﳐﻴﻔﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ‪ %50‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ )ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺠﲑ ﺗﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﺒﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺧﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻄﺮﻭﺣﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻄﺮﺡ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺰﺍﺭﻋﲔ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻛﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻔﻴﺰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻭﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺯﺩﻫﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻕ ﺑﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺍﻻﺯﺩﻫﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺸﻬﺪﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻔﻞ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﺒﻮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ‪ .‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻀﺎﻋﻔﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺳﻨﻮﻳﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 1990‬ﻭ ‪ 2007‬ﲢﺖ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ ﻻﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﱰﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﳏﺘﺸﻤﺔ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﲰﺎﻙ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻮﻕ ‪ 40‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻻ ﺑﺎﺱ‬

‫‪136‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %15‬ﰲ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ %10‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻛﻮﺍﺩﻭﺭ ﻭﺗﱰﺍﻧﻴﺎ‪ .1‬ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﺒﲔ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻭﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(15‬ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪/‬ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ (‬
‫ر‪ .H‬ا>‪E 6‬ر ا‪ 97<F‬ا‪+G7‬‬ ‫‪/B-‬ت ا>‪E 6‬ر ا‪ 97<F‬ا‪+G7‬‬ ‫ا‪/D‬‬
‫ا‪ .H+‬ا‪K‬ر<‪9‬‬ ‫ا‪ .H+‬اا‪9#J‬‬ ‫ادرة‬ ‫ااردة‬
‫‪2007‬‬ ‫‪1990‬‬ ‫‪2007‬‬ ‫‪1990‬‬ ‫‪-2005‬‬ ‫‪-1989‬‬ ‫‪-2005‬‬ ‫‪-1989‬‬
‫‪2007‬‬ ‫‪1991‬‬ ‫‪2007‬‬ ‫‪1991‬‬
‫أ‪ -‬ا)را‪$‬ــ وا‪ .‬ا‪:7‬ـ‪+‬ي‬
‫‪10.2‬‬ ‫‪3.7‬‬ ‫‪32.0‬‬ ‫‪8.0‬‬ ‫‪1.1‬‬ ‫‪0.5‬‬ ‫‪3.3‬‬ ‫‪0.6‬‬ ‫اـ‪M‬‬
‫)‪(%0.1‬‬ ‫)‪(%0.2‬‬ ‫)‪(%0.2‬‬ ‫)‪(%0.4‬‬ ‫)‪(%0.1‬‬ ‫)‪(%0.2‬‬ ‫)‪(%0.2) (%0.3‬‬
‫‪2.4‬‬ ‫‪0.3‬‬ ‫‪18.0‬‬ ‫‪4.6‬‬ ‫‪0.5‬‬ ‫‪0.0‬‬ ‫‪3.0‬‬ ‫‪0.6‬‬ ‫اول ا‪.‬‬
‫)‪(0.1‬‬ ‫)‪(%1.5‬‬ ‫)‪(%0.5‬‬ ‫)‪(1.3‬‬ ‫)‪(%0.4‬‬ ‫)‪(%0.7‬‬ ‫)‪(%0.8) (%1.8‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ب‪ -‬ا‪AF‬ـ‪ 'O‬وا‪P‬ـ‪+‬و‪,‬ت‬
‫‪461.9‬‬ ‫‪73.4‬‬ ‫‪450‬‬ ‫‪80.3‬‬ ‫‪48.3‬‬ ‫‪12.5‬‬ ‫‪40.5‬‬ ‫‪7.2‬‬ ‫اـ‪M‬‬
‫)‪(%2.8‬‬ ‫)‪(%4.1‬‬ ‫)‪(%2.9‬‬ ‫)‪(%4.1‬‬ ‫)‪(%3.3‬‬ ‫)‪(%5.6‬‬ ‫)‪(%2.8) (%3.8‬‬
‫‪3.5‬‬ ‫‪0.3‬‬ ‫‪46.9‬‬ ‫‪10.4‬‬ ‫‪2.6‬‬ ‫‪0.3‬‬ ‫‪5.1‬‬ ‫‪2.4‬‬ ‫اول ا‪.‬‬
‫)‪(%0.2‬‬ ‫)‪(%1.4‬‬ ‫)‪(%1.2‬‬ ‫)‪(%2.9‬‬ ‫)‪(%1.9‬‬ ‫)‪(%4.1‬‬ ‫)‪(%1.4) (%6.8‬‬
‫‪Source: CNUCED, rapport sur l'investissement dans le monde 2009, Op.cit, pp: 30-31.‬‬
‫‪ :1‬ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻎ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﻊ ﻭﳘﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﳉﻴﺪﺓ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻌﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﲔ ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﻬﺪﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﱂ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﲔ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ‪3.3‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺳﻨﱵ ‪ 2005‬ﻭ‪ 2007‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ‪ %0.2‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 1.1‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺠﺰ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ‪ %0.1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﻏﻢ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻘﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ؛‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺭﺻﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻀﺎﻋﻔﺖ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﻘﻔﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 8‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1990‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 32‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﲝﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2007‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻗﻔﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Kornel Mahlstein, Le rôle des investissements étrangers directs dans le secteur agricole, La Vie économique:‬‬
‫‪Revue de politique économique, Berne, Septembre 2010,p 23.‬‬

‫‪137‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫‪ 3.7‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1990‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 10.2‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2007‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺭﺻﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺭﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺿﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ‪ %0.4‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺭﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -3‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﻬﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﳎﻬﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺤﻮﺫ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺭﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﺮﺡ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ‪ 50‬ﻭ‪ %80‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﱪﺯ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﲔ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻘﺘﺼﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺠﻌﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺼﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻌﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺒﲔ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻧﺴﱯ ﻭﻃﻔﻴﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ؛‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﳏﺴﻮﺱ ﰲ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ‬
‫‪ 2005‬ﻭ‪ 2007‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 40.5‬ﻭ‪ 48.3‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻘﻖ ﻗﻔﺰﺓ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 450‬ﻭ‪ 461.9‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺭﺻﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﻋﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺭﺻﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﳏﺘﺸﻤﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﱂ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ‪%6‬؛‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺭﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ %30‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 1989‬ﻭ ‪ 1991‬ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ %8‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ‬
‫‪ 2005‬ﻭ‪ ،2007‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻔﻘﺪﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﳚﻲ ﳌﻴﺰ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﱰﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﱐ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺭﻳﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪138‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻭﲤﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺘﻪ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﳓﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻮﻕ ‪ 110‬ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﰿ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻭﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ‪‬ﻴﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﻊ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﻳﺪ( ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺼﺐ ) ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ (‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ‪ -‬ﺑﻨﻔﺲ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻮﱃ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻧﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻴﺎﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ )ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺍﺛﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﲰﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮﻳﺔ(؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺰﺍﺭﻋﲔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺍﻗﻴﻞ ﻭﻋﻘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻟﻮﺝ ﻟﻸﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻛﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻸﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺗﺒﲏ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﳉﺬﺏ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲢﺪﺛﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﺰﺍﺭﻋﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. CNUCED, Rapport sur l'investissement dans le monde, 2009, Op. Cit, pp: 2-3.‬‬

‫‪139‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(13‬ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ا)ا' ا ‪ Q/' 9‬ا>‪E 6‬ر ا><‪ 97‬ا‪+G7‬‬
‫‪D/#‬ع ا)را‪ :9$‬ا '‪ ،S‬ا ‪ ،S.WP‬ا ‪U‬ه‪،S.‬‬
‫ا ‪ ،@'5‬ز'دة ا‪ ،.< 0X‬ا ‪S/0 ،.B‬‬
‫ا ‪ ،.<5‬ا‪15‬ءة ا‪.Z.7‬‬

‫‪ @.:-‬ا‪/‬رة ‪"#$‬‬
‫ا‪#D‬ـ` ‪$‬ـ‪"#‬‬ ‫ا‪H‬ل \‪6‬اق وإ!‬ ‫ا‪ "#$ `#D‬ا ‪a‬ت‬
‫ا ‪a‬ت ا)را‪.$‬‬ ‫‪ S6^6‬ا‪ ./‬ذات ا‪15‬ءة‬ ‫ا)را‪ .$‬و‪+.A‬‬
‫ا)را‪.$‬‬

‫ا ‪.‬‬
‫‪! )')-‬رة أ‪:H‬ب ا‪.5#‬ت‬ ‫ز'دة ا ‪ 9B‬ا)را‪$‬‬
‫ا‪+.W‬ة ‪"#$‬‬ ‫ا>! د'‪،‬‬
‫ا‪"#$+_F‬‬ ‫ا‪"#$+_F‬‬ ‫وا>! د ا‪+.A 91'+‬‬
‫ا‪ S.Q-،B‬ا‪J‬ل إ"‬ ‫اا‬
‫ا‪SJ‬‬ ‫ا‪SJ‬‬ ‫ا)را‪ 9$‬و‪ )')-‬ا‪Q‬رات‬
‫ا‪6F‬اق‬ ‫ا>< ‪،.$‬‬
‫*' ا‪Z.7‬‬

‫ا ‪:‬ل إ"‬ ‫ا ‪:‬ل إ"‬

‫ا! د اق‬ ‫‪ S76 @.:-‬ا‪+‬زق @ ‪^J‬ل‬ ‫ا! د اق‬
‫ا)را‪ ،$‬ا‪ @F‬ا‪OW‬ا‪9%‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺠﻌﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺳﺒﻞ ﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺳﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺶ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻟﻸﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﱰﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻜﺜﻒ ﻟﻸﲰﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﲢﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻜﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺰﺍﺭﻋﲔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺘﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻔﺎﺀ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﺮﺯﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﻛﺔ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺰﺍﺭﻋﲔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﲔ ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻀﺮ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﻮﺩﺍ ﳕﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻠﻤﺔ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﲢﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺎﺭﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪140‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﰲ ﻛﱪﻯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﲤﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ‬
‫‪‬ﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ؛ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﲎ ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﲡﺴﺪ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺑﺮﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﻜﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺑﻴﻊ ‪ 2.8‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﻜﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﻐﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺯﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺨﻴﻞ‪ .1‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻔﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺳﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻛﱪﻯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﲤﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﲔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻐﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﳚﺎﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻴﺤﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﳊﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﻷﻧﺸﻄﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺣﺎﲰﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﳚﻠﺐ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳋﱪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﳕﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﱪﺍﱄ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺳﲑﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺗﲑﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻟﺪﺕ ﺗﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻭﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻗﻔﺰﺓ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﳓﻮ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﲟﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪:‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳜﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻜﺮﺳﺔ ﰲ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻐﻼﳍﺎ ﻛﻤﺪﺍﻓﻦ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻔﺮﺯﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻗﺪ ﳛﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Kornel Mahlstein, Op. Cit, p 24.‬‬

‫‪141‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﲟﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺆﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻟﻔﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﱯ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻼﺟﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻃﺮﺣﺖ ﰲ ﺧﻀﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ ﺇﱃ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﻄﺐ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﲟﻼﺟﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ‬
‫)‪ (pollution havens‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﻕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻉ )‪ ،1(race to the bottom‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻻﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﲟﺎ ﳝﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺻﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻌﺪﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻷﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ 'ﻣﻼﺟﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ' ﺃﻭ 'ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﻕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻉ' ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻃﲔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻭﲢﻘﻖ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﻮﺍﻓﺰ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﺪﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺎﻧﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺟﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺎﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ‪ Xing‬ﻭ ‪ Kolstad‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻟـ ‪ 22‬ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﲣﻀﻊ ﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﺜﻼ( ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﲣﻀﻊ ﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ )ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﳏﺪﺩ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺟﺪﺍ‬
‫ﰲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﻳﺚ )ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. United Nations Conference on Trade and Development and Sustainable Business Institute at the European Business‬‬
‫‪School, Making FDI Work for Sustainable Development, united nations publications, Geneva, 2004, p 10.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Kevin R. Gray, Foreign Direct Investment and Environmental Impacts – Is the Debate Over?, Blackwell‬‬
‫‪Publishers. USA, 2002,p 306.‬‬

‫‪142‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﻳﺚ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﻜﻠﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻟﻔﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻼﺟﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻮﺙ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺸﻂ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‪ ،‬ﲤﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳍﺠﺮﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﳓﻮ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺮﻯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻵﰐ‪:2‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ‪ :‬ﻻ ﳛﺘﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺑﺼﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﺪﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺑﺼﺪﺩ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻤﻨﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻟﻸﻋﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺿﻠﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﻣﺶ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﺪﻓﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﲑﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﰲ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺃ ‪‬ﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻼﺟﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﺛﺒﺖ‬
‫‪ Dasgupta‬ﻭ‪ al‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺛﺎﱐ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﻫﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻀﻌﺔ ﺩﻭﻻﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻃﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ‪ McConnell‬ﻭ ‪ Schwab‬ﺇﱃ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺍﻷﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺻﺎﺭﻣﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ‪ Repetto‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺮ ﲟﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ .%45‬ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺿﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ )ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Jing Zhang, Foreign direct investment, governance and the environment in china: regional dimensions, A thesis‬‬
‫‪submitted to The University of Birmingham for the degree of DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY, Department of Economics‬‬
‫‪School of Social Sciences, The Research Archive of Birmingham University, United Kingdom, June 2008, p 187.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. United Nations Conference on Trade and Development and Sustainable Business Institute at the European Business‬‬
‫‪School, Op. Cit, p 55.‬‬

‫‪143‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫‪ .(%5‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻠﺖ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﳍﺒﻮﻁ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺒﲏ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻼﺟﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﲣﺘﺺ ﺑﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺻﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺙ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻧﻔﺎﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻠﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﻔﻮﺭﻧﻴﺎ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻣﺔ ﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻪ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﱯ‪ ،‬ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺻﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪‬ﺎﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺪ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﻢ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﻳﺚ ﻭﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺒﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺸﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﱰﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻷﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻤﺪﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻏﺎﺩﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺎﳊﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺗﺴﻌﺖ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺒﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻜﺴﻴﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺻﺎﺭﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻭﻣﻨﻊ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﻮﺭﺗﺮ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺻﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺻﺪﺍﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﲏ ﺑﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻓﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﲣﻔﻴﻀﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﲝﺔ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﺴﲔ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺮﻭﺏ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺭﲟﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﺒﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺗﲔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺗﺆﻛﺪ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻼﺟﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﲝﻲ ﳍﺠﺮﺓ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﳑﺎ ﳜﻠﻖ ﺿﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﳋﻔﺾ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﻣﻼﺟﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﲟﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺳﻴﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺟﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻛﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﺑﺮﺓ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﻣﻼﺟﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Idem, p 55.‬‬

‫‪144‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻟﺘﱪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮ ﻛﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺳﻌﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ‪ .‬ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﳚﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻨﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺆﺓ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺻﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻌﲏ ﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﺳﺘﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ‪ Eskeland‬ﻭ‪ Harrison‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﲔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ .2‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺣﻠﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﳏﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﻗﻊ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻔﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﻼﺀ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺃﻛﱪ ﲟﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻒ ﻛﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﺗﺴﻄﲑ ﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻀﻲ ﻗﺪﻣﺎ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻄﺮﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺻﺎﺋﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ ﺗﺸﺠﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺭﻏﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻌﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﰲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﱪ‬
‫ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ‪‬ﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻭﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻏﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﻒ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺎﳌﻲ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺳﻚ ﻭﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Aliyu Mohamed Aminu, Foreign Direct Investment and the Environment: Pollution Haven Hypothesis‬‬
‫‪Revisited,‬‬
‫‪Paper prepared for the Eight Annual Conference on Global Economic Analysis, Lübeck, Germany, 9–11 June 2005, p‬‬
‫‪16.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Jie He, Pollution haven hypothesis and environmental impacts of foreign direct investment: The case of‬‬
‫‪industrial emission of sulfur dioxide (SO2) in Chinese provinces, p 229. Available at: www.sciencedirect.com.‬‬

‫‪145‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺛﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﺍﻵﰐ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﺪﻓﻮﻉ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ؟ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻔﺮﺯﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﳚﺎﰊ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﱯ‪:1‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺳﻠﱯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻔﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﳓﻮ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﻞ ﻗﺪﺭ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺩﺍﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﰲ ﲢﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲣﺼﻴﺼﻪ ﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻨﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﲤﺎﺭﺱ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺌﻲ ﺇﳚﺎﰊ ﻭﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﶈﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺃﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﱰﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﻠﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﻠﻊ ﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺎ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺠﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﰲ ﺗﻨﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﻀﻤﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺭﺧﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. United Nations Conference on Trade and Development and Sustainable Business Institute at the European Business‬‬
‫‪School, Op. Cit, p 54.‬‬

‫‪146‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﺳﺒﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ ﱂ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﳎﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﱴ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺗﻌﺪ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺧﻲ ﺍﳊﺬﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻬﺪﺩ ﲰﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺧﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﺮﲨﻬﺎ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ ﰲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﺳﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﲡﺴﺪﺕ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﻭﺳﻊ ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻗﺼﺪ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﻢ ﺗﺒﲏ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺻﻨﺎﻑ ﻫﻲ‪:1‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻛﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺒﲏ ﻣﻘﺮﺑﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻻﳒﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻲ‪ :‬ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﺒﲏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺒﺎﺀ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻬﻨﻴﺔ )‪ ،(EH&S‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻕ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺣﻴﺚ ﲤﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ " ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻴﺔ " ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺔ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻜﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺩﺙ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺑﺄﻭﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭﻣﻌﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﲑ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻟﻮﺗﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺭ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻲ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺒﲎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﺩﻣﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺘﺒﲎ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺿﻤﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﲰﻌﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﺪﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺻﺤﺔ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻄﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺒﺘﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺪﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﻼﺀ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺳﻴﺦ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﲎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﺻﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺪﺓ ‪ 21‬ﰲ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, p 47.‬‬

‫‪147‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺷﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻛﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﶈﻴﻄﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﲟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﳌﺴﺢ ﺃﺟﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻎ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫‪ 169‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﲤﺘﻠﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ )ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺠﺖ ﳕﻂ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻛﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ( ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﲤﺘﻠﻚ ‪ %40‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﻋﱪ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﺟﺮﺕ ‪ %60‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﺮﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺷﺮﻋﺖ ﰲ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻣﺒﺪﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺚ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺠﲑ‪ ،‬ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﺟﺮﺍﻫﺎ‪ Chang Xing‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1995‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ‪ 19‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﺸﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﻳﺚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻙ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻹﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺎﺭﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺟﺮﺍﻫﺎ ‪ Hansen‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1998‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 112‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺩﺍﳕﺮﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺒﲔ ﺃﻥ ‪ %12‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﳕﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺃﻭﺭﺑﺎ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﲤﺘﻠﻚ ‪ %17‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻐﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻣﻪ‪ .1‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ‬
‫ﲞﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2003‬ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 2000‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻖ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺸﻂ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﺲ )ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ‬
‫ﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﻴﻒ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﲡﺰﺉ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, p 48.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Idem, p 53.‬‬

‫‪148‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻘﺪ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ )‪.(corporate social responsibility‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻷﻛﱪ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﴰﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ .2008‬ﻭﺭﻛﺰﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻋﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺣﺜﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﴰﻠﺖ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ )ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ )ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﻴﺔ( ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ )ﳏﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﻮﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﰲ ﲬﺴﺔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ 01‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 05‬ﻛﺎﻵﰐ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ)‪ :(16‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ا‪$a‬‬
‫‪1-19‬‬ ‫‪19-37‬‬ ‫‪37-55‬‬ ‫‪55-73‬‬ ‫ا ‪ a.‬ا ا‪91-73 .%Q‬‬
‫وم‬ ‫ود‬ ‫و‬ ‫‬ ‫م‬ ‫ار<‬
‫‪Source: UNCTAD, Analysis of investor and enterprise policies on corporate social responsibility,‬‬
‫‪Investment and Enterprise Responsibility Review, United Nations publications, 2010, p 15.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺎﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﰊ ﺍﻷﰐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ = ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﶈﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﴰﻠﺖ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺖ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﲣﺬ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﳏﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻛﺎﻵﰐ‪:‬‬

‫‪149‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(14‬ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ )ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ = ‪ 100‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬

‫‪Source: Ibid, p 17.‬‬

‫ﻛﺸﻒ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺛﻠﺜﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﻮﺑﺔ )‪ 74‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ( ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﱂ‬
‫ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 9‬ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻟﻠﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻨﺔ ﻭﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﲣﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ 3‬ﺣﱴ ‪ 5‬ﲢﻮﻱ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﺒﺪ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺡ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺒﺪﻱ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﳓﻮ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ؟‬
‫ﻭﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲣﻠﻔﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(15‬ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ = ‪ 100‬ﺃﻛﱪ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬

‫‪Source: Idem, p 18.‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﺗﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﺑﻨﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ‪ 75‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ‪ 12‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺌﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ‪ 7‬ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻔﺖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺍﺕ‬

‫‪150‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎ ‪ 13‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻴﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﺰﺍﻭﺝ ﻛﱪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﲤﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﲑ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﳓﻮ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﳓﻮ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﻊ ﲢﺖ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻛﱪ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺎﺭﺳﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻠﻮﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﻳﺚ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ )‪.(Les Permis d'Emissions Négociables‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺬﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﰎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫"ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﲝﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﻴﺔ"‪ .‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﳏﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﶈﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(16‬ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ= ‪ 100‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬

‫‪Source: Idem, p 21.‬‬

‫ﺗﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺼﺎﺓ ﺗﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1-2‬ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻛﺸﻒ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺃﻥ ‪ 98‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻚ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ‬
‫‪ 17‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ‪ 98‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﰎ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻨﻒ ﰲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲜﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ 3‬ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺻﻨﻔﺖ ‪ 14‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎ ‪ 81‬ﺑﲔ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ‪ 4 ،3‬ﻭ‪ .5‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻄﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ )‪ 90‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ( ﻭﻛﺨﻄﻮﺓ‬

‫‪151‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﺳﺴﺖ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻲ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭ ‪ 66‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﺪﺭﻛﺔ ﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﳑﺎ ﺩﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﰲ ﺍﲣﺎﺫ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺒﺪﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﲏ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﳚﺎﰊ‬
‫ﲡﺎﻫﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺀ ﺟﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﳑﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﺇﱃ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﲢﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻔﻞ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺑﺎﻷﻃﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻗﺮ‪‬ﺎ ﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺧﺺ ﻛﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻳﺪﻭﻡ ﻫﺎﻭﺱ ﻭﻫﻴﻮﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻳﺘﺲ ﻭﺍﺗﺶ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﱴ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻢ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-2‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ :‬ﻛﺸﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 100‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ‪ 70‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﻌﺪﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﻮﺀ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﻭﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻀﻢ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ‪ 30‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺻﻨﻔﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﳐﺎﻃﺮ ﺗﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﺳﻮﺀ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻇﺮﻭﻓﻪ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻭﺯﻋﺖ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻤﺲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ 28‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ‪ 30‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %93‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﺳﺴﺖ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﲎ ﺑﺘﺤﺴﲔ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ 24‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ )‪ %80‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ( ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺴﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻓﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﲤﺮﻛﺰﺕ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻮﻋﺘﲔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻓﺘﻮﺯﻋﺖ ﺑﲔ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ )‪ ،(%10‬ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ )‪ (%20‬ﻭﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴﺔ )‪ .(%16‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻛﺸﻒ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺮﻫﻨﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻴﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺗﺒﲏ ﻣﻘﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲟﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3-2‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳋﻤﺲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻠﺜﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﲢﻮﻱ ‪ 21‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻭ ‪6‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻱ ﻭﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﺗﺒﲏ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ‪‬ﺘﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﻮﱄ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪152‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﻮﻛﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﳏﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻋﲔ ﻭﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ ﰎ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺟﻬﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﰲ ﳏﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻔﺸﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻴﻖ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﳋﺼﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(17‬ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ )ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ = ‪ 100‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬

‫‪Source: Idem, p 26.‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻠﺜﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ )‪ 77‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ( ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﶈﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﻮﺓ ﻭﺷﱴ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﻋﱪ ﺃﳓﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﳓﺼﺮ ﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘﺒﻖ ﺳﻮﻯ ‪ 7‬ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺯﻋﺖ ﺑﲔ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺗﺒﲔ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺸﻂ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻛﺎﻹﻋﻼﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﶈﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺟﻢ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺩﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﺑﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺣﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﰎ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﴰﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲬﺲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ‪.‬‬

‫‪153‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(18‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﰐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪Source: Ibid, p 13.‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻥ ‪ 46‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ‪ 100‬ﺃﻛﱪ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻔﺖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺃﳒﺰ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﻧﺪﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﺒﲏ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﻨﻔﺖ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻜﻤﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﰲ‬
‫ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ‪ 43‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺒﻊ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﲤﺜﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺃﻱ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﳏﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺳﲑ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ‪ 46‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﲤﺘﻠﻚ‬
‫ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺻﻨﻔﺖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻆ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﰐ ﲤﻴﻞ ﻷﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺛﻠﺜﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻔﺖ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﰐ؛ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺳﻮﻯ ‪ 13‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺻﻨﻔﺖ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭ‪ 38‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻴﻨﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻦ ﳉﺎﻥ ﺗﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻘﻼﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺗﻀﺎﻓﺮ ﺟﻬﻮﺩ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﰎ ﺇﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺻﻌﻴﺪ ﺗﺒﲏ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻛﺠﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪154‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﻕ ﺣﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲣﻮﺿﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﳛﻈﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺛﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻠﻄﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺨﻠﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺘﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﺃﻭ ﲢﺪ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ؟‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻓﺲ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻔﺮ ﺑﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻧﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻓﺲ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﻛﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻮﺏ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻛﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻨﻘﻴﻂ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺟﺪﻭﻯ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻻﳔﺮﺍﻁ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻼﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﻔﺎﺀﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻜﻤﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻭﺷﺮﻕ ﺃﻭﺭﺑﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﻬﺪﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺄﺩﺍﺓ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻔﻞ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻃﲏ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻡ ‪ Globerman‬ﻭ ‪ Shapiro‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 2003‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﺻﻼ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﺸﻞ‬
‫ﰲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺣﺪ ﺃﺩﱏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﲢﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﺒﲎ ﲢﺘﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻔﻞ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ .1‬ﻭﺗﻔﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺧﻄﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ‪ Carstensen‬ﻭ ‪ Toubal‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﲤﺖ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2004‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 28‬ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻭﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ .2002 -1984‬ﻭﰲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﺟﺮﺍﻫﺎ ‪ Basu‬ﻭ ‪ Srinivasan‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2002‬ﰲ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﳏﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺔ )ﺑﻮﺗﺴﻮﺍﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺗﻮ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺯﻣﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﺯﻳﻼﻧﺪ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Jing Zhang, Op. Cit, p 241.‬‬

‫‪155‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺃﻭﻏﻨﺪﺍ(‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ ﺗﺒﺬﻝ ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﲡﺮﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺧﻠﺺ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ‪ Batana Y.M‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2005‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻼﲢﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪﻱ ﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ‪ 2002 -1972‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻏﲑﻫﺎ‪ .1‬ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2010‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺃﻫﻢ ‪ 10‬ﳏﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻭﱃ ﺛﻼﺙ‬
‫ﳏﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻃﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﳘﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺭﲰﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺣﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ )ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ(‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻏﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻃﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﺟﻬﺰ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﱰﺍﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﺣﱴ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2008‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(17‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻃﺮﺃﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ )‪.(2008-2000‬‬
‫‪2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002 2001‬‬ ‫ا‪+Gb‬‬
‫‪55‬‬ ‫‪58‬‬ ‫‪91‬‬ ‫‪92 103‬‬ ‫‪82 72‬‬ ‫‪71‬‬ ‫‪$‬د اول ا ‪QJ c$ 9‬‬
‫ا>‪E 6‬ري‪.‬‬
‫‪110‬‬ ‫‪98‬‬ ‫‪177‬‬ ‫‪203‬‬ ‫‪270‬‬ ‫‪242‬‬ ‫‪246‬‬ ‫‪207‬‬ ‫‪$‬د ا '^ت‪.‬‬
‫‪85‬‬ ‫‪74‬‬ ‫‪142‬‬ ‫‪162‬‬ ‫‪234‬‬ ‫‪218‬‬ ‫‪234‬‬ ‫‪193‬‬ ‫‪E 6^ aP‬ر ا‪ 97<F‬ا‪.+G7‬‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪41‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫!‪ #.#‬ا ‪E 6^ e.aP‬ر ا‪ 97<F‬ا‪14 .+G7‬‬
‫‪Source: CNUCED, World investment report 2009,Op. Cit, p 15.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻤﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻼﺀﻡ ﻭﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭﻣﻄﺎﻣﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Joseph Djaowe, Investissements Directs Etrangers (IDE) et Gouvernance: les pays de la CEMAC sont-ils‬‬
‫‪attractifs?, Revue africaine de l’Intégration, Volume 3, Numéro 1, Cameroun, janvier 2009, pp: 09-12.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. MIGA, World Investment and Political Risk: World Investment Trends and Corporate Perspectives, Investment‬‬
‫‪and Political Risk in Conflict-Affected and Fragile Economies, The Political Risk Insurance Industry, World Bank‬‬
‫‪Group, 2010, p 08.‬‬

‫‪156‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺎﺭﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺞ ﻭﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺘﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﻣﻨﺎﺧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺇﱃ ‪ 103‬ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﲝﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2004‬ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺳﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱄ ﺃﻗﺼﺎﻫﺎ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2004‬ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ‪ 270‬ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ 234‬ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻳﺸﺠﻊ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ‪ %86‬ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲤﺎﺭﺳﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺟﺬﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺗﻜﺮﻳﺲ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﺘﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﻣﺜﺎﱄ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﻢ ﺑﻘﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺮﺷﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻄﻐﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﲟﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ‬
‫ﳑﺎ ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﱐ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻳﺴﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﺨﲑ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺳﺒﻞ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﳝﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻛﺎﺩﳝﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻛﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﻌﻰ‬
‫ﳉﺬﺏ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺘﺄﻃﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﺴﺨﲑﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻢ ﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪" 2006‬ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ" ﺑـ"ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ﰲ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﳛﺴﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ"‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺩ ﻳﺮﻯ ‪ ،Sean Dorgan‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻱ ﻟﻮﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻗﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﺩﺓ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﺮﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﺍﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﺣﻮﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﻭﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Laura Alfaro, Andrew Charlton, Growth and the Quality of Foreign Direct Investment: Is All FDI Equal?, New‬‬
‫‪Perspectives on Financial Globalization Conference, IMF, May 2007, pp: 08-10.‬‬

‫‪157‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﺭﻏﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﲣﺘﺺ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺗﺘﺠﺴﺪ ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﻮﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﰐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺗﺄﺛﺮﺍ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﻤﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺔ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﳌﺲ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺇﲨﺎﻉ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻔﺮﺯﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﺞ ﺃﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺬﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺠﻢ ﰲ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﻼﻝ ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﺈﻃﺎﺭ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻌﻲ ﳏﻜﻢ ﻳﻀﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﳚﺎﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺠﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪158‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﲤﻬﻴـﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﺘﻬﺠﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﲝﺜﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻀﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻟﺸﻌﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻴﻤﻨﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻛﺄﺣﺪ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﳌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺸﻐﻞ ﺣﻴﺰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺳﺒﻞ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﻌﺠﺰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻲ ﻗﺪﻣﺎ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﳉﺄﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﺴﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﲝﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺟﻌﻠﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻢ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪159‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﺿﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﲡﺎﺭﺏ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻓﺮﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﲢﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﲡﺴﺪﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻃﻠﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﲔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻞ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺟﺘﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﺘﻮﻧﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻨﺖ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﳕﻮﺫﺟﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،1995‬ﺃﻃﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻫﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ؛ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﻣﺎﺟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2008‬ﰎ ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺀ ﺇﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 4000‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺇﱃ ‪ 4800‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2011‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﲰﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﻨﻮﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺮﻓﻊ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %45‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2007‬ﻭﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﱐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ‪ %85‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻀﺎﻋﻔﺖ ‪04‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﶈﻘﻘﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1996‬ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻴﻞ ﺇﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ‪ 7000‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ‪ %84‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﰲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺪﺕ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺯﺑﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )‪ %80‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻨﺬ ‪ 1996‬ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ %10‬ﺳﻨﻮﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﲢﻘﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﺍﳌﺒﺬﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﲏ‪ ،‬ﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺸﺠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.2‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. ANIMA investment network, La carte des investissements en Méditerranée, guide sectoriel des politiques‬‬
‫‪publiques pour l'investissement, Etude numéro 07, l'Union européenne, Janvier 2010, p 166.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, p 166.‬‬

‫‪160‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺑﺪﺧﻮﳍﺎ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮ ﻟﻼﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ‪ ،‬ﲤﻜﻨﺖ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﲢﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬
‫ﲤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳉﻴﺪ ﰲ ﺧﺎﺭﻃﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﻨﺖ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﺪﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﺃﻓﻖ ‪ ،2016‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﳜﺘﺺ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﲟﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﻴﺎﻭﻳﲔ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﰲ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺟﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ‪ 17.5‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﲝﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2016‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﰎ ﺗﻨﺒﲏ ‪ 3‬ﺣﺎﻭﺭ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ‪:1‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻮﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﻠﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺬﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺳﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺁﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺪﻻﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺠﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﺗﺮﻭﻧﻴﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﳒﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺏ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﻫﻼﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺏ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﰲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﺪﻑ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﲢﺪﻱ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻊ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﲡﻬﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻄﻤﺢ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻹﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺍﺯﺍﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﲟﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ )ﺗﻨﺸﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Idem, p 167.‬‬

‫‪161‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺪﺕ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ ﻭﺣﱴ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻛﻜﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺗﺄﻫﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻃﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻛﱪﻯ ﴰﻠﺖ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2006‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﺣﻮﳍﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺒﲏ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﰎ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺧﻄﻂ ﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻄﻤﺢ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﲰﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺁﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ(‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﻊ ﻟﻸﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺪﻻﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ( ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2002‬ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺇﻧﻌﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪(PNDAR‬؛ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﻛﻤﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻱ ﻭﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺪﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻨﺎﺓ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪2001‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺗﻜﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﻛﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺇﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻐﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﻨﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﳐﻄﻂ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺣﻲ ﻳﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻷﻓﺎﻕ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ )‪ (2025-2015-2009‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻔﻞ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺮﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﺒﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺨﻠﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﰲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻹﻧﻌﺎﺵ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻄﺖ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2005‬ﰎ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ )‪(PCSC‬؛ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﻭﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰎ ﺇﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﳐﻄﻄﲔ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﺪﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﳍﻀﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺼﺼﺖ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻻﳒﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻏﻼﻑ ﻣﺎﱄ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ 180‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺣﱴ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2009‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ %70‬ﻟﻠﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺼﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻢ ‪ ،32025-2005‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2010‬ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﳐﻄﻂ ﲬﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﳝﺘﺪ ﺣﱴ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. ANIMA investment network, La carte des investissements en Méditerranée, guide sectoriel des politiques‬‬
‫‪publiques pour l'investissement, Op Cit, p 20.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, p 21.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, p 20.‬‬

‫‪162‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ 2014‬ﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺼﺺ ﻟﻪ ﻏﻼﻑ ﻣﺎﱄ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ 286‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺼﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:1‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﺍﳉﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳒﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﲟﺒﻠﻎ ‪9700‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ 130‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﲟﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 53411‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ‪ 156‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳜﺼﺺ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ 2014- 2010‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 40 %‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ 5000‬ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ 1000 :‬ﺇﻛﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ 850 ،‬ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ‪ 600000 ،‬ﻣﻘﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻲ‪ 400000 ،‬ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻳﻮﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 300‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﻴﲔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1500‬ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻳﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ 172 :‬ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ‪ 45 ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺎ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﺎ‪ 377 ،‬ﻋﻴﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺼﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 70‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﻮﻗﲔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﱐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺳﻜﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ 1.2 :‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳋﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﰲ‬
‫ﺃﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪2014‬؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ‪ 220000‬ﺳﻜﻦ ﺭﻳﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ‪ 35‬ﺳ ‪‬ﺪﺍ‪ 25 ،‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺇ‪‬ﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﲢﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﺭﻱ ﺇﳒﺎﺯﻫﺎ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 5000‬ﻣﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ 80 :‬ﻣﻠﻌﺒﺎ‪ 160 ،‬ﻗﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺎﺕ‪400 ،‬ﻣﺴﺒﺢ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 200‬ﻧﺰﻝ ﻭﺩﺍﺭ ﺷﺒﺎﺏ؛‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﳜﺼﺺ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻣﻦ ‪ 40 %‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﳌﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲣﺼﻴﺺ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 3100‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﳌﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻭﲢﺪﻳﺚ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻧﺊ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 2800‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﳐﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻣﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻚ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﲢﺴﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ‪ 14‬ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺍﻣﻮﻱ ﻭﲢﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﳍﻴﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻄﺎﺭﺍﺕ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ 500‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ؛‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﳎﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﻤﺎﺳﻲ ‪ ،2014-2010‬ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ 24 ،‬ﻣﺎﻱ ‪ ،2010‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.3-2 :‬‬

‫‪163‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ 1800‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﲔ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﻔﻴﺪ ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﳜﺼﺺ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1500‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1000‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺭﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﺬ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪2009‬؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ 150‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻫﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﻴﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 300‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ؛‬
‫ﻭﺳﺘﻌﺒﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 2000‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ؛ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳒﺎﺯ ﳏﻄﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﲢﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪ 350‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳋﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﻣﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻬﲏ‬
‫ﳋﺮﳚﻲ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﲏ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﻭﲤﻮﻳﻞ ﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺘﻀﺎﻑ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﳍﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳋﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﻳﻮﻟﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﻼﻳﲔ ﻣﻨﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺷﻐﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﻤﺲ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺃﺧﲑﺓ ﳜﺼﺺ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ 2014-2010‬ﻣﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 250‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻵﱄ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻌﺖ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻊ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳉﺄﺕ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﳚﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﳑﺘﺎﺯﺓ ﻭﺟﺬﺍﺑﺔ ﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻄﻤﺢ ﺇﱃ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﱐ ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﰎ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺗﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﺔ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﲢﺴﲔ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﺠﺰ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‬

‫‪164‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺒﲎ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2000‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻬﲔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺇﺿﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﰎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﰲ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺈﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﳋﻤﺲ ﻟﻨﺠﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﳏﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰎ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺗﺒﲏ ﳐﻄﻂ "ﺍﻧﺒﺜﺎﻕ" ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻦ ﲤﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ‪ %70‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ‪،2015‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ‪ 8200‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻛﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻡ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻖ ‪ 440‬ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﺷﻐﻞ ﻭﲣﻔﻴﺾ‬
‫ﻋﺠﺰ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %50‬ﰲ ﺃﻓﻖ ‪.12013‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﻋﺰﺯﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻗﺮﻫﺎ ﳐﻄﻂ " ﺍﻧﺒﺜﺎﻕ "‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﺦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺒﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ )‪ (2015-2009‬ﺃﻭ "ﺍﻧﺒﺜﺎﻕ ‪ ،"2‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﺼﺺ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑـ ‪ 1100‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﺼﺖ ﺣﺼﺔ ‪ %34‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻭﺗﺄﻫﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺧﺼﺼﺖ ‪ %24‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﻔﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ‪ 4500‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ‪ 4500‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻛﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻖ ‪ 220‬ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﺷﻐﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ‪ 8.5‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻓﻖ‬
‫‪ .2015‬ﺇﲨﺎﻻ ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ )‪ :(MMM‬ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ )ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ( ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻛﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻠﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﻓﺖ "‪ "La vision 2010‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ‪" :‬ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺃﺯﻳﺮ" ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪" ،‬ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﻣﺪﺍﺋﻦ" ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺋﺢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2010‬ﻭ‪ 15‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﲝﻠﻮﻝ ‪.32020‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻟﻺﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳜﺘﺺ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﺔ "ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﺃﺧﺎﻧﻮﺵ" ﺑﺈﻃﻼﻕ ﳐﻄﻂ‬
‫"ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ" ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﲔ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﻫﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻼﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﲟﻨﺘﺠﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ‪ %60‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Banque mondiale, Groupe Développement économique et social Région Moyen-Orient et Afrique du Nord, Royaume‬‬
‫‪du Maroc: Mémorandum économique pays, Promouvoir la croissance et l’emploi par la diversification‬‬
‫‪productive et la compétitivité, Volume II : Etudes de base, 14 mars 2006, Document de la Banque mondiale, p 120.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, p 121.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. ANIMA investment network, La carte des investissements en Méditerranée, guide sectoriel des politiques‬‬
‫‪publiques pour l'investissement, Op. Cit, p 128.‬‬

‫‪165‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻘﻖ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻘﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍﺀ "ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻧﺒﺜﺎﻕ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻉ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﲡﺎﻭﺯﺕ ‪ 1900‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 3400‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ‪ %3.9‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %5.2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ‪.Doing business 2011‬‬
‫ﻒ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ‪ Doing business‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2011‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﺪﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ‬
‫ﺻ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 55‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ‪ 183‬ﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 114‬ﻭﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ .136‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺖ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 58‬ﰲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2010‬ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺟﺮ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ‪ .02‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺒﺬﳍﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﺴﺪﺕ ﰲ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﱂ ﺗﺴﻔﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺭﺍﻭﺣﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻣﻜﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 136‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﳉﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺟﻬﻮﺩ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺧﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﳒﺎﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺇﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺟﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 48‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑـ ‪ 10‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻹﲤﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ‪ 11‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ‬
‫‪ %5‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 106‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺭﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑـ ‪ 20‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ‪ 97‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻹﲤﺎﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ‪ %858.7‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 64‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﲤﺎﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑـ ‪4‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ‪ 39‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻭﺗﻜﻠﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ %6.1‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 89‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻨﺤﺖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﺆﻃﺮ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻦ ‪ 10‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, p 129.‬‬

‫‪166‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺘﺸﺪﺩﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺻﻨﻔﺖ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪،74‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻨﻔﺖ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 58‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻠﻎ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎ ‪ 8‬ﻛﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪ 144‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ‪ %62.8‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 30‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻧﻮﻋﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺳﻮﻯ ‪ 4‬ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻭ‪ 13‬ﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ‪733‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﻓﻴﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ‪ 7‬ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ‪ 17‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﺑﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ 607‬ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺃﺧﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺇ‪‬ﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 37‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ‪ %07‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﺘﻜﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ‪ %51.7‬ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ‪ 01‬ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .1‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺻﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﲑﻭﻗﺮﺍﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺑﺮﺯ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 150‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻻﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑـ ‪ 14‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪ 24‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻭﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺘﻪ ‪ %12.9‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 113‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ‪ 22‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪ 240‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻭﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺘﻪ ‪%44‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ ،165‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ‪ 11‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍ ًﺀﺍ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪ 47‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﺑﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ %7.1‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﺽ ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 138‬ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻐﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺆﻃﺮﺓ ﳌﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﻨﻔﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ‪ 2‬ﻣﻦ ‪.06‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ 74‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﱯ ﻭﺍﳉﺒﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻣﺘﺸﺪﺩﺍ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺜﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 168‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺩﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺑـ ‪ 34‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪ 451‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺳﻨﻮﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %72‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 124‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ‪ 8‬ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪ 17‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ 885‬ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ‪ 9‬ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪ 23‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ 1013‬ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Doing business 2011, a co-publication of the world bank and the international finance corporation, USA, 2011, p‬‬
‫‪200.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Klaus Schwab, The Global Competitiveness Report 2010–2011, World Economic Forum, p 329.‬‬

‫‪167‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 51‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺇ‪‬ﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ‪ %07‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﺘﻜﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫‪ %41.7‬ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .1‬ﻭﻳﻌﺎﱐ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﲑﻭﻗﺮﺍﻃﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﻭﺿﻌﻒ ﺗﺄﻫﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻄﺖ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 114‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 82‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ‪ 6‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪ 12‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻭﺑﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ‪ %15.8‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 98‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑـ ‪ 19‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪ 163‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ %251.5‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 124‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑـ ‪ 8‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪ 47‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺑـ ‪ %4.9‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﺼﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻢ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﺽ )‪ 3‬ﻣﻦ ‪ (10‬ﻭﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﺽ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 138‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻷﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺨﺮﺓ ﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ )ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ .(74‬ﻭﲢﺘﻞ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﳌﻮﻓﺮ ﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 80‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ‪ 7‬ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ‪ 14‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻭﻳﻜﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺼ ‪‬ﺪﺭ ‪ 497‬ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ‪ 17‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﻜﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ‪ 710‬ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ 59‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺇ‪‬ﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ‪ %18‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﺘﻜﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ‪ %38.4‬ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ‪ 01‬ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .3‬ﻭﻳﺸﻮﺏ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﲑﻭﻗﺮﺍﻃﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺗﺴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﱯ‪.4‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﺪﺭﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺪﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻪ ﳌﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻄﺮﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Doing business 2011, Op. Cit, p 145.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Klaus Schwab, Op. Cit, p 76.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. Doing business 2011, Op. Cit, p 182.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪. Klaus Schwab, Op. Cit, p 246.‬‬

‫‪168‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﻒ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 2011-2010‬ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 32‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ‪139‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ‪ 4.7‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ‪ ،07‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009-2008‬ﻗﺪ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪36‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺴﻦ )ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺎ(‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺍﳉﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺨﻀﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺛﲏ ﻋﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﺸﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(18‬ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻟﺴﻨﱵ ‪ 2009-2008‬ﻭ ‪2011-2010‬‬
‫ا  ‪ 139‬دو )‪.(2010‬‬ ‫ا  ‪ 133‬دو )‪.(2008‬‬
‫‪31‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ات ا"!! ‪:‬‬
‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪22‬‬ ‫ا‪ :01 $%‬ا* )ت ا('& ‬
‫‪46‬‬ ‫‪34‬‬ ‫ا‪ :02 $%‬ا‪  +‬ا( ‬
‫‪38‬‬ ‫‪75‬‬ ‫ا‪ :03 $%‬ا ) ا‪-.,‬د‪ /‬ا' ‬
‫‪31‬‬ ‫‪27‬‬ ‫ا‪ :04 $%‬ا‪ (-‬وا‪ 3 %‬ا‪$2,‬ا‪01‬‬
‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪53‬‬ ‫‪ 7/7% -‬ا'‪6‬ءة‪:‬‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪27‬‬ ‫ا‪ :05 $%‬ا‪ 3 %‬ا‪ 0%‬وا‪$‬ر‪8/‬‬
‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫ا‪ :06 $%‬آ‪6‬ءة !&ق ا;‪:‬‬
‫‪79‬‬ ‫‪103‬‬ ‫ا‪ :07 $%‬آ‪6‬ءة !&ق ا‪>%‬‬
‫‪58‬‬ ‫‪77‬‬ ‫ا‪& :08 $%‬ر ا;&ق ا‪0‬‬
‫‪55‬‬ ‫‪52‬‬ ‫ا‪ :09 $%‬ا‪$%!,‬اد ا?‪0+‬‬
‫‪67‬‬ ‫‪62‬‬ ‫ا‪ 3@A :10 $%‬ا;&ق‬
‫‪34‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪&C‬ا> ا‪'2B‬ر وا&ر‬
‫‪42‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫ا‪ :11 $%‬در‪& D‬ر ا@رة‬
‫‪31‬‬ ‫‪27‬‬ ‫ا‪ :12 $%‬ا‪'2,‬ر‬
‫‪Source: - Klaus Schwab, Op. Cit, p 328.‬‬
‫‪- Michael E. Porter, Klaus Schwab, Op. Cit, p 328.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻮﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﳍﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﻭﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻴﺰ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺳﻨﱵ ‪ 2008‬ﻭ ‪ ،2010‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﻌﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2010‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ‪ .2008‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺑﺮﺯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ )ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﲣﻠﻒ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﺎﱄ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﻒ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2011-2010‬ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 86‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻘﻴﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 4.0‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ،7.0‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺘﻮﻧﺲ ﻭﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ‬

‫‪169‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2010‬ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳉﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﻘﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻌﻜﺴﺖ ﰲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺑـ ‪ 13‬ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ‪) 2008‬ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 99‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻘﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(19‬ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻟﺴﻨﱵ ‪ 2009-2008‬ﻭ ‪2011-2010‬‬
‫ا  ‪ 139‬دو )‪.(2010‬‬ ‫ا  ‪ 133‬دو )‪.(2008‬‬
‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪61‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ات ا"!! ‪:‬‬
‫‪98‬‬ ‫‪102‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :01‬ا ت ا‬
‫‪87‬‬ ‫‪84‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :02‬ا" ا!!‬
‫‪57‬‬ ‫‪05‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :03‬ا ا‪%!&#‬د( ا'‬
‫‪77‬‬ ‫‪76‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :04‬ا‪ %‬وا!'‪ ,‬ا‪!+#‬ا*)‬
‫‪107‬‬ ‫‪113‬‬ ‫‪ 7/7% -‬ا'‪6‬ءة‪:‬‬
‫‪98‬‬ ‫‪102‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :05‬ا!'‪ ,‬ا) وا!ر(‪.‬‬
‫‪126‬‬ ‫‪124‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :06‬آ‪6‬ءة ‪3‬ق ا‪0'1‬‬
‫‪123‬‬ ‫‪132‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :07‬آ‪6‬ءة ‪3‬ق ا‪89‬‬
‫‪135‬‬ ‫‪132‬‬ ‫ا ‪:; :08‬ر ا‪1‬ق ا‪)9‬‬
‫‪106‬‬ ‫‪114‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :09‬ا‪!3#‬اد ا!<")‬
‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪51‬‬ ‫ا ‪ ,=> :10‬ا‪1‬ق‬
‫‪108‬‬ ‫‪126‬‬ ‫‪&C‬ا> ا‪'2B‬ر وا&ر‬
‫‪108‬‬ ‫‪132‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :11‬در? ;‪:‬ر ا!=رة‬
‫‪107‬‬ ‫‪113‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :12‬ا‪!+#‬ر‬
‫‪Source: - Klaus Schwab, Op. Cit, p 86.‬‬
‫‪- Michael E. Porter, Klaus Schwab, Op. Cit, p 76.‬‬
‫ﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻩ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺇﻧﻌﻜﺲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﶈﺮﺯ ﰲ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2010‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺮﳛﺔ ﻭﻳﺘﺨﻠﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﺎﱄ ﺣﻴﺚ ﲢﺘﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺗﻖ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﰲ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﲦﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻘﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﱵ ﲢﻈﻰ ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻣﺜﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ‪ :‬ﺇﺣﺘﻞ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 75‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2011-2010‬ﺑﺘﻨﻘﻴﻂ ﺑﻠﻎ‬
‫‪ 4.1‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ،7.0‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻓﺼﺢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﺣﺘﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 73‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﱵ ‪ 2010-2009‬ﻭ ‪.2009-2008‬‬

‫‪170‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(20‬ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻟﺴﻨﱵ ‪ 2009-2008‬ﻭ ‪2011-2010‬‬
‫ا  ‪ 139‬دو )‪.(2010‬‬ ‫ا  ‪ 133‬دو )‪.(2008‬‬
‫‪67‬‬ ‫‪64‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ات ا"!! ‪:‬‬
‫‪61‬‬ ‫‪66‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :01‬ا ت ا‬
‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪71‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :02‬ا" ا!!‬
‫‪84‬‬ ‫‪31‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :03‬ا ا‪%!&#‬د( ا'‬
‫‪71‬‬ ‫‪94‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :04‬ا‪ %‬وا!'‪ ,‬ا‪!+#‬ا*)‬
‫‪85‬‬ ‫‪88‬‬ ‫‪ 7/7% -‬ا'‪6‬ءة‪:‬‬
‫‪90‬‬ ‫‪102‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :05‬ا!'‪ ,‬ا) وا!ر(‪.‬‬
‫‪58‬‬ ‫‪77‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :06‬آ‪6‬ءة ‪3‬ق ا‪0'1‬‬
‫‪128‬‬ ‫‪130‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :07‬آ‪6‬ءة ‪3‬ق ا‪89‬‬
‫‪93‬‬ ‫‪74‬‬ ‫ا ‪:; :08‬ر ا‪1‬ق ا‪)9‬‬
‫‪78‬‬ ‫‪75‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :09‬ا‪!3#‬اد ا!<")‬
‫‪57‬‬ ‫‪57‬‬ ‫ا ‪ ,=> :10‬ا‪1‬ق‬
‫‪76‬‬ ‫‪79‬‬ ‫‪&C‬ا> ا‪'2B‬ر وا&ر‬
‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪78‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :11‬در? ;‪:‬ر ا!=رة‬
‫‪78‬‬ ‫‪81‬‬ ‫ا ‪ :12‬ا‪!+#‬ر‬
‫‪Source: - Klaus Schwab, Op. Cit, p 248.‬‬
‫‪- Michael E. Porter, Klaus Schwab, Op. Cit, p 246.‬‬
‫ﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﲢﺴﻨﺎ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺎ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2010‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2008‬ﻓﺮﻏﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺬﺑﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 31‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪2008‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 84‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2010‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺘﱪ ﴰﻞ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺭﺗﻘﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﻧﻌﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺎﱐ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﰊ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻧﻌﻜﺲ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮﺓ ﺇﻣﺘﺪﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪128‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻓﺪ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻓﺮﺯ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ ،2000‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺣﻴﺰﺍ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺴﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﰊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺘﺮﺗﲔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺘﲔ ﻭﳘﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﺖ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ‬

‫‪171‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺒﲏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ‪‬ﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻫﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺇﺣﺘﻼﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺯﺩﻫﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻘﺖ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻀﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻨﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻌﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﺣﻘﺒﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(19‬ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ‪) 2009-2004‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ - :‬ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ،08‬ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ ‪ ،2009‬ﺹ ‪.15‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻷﻭﻧﻜﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ‪ ،2010‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.168-167 :‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻮﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ ،2009‬ﺹ ‪.64‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻀﻴﺖ ‪‬ﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﳕﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻘﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ )‪ 625.6‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ( ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ )‪ 634.7‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ( ﻭﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ )‪ 453.2‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ( ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 2004‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2004‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺇﻧﺘﻌﺎﺷﺎ ﺇﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﳛﻘﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺈﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 1988‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺣﻘﻘﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﳏﺴﻮﺳﺔ ﰲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 1273‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﺧﺮﺓ ﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ‪ 2005‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﻘﻖ ﻗﻔﺰﺓ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺟﻌﻠﺘﻪ ﻳﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺣﺼﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺣﻘﻘﺖ ‪ 2346‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪.‬‬

‫‪172‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺑﺎﻧﺪﻻﻉ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺇﺑﺘﺪﺍ ًﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ ‪ ،2007‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻋﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺧﺘﻨﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﲡﻠﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﳔﻔﻀﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %16‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﺗﻼﻫﺎ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺿﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﺍ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %37‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻟﺘﻬﺒﻂ ﺇﱃ ‪ 789.4‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﳔﻔﻀﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ‪ %43‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 780.9‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻌﻜﺴﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﳔﻔﺎﺿﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﺎ ﺣﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﻋﻪ ﻣﺴﺠﻼ ‪ 1146.2‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2007‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺣﻘﻖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑـ ‪ %71‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2008‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻑ ﻛﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻻﳓﺪﺍﺭ ﰲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻌﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺿﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﺍ ﲝﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ 1956.3‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺍﶈﻘﻘﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 1197.7‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﻬﺪﺗﻪ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ )‪ 1178.7‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ ،(2007‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﳔﻔﺎﺽ )‪ (%7.41‬ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻧﺴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ 2008‬ﻭ ‪ 2009‬ﻭﺗﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 2019‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪" .2009‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2010‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ‪ 1418.5‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ"‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻤﻘﺎ ﺑﺘﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﻣﺬﻫﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ‪2007‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺴﺎﻉ ﺭﻗﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻌﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﲟﻨﺤﻰ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺇﳔﻔﻀﺖ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %11.3‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻟﺘﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 1764‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻭﺩﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻟﻠﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 944‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2009‬ﻭﻳﻌﺰﻯ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﳔﻔﺎﺽ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳊﻖ ﺑﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻜﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺑﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﻷﻭﻧﻜﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‪ ،2010 ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.01‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. World Bank, global economic prospects: navigating strong currents, volume 2, January 2011, p 102.‬‬

‫‪173‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺣﺖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(20‬ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ‪) 2009-2007‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﻧﻜﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‪ ،2010 ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.168-167 :‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﰊ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﺮﲨﻪ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺠﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ )‪ 14.2‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،(2007‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﱂ ﳝﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﳎﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺠﻠﺖ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 54.6‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺄﺛﺮﺕ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ‪ %24.3‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ‬
‫‪ 2007‬ﻭ ‪ 2009‬ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 333.34‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﺛﺮﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﺠﻠﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻃﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑـ ‪ 16.3‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 225.5‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻌﺎ ﺻﻐﲑﺍ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 219.2‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺑﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ‪.2009‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﳐﺰﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻬﺪ ﳐﺰﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2000‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ ،2009‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 1990‬ﻭ‪.2000‬‬

‫‪174‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(21‬ﳐﺰﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ‪ 2000 ،1990‬ﻭ ‪) 2009‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪.‬‬
‫‪7F‬ون ا‪G!,‬ر ا"‪ 0+D‬ا‪ H‬ا‪-‬در‬ ‫‪7F‬ون ا‪G!,‬ر ا"‪ 0+D‬ا‪ H‬ا&ارد‬
‫‪2009‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬ ‫‪1990‬‬ ‫‪2009‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬ ‫‪1990‬‬ ‫ا‪$‬و‬
‫‪0.17‬‬ ‫‪0.023‬‬ ‫‪0.011‬‬ ‫‪22594‬‬ ‫‪8188‬‬ ‫‪5400‬‬ ‫&‪IJ‬‬
‫‪1.17‬‬ ‫‪0.18‬‬ ‫‪0.13‬‬ ‫‪12300‬‬ ‫‪2509‬‬ ‫‪1107‬‬ ‫ا@‪7‬ا‪1‬‬
‫‪1.54‬‬ ‫‪0.29‬‬ ‫‪0.11‬‬ ‫‪28879‬‬ ‫‪6271‬‬ ‫‪2136‬‬ ‫ا‪L‬ب‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻭﻧﻜﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‪ ،2010 ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.172‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺣﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﻜﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺬﳍﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﲨﺖ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ‪‬ﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻹﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻞ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﳐﺰﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﻠﻠﺖ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺔ )‪.(2009-1990‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﲤﺜﻠﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟ‪‬ﻪ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1994‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺒﺜﻖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﻫﻮﺭ ﻟﻸﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﲏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺗﺒﺎﻃﺆ ﻭﺗﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻜﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪ ﳑﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺘﺞ ﻋﺰﻭﻑ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﲣﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﰲ ﲢﺼﻴﻞ‬
‫ﳐﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﻧﻪ ﺇﺑﺘﺪﺍ ًﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2000‬ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻤﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺸﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﳛﻘﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﰲ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﳋﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫)‪ (2009-2005‬ﻭﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﳋﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ )‪ ،(2014-2010‬ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﺼﺖ ﳍﻤﺎ ﺃﻏﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺿﺨﻤﺔ ﻗﺼﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻮﺽ ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻼﺋﻢ ﻟﺸﱴ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺳﻨﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﳌﺒﻜﺮ ﰲ ‪‬ﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺧﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻹﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻛﱪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺒﲏ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻗﺮﻫﺎ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﳑﺎ ﻛﺮﺱ ﺍﻧﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺇﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻲ ﺃﻓﺮﺯ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﳎﺎﻣﻴﻊ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺫﺭﻭ‪‬ﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2000‬ﻭ ‪ ،2009‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺑﻠﻎ ﳐﺰﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺇﱃ ‪ 22594‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2009‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ 28879‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﳐﺰﻭﻥ‬

‫‪175‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻌﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺿﻤﻨﺖ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻃﺮﺍﻙ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﳌﺪﻯ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﺘﻤﻊ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺴﻌﻰ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ‪ 2346‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2006‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(21‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪) 2006‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪.‬‬

‫‪Source: Pierre Henry, Bénédict de Saint-Laurent, les investissements directs étrangers (IDE) dans la‬‬
‫‪région MEDA en 2006, ANIMA investment network, étude N° 23, Mai 2007, p 141.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﻫﻴﻤﻨﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ "‪ "BOO‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲢﺼﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺷﺨﲑﺓ ﺑﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺇﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪ 1612‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ‪ 104.8‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻃﻼﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﻫﻮﻟﺪﻳﻨﻎ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻻﻧﺪﻳﻨﻎ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺃﻭﺩﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﻴﻮﻣﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺮﺕ ‪ 35.1‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﺷﺘﺮﺕ ﺗﻴﻜﻮﻡ ﺩﰊ ‪ %35‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻬﻢ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺗﻴﻠﻴﻜﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫‪ 1784‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ .2006‬ﻭﺇﻣﺘﺪﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬

‫‪176‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻋﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ 2006‬ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻨﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﲰﻨﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﺃﻛﱪ ﺇﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﺟﻨﱯ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻳﻠﺞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺇﺳﺘﻬﺪﻑ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﺎ ﺩﰊ ﻟﻺﳚﺎﺭ ﻭﲰﺎ ﺩﰊ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ "ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﻭﺑﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ" ﰲ‬
‫ﲝﲑﺓ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺻﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻏﻼﻑ ﻣﺎﱄ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 10213.5‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﺩﺕ ﺃﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻔﺘﺮﺓ ‪ 15‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %60‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ‬
‫‪Gujarat state‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﱵ ﲟﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 175.4‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .‬ﻭﺷﻜﻠﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ Fertilizers&Chemicals‬ﺷﺮﺍﻛﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﳏﻠﻴﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺼﻨﻊ ﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﲪﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺳﻔﻮﺭﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﲝﻮﺍﱄ ‪ 42.8‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .‬ﻭﺷﻬﺪ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻗﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ BG Group‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ‪ 130‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﰲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﲪﺎﺽ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﲟﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺻﻔﺎﻗﺲ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﹶﻗ ﱠﻞ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻨﻮﻋﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ 05‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ )‪ 17‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ( ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ )‪ 04‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ( ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﻜﻠﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ‪ %13‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 21‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‪ .3‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻮﺿﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(22‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪) 2009‬ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪Source: Zoé Luçon et autres, investissements directs étrangers vers les pays MEDA en 2009, ANIMA‬‬
‫‪Investment network, Etude numéro 14, Avril 2010, pp 92-97.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Pierre Henry, Samir Abdelkrim, Bénédict de Saint-Laurent, investissements directs étrangers vers MEDA en 2007:‬‬
‫‪la bascule, ANIMA Investment network, Etude numéro 01, Mai 2008, pp 157-159.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, p 160.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, p 103.‬‬

‫‪177‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ ،2009‬ﻭﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺎﺭﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﻐﻼﻑ ﻣﺎﱄ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 1294.5‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﻩ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %62.5‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﱂ ﺗﻘﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﳝﺰﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﳜﻠﻖ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﰲ ﺳﲑ ﺍﳋﻄﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ‪ :‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 62‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎ ﺗﻮﺯﻋﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 19‬ﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻔﺮﺩﺕ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺑـ ‪ 16‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ‪ %30.7‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ‪ 191.9‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 07‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺇﻻ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺜﻤﺮﺕ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻮﻕ ‪ 1160‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺇﺳﺘﺜﻤﺮﺕ ﺃﳌﺎﻧﻴﺎ ‪ 56.7‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪ 05‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﺒﲔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ‪ 08‬ﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2007‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(22‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪) 2007‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪.‬‬
‫ا‪N‬‬ ‫‪$C‬د ا‪M‬ر‪:/‬‬ ‫ا‪$‬و‬
‫‪191.9‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪;JO −‬‬
‫‪1169‬‬ ‫‪07‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا' ا(‪$‬ة‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪07‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا&‪/,‬ت ا(‪$‬ة‬
‫‪385‬‬ ‫‪06‬‬ ‫‪ −‬إ!‪ J‬‬
‫‪56.7‬‬ ‫‪05‬‬ ‫‪ −‬أ‪ J‬‬
‫‪76.6‬‬ ‫‪03‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا'&‪R/‬‬
‫‪10232.7‬‬ ‫‪03‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا‪B‬رات‬
‫‪43‬‬ ‫‪03‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا;‪&%‬د‪/‬‬
‫‪Source: Pierre Henry, Samir Abdelkrim, Bénédict de Saint-Laurent, Op. Cit, pp: 147-150.‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﺄ ﺍﳌﺎﱄ ﻣﻊ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻴﻀﺔ ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﺑـ ‪ 105.4‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻘﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻔﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺤﲑﺓ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺑﺸﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﲰﺎ ﺩﰊ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ 3546.1‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﳜﻠﻖ ‪ 40‬ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﴰﻠﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﻴﻜﻮﻡ‪ -‬ﺩﰊ ﻟـ ‪ %35‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ "ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺗﻴﻠﻴﻜﻮﻡ" ﲟﺒﻠﻎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪1800‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﺴﺪﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ‪ BOO‬ﺍﳌﱪﻡ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﻠﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻣﻊ‬

‫‪178‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺷﺨﲑﺓ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺑـ ‪ 1784‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﺴﺪﺕ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻫﻮﻟﺪﻳﻨﻎ ﴰﺎﻝ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﺼﺺ ﳍﺎ ﻏﻼﻑ ﻣﺎﱄ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ‬
‫‪ 133.8‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺠﻠﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﳕﻮﺍ ﻣﻄﺮﺩﺍ ﻧﺎﻫﺰ ‪ %300‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ‪،2007‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺑﻠﻎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ‪ 98‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑـ ‪ 281.8‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﲤﻀﻲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻭﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﺑﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﳓﻮ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﺀ ﺷﺮﺍﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﲑﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺧﻞ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2009‬ﻗﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺑﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺮﻭﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺠﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻭﻣﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ "ﺇﻳﺮﺑﺎﺹ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﺎﺀﻳﻦ ﳝﺴﺢ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﻫﻜﺘﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﳜﺼﺺ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺇﻳﺮﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﻓﺮﻉ "ﺇﻳﺮﺑﺎﺹ" ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺺ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﻴﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﳛﺘﻀﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺎﻭﻟﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ ‪ 1500‬ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﻧﺲ ﰲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻠﻎ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﻫﺰ ‪ 5700‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ‪ 2770.2‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻣﺘﺄﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻭ ‪ 2929.8‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﺍﻹﻳﻄﺎﱄ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ "ﺇﳌﺪ" ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﳏﻄﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ 1200‬ﻣﻴﻐﺎﻭﺍﻁ ﻭﺭﺑﻂ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻘﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻭﺇﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﳒﺎﺣﺎ ﻻﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﱪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫"ﺑﺮﻭﺳﻮﻝ" ﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﲟﺎ ﻣﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﻗﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ‪ 8‬ﺁﻻﻑ ﺇﱃ ‪ 80‬ﺃﻟﻒ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2004‬ﺇﱃ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪.2008‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ "ﻳﺎﺯﺍﻛﻲ" ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻮﺍﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻗﻔﺼﺔ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﰲ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ‪ .2010‬ﻭﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﳕﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ ﲣﺘﺺ ﺣﱴ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ )‪ 800‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‪ 150 ،‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ(‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺑـ ‪ 24‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ‪ 2500‬ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ 308‬ﻣﻨﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻟﻺﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪179‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2008‬ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎ ﻫﺎﻣﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ‪ %93.7‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ 178.85‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪ 92.35‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2007‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺗﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﲟﺮﺗﲔ ﻟﺘﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 61.1‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪ 27.2‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﰲ ‪ .2007‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﻮﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﳒﻼﺀ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﳓﻮ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺩ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺆﺳﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2009‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺒﺖ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ‪ 71‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺎﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺳﻴﻄﺮ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻇﻔﺮﺕ ﺑـ ‪ 33‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ 324.8‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻟﺘﺤﺘﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻠﺖ ﺣﺼﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺎﺭﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ "ﻫﺮﻗﻠﺔ" ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺇﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺑﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺇﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ‪1294.5‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﲝﺼﻮﳍﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 05‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ 81276.6‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺇﺳﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ )‪ 06‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪ 81 ،‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﳌﺎﱐ )‪ 05‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪ 79.8 ،‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ ،2009‬ﺑﻠﻎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ‪ 21‬ﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ‪ :‬ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 100‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﰲ ﺭﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺑـ ‪ 16‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪ 833.7‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻀﻲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %20‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ ،2006‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ‪ 311‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﺓ ﻋﱪ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻴﺤﺠﺰ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻌﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻭﻓﲑﻓﻮﺱ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻜﻚ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺒﺖ ‪ 24‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 221‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻼﻫﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑـ ‪ 06‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺘﻬﺎ ‪ 487.9‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﲰﻨﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻥ )‪ 6‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪ 169.2 ،‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ )‪ 5‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪ 84.9 ،‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﻳﺔ )‪ 5‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪ 67.8 ،‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪.3‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻣﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ‪ www. El-ahly.com :‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ‪.2010/10/29:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Zoé Luçon et autres, Op. Cit, pp: 127-131.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. Pierre Henry, Bénédict de Saint-Laurent, Op. Cit, p 86.‬‬

‫‪180‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2007‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺐ ‪ 1700‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪ 1600‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2006‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﺳﻜﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺳﻮﻧﺎﻃﺮﺍﻙ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ 617‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ ﻣﺼﻨﻊ ‪ Sofert‬ﻟﻸﲰﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺐ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ‪ 636‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻹﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﳛﻈﻰ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﰲ ﺧﻀﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻃﻠﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﲑ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻲ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪:12007‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺮﺕ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺇﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺗﻴﺔ ‪ 2900‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﲬﺲ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺳﻴﺎﺣﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻐﺎﻓﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻮﺭﺗﻴﻚ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 145‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﺭﺻﻔﺔ ﲝﺮﻳﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ ‪ Pharaon-CTI‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %49‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﲰﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪International BULK‬‬
‫‪ Carriers‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻖ ﻋﻦ ‪ CNAN‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺮﺕ ‪ 50‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻟﺘﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﲰﻨﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺰ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻣﺼﻨﻊ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﺟﻴﺠﻞ ﺑﻐﻼﻑ ﻣﺎﱄ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ 886‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺃﳌﻮﻧﻴﻮﻡ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻓﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻫﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺼﻨﻊ ﻟﻸﳌﻮﻧﻴﻮﻡ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻤﺔ ﺑﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ‪31‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2009‬ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻇﻔﺮ ‪ 9‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺃﻛﱪ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺃﻃﻠﻘﺖ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2009‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫‪ Total+Partex‬ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﲟﻨﻄﻘﺔ " ﺃﺣﻨﺎﺕ "‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ‪ Rosneft-stroytransgaz‬ﲟﺤﻴﻂ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺴﺎﻟﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ‪ Andarko-Conco Philips‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻕ ﻭﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫‪ GDF Suez‬ﰲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﻁ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺃﺩﺭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﺒﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻗﺮ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺑﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﻙ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 2.5‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻨﻮﻙ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Pierre Henry, Samir Abdelkrim, Bénédict de Saint-Laurent, Op. Cit, p 77.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Pierre Henry, Samir Abdelkrim, Bénédict de Saint-Laurent, Op. Cit, pp: 84-85.‬‬

‫‪181‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ Société générale ،Citigroup ،Trust Bank Algeria ،Fransbank‬ﻭ ‪Gulf Bank‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪.Algeria‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺣﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﳛﻈﻰ‬
‫ﲟﺮﺩﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺺ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻺﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲢﻴﻄﻪ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﺘﺴﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﲡﻬﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ‪ 2002‬ﻭ ‪.2009‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(23‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2002‬ﻭ ‪2009‬‬
‫)ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ا‪;+‬‬ ‫ا‪N‬‬ ‫ا‪;+‬‬ ‫‪$C‬د ا‪M‬ر‪:/‬‬ ‫ا?ع‬
‫‪0.12‬‬ ‫‪20.21‬‬ ‫‪1.44‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا‪7‬را‪C‬‬
‫‪27.96‬‬ ‫‪4721.63‬‬ ‫‪14.27‬‬ ‫‪99‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا"‪LH‬ل ا‪ &%‬‬
‫‪52.67‬‬ ‫‪8895.32‬‬ ‫‪55.76‬‬ ‫‪387‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا‪C+-‬‬
‫‪0.35‬‬ ‫‪59.82‬‬ ‫‪0.58‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا‪(-‬‬
‫‪0.74‬‬ ‫‪125.31‬‬ ‫‪4.76‬‬ ‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا‪>?+‬‬
‫‪1.55‬‬ ‫‪262.16‬‬ ‫‪2.16‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا; ‪A‬‬
‫‪6.98‬‬ ‫‪1179.53‬‬ ‫‪20.61‬‬ ‫‪143‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا‪$F‬ت‬
‫‪9.63‬‬ ‫‪1625.86‬‬ ‫‪0.43‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا‪,-,‬ت‬
‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪16889.85‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪694‬‬ ‫ا@&ع‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ‪www. andi.dz :‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻏﺎﺋﺒﺔ ﻛﻠﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺎﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﳑﺎ ﳜﻠﻖ ﻣﺼﺎﻋﺐ ﳌﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻋﻢ ﳌﺴﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﰲ ﲢﺴﲔ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﺇﺣﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻌﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ‪ :‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 100‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2006‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﺰﻡ ﻹﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﱂ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ‪ 2300‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻮﻕ ﺑﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻞ ﰲ ‪2003‬‬
‫)‪ 2200‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ‪ 30‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﺴﻤﺔ‪،‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Zoé Luçon et autres, Op. Cit, p 38.‬‬

‫‪182‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻏﲑ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ )‪ 76.5‬ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺩ( ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑـ ‪ 188‬ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺋﻴﺲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻮﺗﻔﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﰎ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻼﺀ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻛﱪﻯ ﻟﻠﺨﱪﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻴﻴﺪ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﲢﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ "ﺣﺎﻣﺔ" ﺃﻳﻦ‬
‫ﰎ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ GE Water & Process Technologies‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳒﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻐﻼﻑ ﻣﺎﱄ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ‬
‫‪ 175.9‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ )ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺑـ ‪ %70‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺗﻖ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ‪ -‬ﻏﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺳﻨﺪﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﳒﺎﺯﻩ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﺳﻴﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻫﻢ ﺗﺒﲏ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺐ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺛﻠﺚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻼ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺛﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺐ ‪ 500‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﺄﻭﺭﺍﺳﻜﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺼﺺ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﰲ ﺳﻮﻕ ﻣﺮﺑﺢ ﺟ ‪‬ﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﺕ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺭﺍﺳﻜﻮﻡ ﰲ ﻓﺮﻋﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ "ﺟﻴﺰﻱ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ %97‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﲰﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ‬
‫‪ 327‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2006‬ﺇﺣﺘﻼﻝ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻛﺄﻛﱪ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ )‪ 10‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺑﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ‬
‫‪ 347‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻟﻸﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻟﻺﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﺳﻜﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﻄﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﲰﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﺍﻛﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻃﺮﺍﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﱪ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺟﻴﺰﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ‪ 35‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ‪ 24‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‬
‫)‪ 4‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪ 17 ،‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪.3‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻣﺎﺭﺱ ‪ ،2007‬ﺃﻋﻠﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ ‪ Savola‬ﻋﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﲞﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺿﺨﻤﺔ ﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻭﻫﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻃﻦ ﺳﻨﻮﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﳒﺎﺯ ﺑـ ‪ 140‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ JV‬ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ‪ 80‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﰲ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﺼﻨﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻠﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﺍﳒﺎﺯﻩ ﰲ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻫﻴﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Pierre Henry, Bénédict de Saint-Laurent, Op. Cit, p 85.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Idem, pp: 85-86.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, p 87.‬‬

‫‪183‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻇﻔﺮﺕ ﺑـ ‪ 31‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ‪ 1329.2‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺼﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻇﻔﺮﺕ ﺑـ ‪ %51‬ﻣﻨﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ TOTAL‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ )‪ 1096.2‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﺴﻴﲑ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻟﻠﺒﺘﺮﻭﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺭﺯﻳﻮ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ 2149.4‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %49‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺪ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻃﺮﺍﻙ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﺌﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻛﻤﺼﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﲔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻟـ ‪ 56‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺇﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻇﻔﺮﺕ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %27‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ‪ 2772.8‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺫﻫﺐ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Total+Partex‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ‪ 1436‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺇﱃ ‪ GDF Suez‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ‪ 1078.7‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ )‪ 07‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪ 1197.2 ،‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ )‪ 03‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﳍﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﻮﻋﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻗﺖ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺳﲑﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2001‬ﻭ ‪.2005‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(24‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺮﺓ ‪2005-2001‬‬
‫)ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪.‬‬
‫ا@&ع‬ ‫‪2005‬‬ ‫‪2004‬‬ ‫‪2003‬‬ ‫‪2002‬‬ ‫‪2001‬‬ ‫ا?ع‬
‫‪27.8‬‬ ‫‪01‬‬ ‫‪3.7‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪04‬‬ ‫‪6.1‬‬ ‫ا‪7‬را‪ C‬وا‪ $ -‬ا(ي‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪88.4‬‬ ‫‪32.8‬‬ ‫‪29.3‬‬ ‫‪10.3‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ا‪ 3D+‬واول‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪2337.3‬‬ ‫‪238‬‬ ‫‪165.2‬‬ ‫‪1634.8‬‬ ‫‪102.3‬‬ ‫‪197‬‬ ‫ا‪C+-‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪509.7‬‬ ‫‪296‬‬ ‫‪128.2‬‬ ‫‪17.4‬‬ ‫‪36.8‬‬ ‫‪31.3‬‬ ‫ا‪>?+‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪3780.6‬‬ ‫‪1332.1‬‬ ‫‪62.5‬‬ ‫‪53.9‬‬ ‫‪37.1‬‬ ‫‪2295‬‬ ‫ا‪,-,‬ت‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪324.6‬‬ ‫‪121.7‬‬ ‫‪149.7‬‬ ‫‪19‬‬ ‫‪6.8‬‬ ‫‪27.4‬‬ ‫ا&‪>/‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪764.2‬‬ ‫‪210.7‬‬ ‫‪177.5‬‬ ‫‪146.6‬‬ ‫‪158.8‬‬ ‫‪70.6‬‬ ‫ا‪?%‬ر‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪250.0‬‬ ‫‪36.4‬‬ ‫‪53.2‬‬ ‫‪42.1‬‬ ‫‪21.8‬‬ ‫‪97‬‬ ‫ا@رة‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪Source: UNCTAD, Examen de la politique de l' investissement, Maroc, 2008, p 13.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, pp: 99-102.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Zoé Luçon et autres, Op. Cit, pp: 62-65.‬‬

‫‪184‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻭﻗﺮﺍﺀ‪‬ﻢ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2001‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ 2005‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺪﺍﻑ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺟﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﻈﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻠﺖ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻬﻮﺽ ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﲪﻠﺔ ﺍﳋﻮﺻﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪﻫﺎ ﻋﺪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺒﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺐ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺣﺼﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ‪ %59.3‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫)‪ (2002-1998‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺧﻮﺻﺼﺔ "ﺇﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻤﺮﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳍﻴﻤﻨﺔ ﺣﱴ ‪ .2005‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻮﺻﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻎ‪ SONASID ،‬ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‪ CIOR ،‬ﻟﻺﲰﻨﺖ‬
‫ﻭ ‪ SOMACA‬ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﺰﺯﺕ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ‪ 2004‬ﻭ‪ 2005‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﻭﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪ ،SAFRAN‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ‬
‫‪ LABINAL‬ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ،Gespac Integration‬ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ‪Snecma Morocco‬‬
‫‪ Engine Services‬ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﰲ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﳏﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻧﺸﺎﻃﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻜﻲ ﻭﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻮﺻﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﴰﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ BMCE‬ﻭ ‪ SNI‬ﳑﺎ ﺃﻓﺮﺯ ﲢﻔﻴ ‪‬ﺰﺍ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﲡﺴﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2005‬ﰲ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﱐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻲ ﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %10‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻣﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺠﻞ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺪﻓﺖ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺩﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻫ‪‬ﻞ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺃﺯﻳﺮ )‪ (AZUR‬ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺇﻧﺘﻬﺠﺘﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ‬
‫‪ 2001‬ﻭ‪ ،2005‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﲣﺼﺺ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. UNCTAD, Examen de la politique de l' investissement, Op. Cit, p 13.‬‬

‫‪185‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (25‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪) 2006‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪.‬‬
‫ا?  ا‪ DB‬‬ ‫‪$C‬د ا‪M‬ر‪:/‬‬ ‫ا?ع‬
‫‪425.7‬‬ ‫‪07‬‬ ‫ا‪@+‬ت ا‪7‬را‪ C‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪77.1‬‬ ‫‪06‬‬ ‫ا; رات‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪322.9‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪&+2‬ك و@رة‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪5009.5‬‬ ‫‪28‬‬ ‫ا"‪LH‬ل ا‪  &%‬وا‪?%‬ر‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪389.4‬‬ ‫‪06‬‬ ‫ا'  ء‪ ،‬ا‪%‬دن‪ ،‬ا‪D7‬ج‪ ،‬ا‪R+!,‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪948.6‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫ا‪,-,‬ت‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪6885‬‬ ‫‪26‬‬ ‫ا; ‪A‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪Source: Pierre Henry, Bénédict de Saint-Laurent, Op. Cit, p 134.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﺓ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﲔ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ‪ 11894.5‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %85‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺇﺫ ﺑﻠﻎ ﻧﺼﻴﺒﻪ ‪ 984.6‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﻴ ‪‬ﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺣﻘﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﻠﻌﺐ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻤﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻬﺘﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻓﺮﺯ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻊ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻼ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﺒﲔ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2009‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪:(23‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪) 2009‬ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ‪www.invest.gov.ma :‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ‬

‫‪186‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺍﳍﻴﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﳋﻤﺴﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %79‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻄﺮﺡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺸﻔﺖ ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﻓﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2010‬ﻋﻦ ﻫﻴﻤﻨﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ %71.2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ‪ .12010‬ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(26‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2010‬‬
‫)ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪/‬ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‬
‫ا‪;+‬‬ ‫ا‪N‬‬ ‫ا?ع‬
‫‪31.1‬‬ ‫‪300.2‬‬ ‫ا‪?%‬ر‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪24.6‬‬ ‫‪237.6‬‬ ‫ا; ‪A‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪18.8‬‬ ‫‪181.5‬‬ ‫ا‪C+-‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪7.0‬‬ ‫‪67.3‬‬ ‫ا‪@/B‬ر‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪4.2‬‬ ‫‪40.7‬‬ ‫ا‪>?+‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪2.2‬‬ ‫‪21.4‬‬ ‫ا‪+ Z‬ت‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪2.0‬‬ ‫‪19.4‬‬ ‫ا@رة‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪Source: Office des change, Balance des paiements, premier trimestre 2010, Maroc, Juin 2010. p 72.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﺈﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻺﻧﺘﻌﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳒﻼﺀ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻭﺩﻭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺪﺍﻑ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺘﻪ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﻧﺼﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %33.5‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ‪ 01‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﺎ ﺣﺮﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Office des change, Balance des paiements, premier trimestre 2010, Maroc, juin 2010, p 73.‬‬

‫‪187‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ‪ 2009‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﳔﻔﻀﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %99‬ﻟﻴﺤﻘﻖ ‪ 2.13‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،1‬ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻜﺎﺳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻝ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﳑﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻺﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﰲ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﺮﺏ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺄﺛﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺼﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2005‬ﻣﺜﻠﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ‪ %75‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﺇﱃ ‪ 500‬ﻓﺮﻉ ﺗﻮﻇﻒ ‪ 65‬ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﲡﻬﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Castel, Danone‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﻙ ) ‪BNP Paribas, Société‬‬
‫‪ ،(Générale‬ﺍﻷﺩﻭﻳﺔ )‪ ،(Sanofi-Aventis, Servier‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻨﺎﺕ )‪ ،(Axa‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )‪EDF‬‬
‫‪ ،(Total,‬ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ )‪ ،(Vivendi, Wanadoo‬ﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ )‪،(Lafarge, Bouygues‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﲤﻜﻨﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2003‬ﻭ ‪ 2005‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ‪ %45‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﲰﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ،Somaca‬ﻭﺑﺪﺃﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2005‬ﰲ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﺑﺘﺪﺍ ًﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﺮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ) ‪Alcatel, Thalès‬‬
‫‪ ،(Microsonics‬ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﳏﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ )‪ (SNECMA, Valeo‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﻨﻊ ‪‬ﺪﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﺳﺘﺜﻤﺮﺕ ‪ 121.9‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﲟﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %5.4‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،2005‬ﺗﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﳌﺎﻧﻴﺎ )‪ 69.2‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ (%3.1 ،‬ﻭﺳﻮﻳﺴﺮﺍ )‪ 66.7‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪،‬‬
‫‪.(%2.9‬‬
‫ﻭﺩﺧﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴﺔ‬
‫)‪ 61.8‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ (%2.7 ،‬ﻭﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ )‪ 29.8‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ (%1.3 ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ )‪ 19.1‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .(%0.8 ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲤﻴﺰﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2006‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺤﻮﺍﺫ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﲨﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﻜﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ‪ %30‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ‪ 5397‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻣﻀﺖ ﳏﺎﻓﻈﺔ "ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ" ﻋﻘﺪﺍ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Idem, p 73.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. UNCTAD, Examen de la politique de l'investissement, Op. Cit, p 11.‬‬

‫‪188‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺇﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ 1929‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ‪ 10‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻊ ‪ 3‬ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺇﻣﺎﺭﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ‪Somed ،Adoha :‬‬
‫ﻭﻃﻤﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺩﰊ ﻫﻮﻟﺪﻳﻨﻎ ‪‬ﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﻗﺮﻕ )ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﺝ( ﺑﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ 1418.4‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .‬ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺮﺕ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺇﻋﻤﺎﺭ ‪ 1099.3‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﰲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ‪‬ﻴﺌﺔ ﻛﻮﺭﻧﻴﺶ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ )ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺳﻔﲑﺓ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ‪ 992.9‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻲ ﺃﻭﻛﺎﳝﻴﺪﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﰒ ﺩﻋﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﰐ‬
‫ﳓﻮ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ‪ %09‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺳﺎﳘﺖ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ‪ %23‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ )‪ 58‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﻙ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ(‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻀﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﲝﺼﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ‪25‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﲟﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ‪ %25‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺭﻛﺖ ﺍﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ )‪ ،(%5‬ﺗﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﺑـ ‪13‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ )‪ 196‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﺇﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﳓﻮ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﻛﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻮﺫﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %37‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(24‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2009‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ‪www.invest.gov.ma :‬‬

‫ﻭﺷﻜﻞ ﳐﺰﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2000‬ﻭ ‪ 2009‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ‬
‫‪ ،%45‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﳔﻔﻀﺖ ﺑﲔ ﺳﻨﱵ ‪2008‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Pierre Henry, Bénédict de Saint-Laurent, Op. Cit, p 70.‬‬

‫‪189‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭ‪ 2009‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﻜﻠﺖ ‪ %8‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪ %17‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2007‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻤﺮﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2010‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﳔﻔﻀﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %38.7‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2009‬ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 265.4‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ‪ %32‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ‪ .12010‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺠﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺘﻴﺔ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﺍ ﻗﻮﻳﺎ ﺑﺈﺣﺘﻼﳍﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺗﺒﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(27‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ‪2010‬‬
‫)ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪.‬‬
‫ا‪N‬‬ ‫ا‪$‬و‬
‫‪265.4‬‬ ‫‪;JO −‬‬
‫‪103.8‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا‪B‬رات‬
‫‪79.3‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا'&‪R/‬‬
‫‪66.5‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا!‪ J‬‬
‫‪65.9‬‬ ‫‪;/&! −‬ا‬
‫‪50.56‬‬ ‫‪' @2 −‬‬
‫‪39.2‬‬ ‫أ‪ J‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪30.4‬‬ ‫‪ J/2‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪25.8‬‬ ‫ا&‪/,‬ت ا(‪$‬ة‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪16.5‬‬ ‫ا;‪&%‬د‪/‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪Source: Office des change, Balance des paiements, premier trimestre 2010, Op. Cit, p 72.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻓﺮﺯﺕ ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﻓﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺴﺪﺍﺳﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ‪ 2010‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻱ ﻛﺘﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﺿﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺣﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻭﺭﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻣﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﳊﺼﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Office des change, Balance des paiements, premier trimestre 2010, Op. Cit, p 71.‬‬

‫‪190‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻣﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2000‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺣﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺃﻓﻖ ‪ .2010‬ﻭﰲ ‪ 02‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ ‪ 2004‬ﺃﻣﻀﻰ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺣﺮ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺇﺑﺘﺪﺍ ًﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ‪ 01‬ﺟﺎﻧﻔﻲ ‪ .2006‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰎ ﰲ ﻓﻴﻔﺮﻱ ‪2004‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺮﻣﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺴﲔ‬
‫ﻭﺩﻋﻢ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺟﻨﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻧﻈ ‪‬ﺮﺍ ﳌﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳝﺎﺭﺳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﲡﺴﻴﺪ ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺻﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﰲ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﲔ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻣﺪﺧﻼ ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻘﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪:(25‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ‪) 2009 -2003‬ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺋﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ‪ .www. iaigc.com :‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ‪.2010/07/24 :‬‬

‫‪191‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2003‬ﻭ ‪ ،2009‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺣﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ‪ %01‬ﻭ ‪ %05‬ﻭﱂ ﺗﺘﻌﺪ ﺣﺎﺟﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟـ ‪ %05‬ﺇﻻ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ‪ %10.6‬ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2006‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲤﺎﺭﺳﻪ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﻇﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺍ ﻭﺃﺛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻘﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﳕﻮ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺑﺖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻼ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﻠﺺ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻘﻘﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺑﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻷﰐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(26‬ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﺮﺓ ‪) 2008-2006‬ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪Source: Bénédict de Saint-Laurent, Impact de la crise sur les pays MED, ANIMA Investment network,17‬‬
‫‪Novembre 2010, p 03.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﳝﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﶈﻘﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 10‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺇﱃ ‪ %05‬ﺷﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺎﻃﺆﺍ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻟﻴﺴﺠﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺑﻠﻎ ‪ .%4.6‬ﻭﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻃﺆ ﺇﱃ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‬

‫‪192‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻘﻘﺖ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻠﻎ ‪ %0.7‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2008‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺳﺠﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﺑﻠﻎ ‪ ،%3.3‬ﻭﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳊﺒﻮﺏ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻔﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﺮﺕ ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺎﻃﺆ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺻﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﺗﻘﻠﺺ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﻱ ﻓﻴﻜﻤﻦ ﰲ ﺗﺒﺎﻃﺆ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻌﻴﺔ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ‪ %6.8‬ﺍﶈﻘﻘﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪ %4.2‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2008‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺻﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ %8.7‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %0.3‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2008‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﲤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺻﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﲔ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻘﺖ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﳕﻮﺍ ﺑﻠﻎ ‪ %8.0‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺠﻞ‬
‫‪ %7.5‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .12007‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺷﻜﱠﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﻲ ﳏﺮﻛﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﶈﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﺛﺮﺕ – ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺍﺯﺍﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺿﻌﻒ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ‪ -‬ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻮﺫ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪%56.9‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ .22008‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﺎﻫﻢ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺒﺎﻃﺆ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻟﺘﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %10.6‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪.3%6.8‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺣﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﻹﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻪ ﲟﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﺭﻭ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2009‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺣﻘﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ %3.3‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻜﻴﺘﻪ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2010‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺠﻞ ﳕﻮﺍ ﹸﻗﺪ‪‬ﺭ ﺑـ ‪ .%3.8‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ %5.0‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.42011‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﲡﺎﻭﺯﺕ ﺣﺎﺟﺰ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻻﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﱂ ﲢﻘﻖ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺒﲑ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ‪ %3.0‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻻﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺍﻭﺣﺖ ﺑﲔ ‪ %2.5-‬ﻭ‪ %0.2-‬ﺑﲔ ﺳﻨﱵ ‪ 2006‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ 2008‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺇﱃ ‪ .%1.6‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﳕﻮ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺼﺎﻫﺎ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ‪ %6.6‬ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﻌﺎﺵ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﻬﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Ambassade de France en Tunisie-mission économique, Situation économique et financière de la Tunisie, 2009, p‬‬
‫‪01.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Ambassade de France en Tunisie-mission économique, IDE en Tunisie et présence française en 2008, 2009, p 01.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺋﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ‪www.iaigc.com :‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪. Bénédict de Saint-Laurent, Impact de la crise sur les pays MED, ANIMA Investment network,17 Novembre 2010,‬‬
‫‪p 03.‬‬

‫‪193‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺣﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ‪ %5.0‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2007‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺣﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺇﱃ ‪ ،%3.4‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺎﺭﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﺩﻭﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺗﻴﺘﲔ ﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﳌﻨﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺘﺮﻭﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﺎﻙ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻻﲰﻨﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺳﺎﻓﻮﻻ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺰ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ‪ 2006‬ﻭ ‪ 2009‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻜﻠﺖ ‪ %28‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪2003‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ ،2009‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﻬﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﰲ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺖ ﻣﻦ ‪ %6.0‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2005‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪ %7.5‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 12008‬ﻗﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺷﺮﻛﱵ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﺳﻜﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺘﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﻛﻴﻠﲔ ﲡﺎﻭﺯﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﻤﺎ ‪ 1079‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺑﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺟﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻋﺎﺋﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺗﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﻬﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )‪ 1600‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ (2006‬ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 2009‬ﺇﱃ ‪ .%2.1‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻘﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺳﻴﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ‪ %4.1‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﱵ ‪ 2011‬ﻭ ‪.22012‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ ،%2.7‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ‪ %7.8‬ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2006‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺇﲨﺎﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺗﲑ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ ،%5‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺳﺠﻞ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﱄ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻌﺎ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ ،%19.4‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳊﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ‪ ،2007-2006‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻌﺪ ‪ 20.4‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻗﻨﻄﺎﺭ‪.3‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺩﻭﱄ ﺍﺗﺴﻢ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺬﺑﺬﺏ‬
‫ﺠﹶﻠ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ‪‬ﺳ ‪‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﻠﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﺰﺯﺕ ﻭﺗﲑﺓ ﳕﻮﻫﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺃﻗﺼﺎﻫﺎ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﻟﺘﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 1988‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﲢﻮﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻴﻤﲔ ﺑﺎﳋﺎﺭﺝ )‪ 4785‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ( ﻭﻣﺪﺍﺧﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ )‪ 5133‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﻟﺮﺃﺱ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Ministre des finances, Rapport de présentation du projet de la loi de finances pour 2009, Algérie, p 08.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ‪ 13 ،‬ﺟﺎﻧﻔﻲ ‪.2011‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻨﺪﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،2008‬ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.14‬‬

‫‪194‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1740‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2007‬ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﳝﺜﻞ ‪ %31.2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻋﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻴﺰﺕ ﳕﻮﻩ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺳﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺸﺘﻘﺎﺗﻪ(‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ )ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﳏﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲤﻴﺰ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺇﱃ ‪ 7.5‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪2007‬‬
‫ﻋﻮﺽ ‪ 6.4‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2006‬ﳏﻘﻘﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﰲ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺑـ ‪.2%13‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺧﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻌﺎ ﻓﺎﻗﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ‪ %75‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ‪2006‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺠﻞ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺒﻮﺏ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻌﺪ ‪ 20.4‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻗﻨﻄﺎﺭ ﳑﺎ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ‪ -‬ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﰲ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺳﻠﱯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺒﻮﺏ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﳕﻮ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻞ ‪ %12‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2007‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﳕﻮ ﻫﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﻗﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﳕﻮ ﺑﻠﻎ ‪ ،%28.2‬ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺗﻌﻤﻘﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 3.8‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺎﻫﺰﺕ ‪ 06‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‪.3‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2008‬ﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﺍﻧﺘﻌﺎﺷﺎ ﳒﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺳﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﳕﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ‪ ،%3.7‬ﻭﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳕﺎ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ‪ %9.8‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺇﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﳕﻮ ﻋﺎﺋﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 08‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻋﻮﺽ ‪ 7.5‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2007‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﲡﺴﺪﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻌﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻘﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳊﺒﻮﺏ ﺇﱃ ‪ 50‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻨﻄﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺘﻪ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﳕﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ %9.5‬ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﲟﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑـ ‪ 5.1‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ .42008‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻜﺎﺳﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﱵ ‪ 2009‬ﻭ‪ 2010‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﻗﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﻧﺴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻟﻴﺤﻘﻖ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ‪ 2011‬ﳕﻮﺍ ﺳﻴﻨﺎﻫﺰ ‪.5%4.5‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.15‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.16‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.17‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﳌﻨﺪﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،2009‬ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.19‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪. Bénédict de Saint-Laurent, Op. Cit, p 03.‬‬

‫‪195‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻜﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺇﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﰲ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻘﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﺎﲨﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺄﰐ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻭﺗﲑﺓ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﻣﺘﺄﺛﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﺮ‬
‫‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﳒﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺗﻘﻠﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﺎﺗﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻘﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﳕﻮ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺇﻣﺘﺪﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ‪08‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2008‬ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 2808‬ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺻﻞ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 1867‬ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻟﲑﺗﻔﻊ ﺇﱃ ‪ 2153‬ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،12009‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺣﻘﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻛﱪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ )‪ (%24.8‬ﰲ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 3487‬ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2001‬ﻭ ‪.2008‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(28‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﰊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ‪) 2008 -2001‬ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪.‬‬
‫‪2008‬‬ ‫‪2007‬‬ ‫‪2006‬‬ ‫‪2005‬‬ ‫‪2004‬‬ ‫‪2003‬‬ ‫‪2002‬‬ ‫‪2001‬‬ ‫ا‪$‬و‬
‫‪2808‬‬ ‫‪2473‬‬ ‫‪2182‬‬ ‫‪2057.5‬‬ ‫‪2017‬‬ ‫‪1801‬‬ ‫‪1678‬‬ ‫‪1470‬‬ ‫&‪IJ‬‬
‫‪3487‬‬ ‫‪2794‬‬ ‫‪2484‬‬ ‫‪2222‬‬ ‫‪1870‬‬ ‫‪1511‬‬ ‫‪1284‬‬ ‫‪1257‬‬ ‫ا@‪7‬ا‪1‬‬
‫‪1867‬‬ ‫‪1661‬‬ ‫‪1475‬‬ ‫‪1359‬‬ ‫‪1321‬‬ ‫‪1174‬‬ ‫‪969‬‬ ‫‪918‬‬ ‫ا‪L‬ب‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ‪ ،2009 ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.19‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻘﻘﺘﻪ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺪﺍﺕ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﺍﻥ ﺛﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺋﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺪﺍﺕ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﱃ ﺇﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :2011‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﱄ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.81‬‬

‫‪196‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﺠ ‪‬ﺰﺍ ﻛﺒ ‪‬ﲑﺍ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﺳﲑﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﻜﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺿﻐﻄﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ(‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﰲ ﺟﺎﻧﻔﻲ ‪ 2011‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﻭﴰﺎﻝ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳉﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(29‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ‪) 2012-2007‬ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪f2012‬‬ ‫‪f2011‬‬ ‫‪2010‬‬ ‫‪2009‬‬ ‫‪2008‬‬ ‫‪2007‬‬
‫‪3.0 -‬‬ ‫‪4.1 -‬‬ ‫‪4.8 -‬‬ ‫‪2.8 -‬‬ ‫‪3.7 -‬‬ ‫‪2.6 -‬‬ ‫&‪IJ‬‬
‫‪3.4‬‬ ‫‪6.2‬‬ ‫‪4.6‬‬ ‫‪0.0‬‬ ‫‪20.2‬‬ ‫‪22.5‬‬ ‫ا@‪7‬ا‪1‬‬
‫‪1.4 -‬‬ ‫‪2.9 -‬‬ ‫‪3.2 -‬‬ ‫‪5.1 -‬‬ ‫‪6.4 -‬‬ ‫‪0.3 -‬‬ ‫ا‪L‬ب‬
‫‪Source: World Bank, global economic prospects: navigating strong currents, Op. Cit, p 104.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﺎﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﲝﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2009‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 2012‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺳﺘﺒﻠﻎ ‪ ،%3.4‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻋﺠﺰﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ‬
‫ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻮﻗﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2012‬ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ – ‪ 3.0‬ﻭ – ‪ 1.4‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻭﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺨﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﲑ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺨﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻷﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2007‬ﻭﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺨﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺑﺖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪.‬‬

‫‪197‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(27‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻷﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ‪) 2008 -2001‬ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ‪ ، 2009‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.20‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﳌﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2001‬ﻭ ‪،2005‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﻟﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺨﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺇﱃ ‪ ،%5‬ﻭﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪ ،%4.4‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺨﻢ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ‪.%3.9‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺰﻯ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺨﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻳﻌﺰﻯ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻲ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺹ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻋﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺃﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺨﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‪ :‬ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺇﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻛﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺗﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﺍﳌﺎﱄ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﲏ‪.‬‬

‫‪198‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(30‬ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪) 2008‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪.‬‬
‫ا‪L‬ب‬ ‫ا@‪7‬ا‪1‬‬ ‫&‪IJ‬‬
‫‪22891.5‬‬ ‫‪77484.4‬‬ ‫‪13686.6‬‬ ‫‪.‬ع ا‪JB‬ج ا;‪:0%‬‬
‫‪7944.7‬‬ ‫‪7941.1‬‬ ‫‪2810.6‬‬ ‫ا‪>A6‬‬
‫‪1176.6‬‬ ‫‪54932‬‬ ‫‪3653.2‬‬ ‫ا‪D"%‬ت ا‪BC!3#‬ا?‬
‫‪8378.7‬‬ ‫‪4638.3‬‬ ‫‪5180.9‬‬ ‫ا‪D"%‬ت ا!('‬
‫‪5391.5‬‬ ‫‪9973‬‬ ‫‪2041.9‬‬ ‫‪D:& )&+‬ت ا‪!FG‬ج‬
‫‪31617.1‬‬ ‫‪36742.5‬‬ ‫‪14017.7‬‬ ‫‪.‬ع ا‪$F‬ت‪:‬‬
‫‪12681.6‬‬ ‫‪22408.5‬‬ ‫‪8584.4‬‬ ‫ا‪C‬ت ا‪?!FG‬‬
‫‪18935.5‬‬ ‫‪14334‬‬ ‫‪5433.3‬‬ ‫ا‪C‬ت ا‪D9!?#‬‬
‫‪6302.8‬‬ ‫‪6553.2‬‬ ‫‪2292.2‬‬ ‫]‪ 0O‬ا\ا‪  [ 81‬ا‪H‬ة‬
‫‪60811.4‬‬ ‫‪120780.1‬‬ ‫‪29996.5‬‬ ‫ا‪ ^+‬ا‪$‬ا`‪ 0‬ا‪F‬م‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ‪ ،2009‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.267‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺼﻒ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻹﻳﺮﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺗﺪﱐ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺗﱪﺯ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﻠﺺ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﺘﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺼﺺ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻭﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﲢﺴﲔ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﰎ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2005‬ﺗﺒﲏ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﲢﺴﲔ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻳﺔ‪ .1‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻓﺮﺯ ﺗﺒﲏ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳒﻼﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﳉﻔﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﴰﺎﻝ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻫﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ 2006‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﳑﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﳕﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ %30‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 22005‬ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ ‪.3%15.7‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﻮﺻﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :2006‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ ‪ ،2005‬ﺹ ‪.70‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻷﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﴰﺎﻝ ﺃﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﴰﺎﻝ ﺃﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،2006‬ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳋﱪﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ 29-26 ،‬ﺟﺎﻧﻔﻲ ‪ ،2007‬ﺹ ‪.06‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. OECD, African economic outlook, 2008, p 448.‬‬

‫‪199‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻃﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﴰﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﲔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺗﻄﻮﺭﺍ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %5.9‬ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪ %4.9‬ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻘﻘﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %7.6‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺻﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺴﺐ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺿﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﲏ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﲰﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ ﻭﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﱪﺯ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﺘﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﲦﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺑﺘﺪﺍ ًﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2008‬ﻭﳛﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2005‬ﻭ ‪ ،2008‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻧﺼﻴﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2005‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪ ،1%23.4‬ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺭﻭﻧﻮ‬
‫ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻧﺘﺠﺖ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ 1.94‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑـ ‪%9.3‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ‪ .22007‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻏﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %06‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ 515.2‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .3‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺇﻳﻼﺀﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺒﻌﺚ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻟﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ %60‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺣﺼﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ ‪ ،%20‬ﻣﺴﺘﺨﻠﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ .4‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2008‬ﺇﳔﻔﻀﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %18‬ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،2008 ،‬ﺹ ‪.40‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻲ ﻟﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ‪www.mcinet.gov.ma :‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ،08‬ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ ‪ ،2009‬ﺹ ‪.26‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪. OECD, African economic outlook, 2008, Op Cit, p 589.‬‬

‫‪200‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺮﺟﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﲔ ﻟﺘﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻠﲔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ‪ .‬ﻭﺷﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﳕﻮﺍ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %4.5‬ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪ %6.8‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،12007‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﱂ ﻳﻌﻤﺮ ﻃﻮﻳﻼ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻌﺎ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %5.9‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻧﺴﻖ ﳕﻮ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ ،%8.9‬ﻭﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %15.2‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﺠﻠﺖ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺿﺎ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺎ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ %11.6‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪2009‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ‪ .2008‬ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪2009‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﺑﻞ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪ 173‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ 2‬ﰲ ﲡﺴﻴﺪ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﺘﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻧﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺿﺨﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﺄﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻱ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 50‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %45.3‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‪ .3‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺗﻠﻮﺡ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻓﻖ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﲔ ﺑﺪﻳﻠﲔ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﲔ ﳘﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﺗﻨﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻲ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ )ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻜﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﲤﺎﺷﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪2006‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ‪ %5.1‬ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﲤﺜﻞ ‪ %8.7‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .42005‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺇﱃ ‪ .5%56.5‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﱂ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺳﻮﻯ‬
‫‪ %13.7‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ‪ .6‬ﻭﺗﺪﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Ambassade de France en Tunisie-mission économique, situation économique et financière de la Tunisie, Op. Cit, p‬‬
‫‪01.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻲ ﻟﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪www.mdci.gov.tn .‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ،08‬ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ ‪ ،2009‬ﺹ ‪.26‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪. OECD, African economic outlook, 2007, p 380.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪. Idem, p 448.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،2008 ،‬ﺹ ‪.05‬‬

‫‪201‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﺎﺿﺐ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ )ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ".‬ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪08‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺋﺢ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ 2008‬ﻭﻳﻄﻤﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺇﱃ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ‪.1"2010‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻭﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺎﺩ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %66‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ‪ %8.1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪ %6.6‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .22005‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺿﺌﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﻘﻘﻬﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻛﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1022‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2005‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 2183.5‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .32009‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺣﻘﻖ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﳕ ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﶈﻘﻘﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ ،%10.4‬ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ‪ %2.6‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %28‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ‪.4‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﰲ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪2008‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ‪ %20.9.‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪ 12681.6‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻌﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ‪ %6.7‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫‪ 325.4‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺒﻠﻎ ﻓﺎﺋﺾ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ‪ 4478.3‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪ 4800.9‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.52007‬‬
‫‪ .52007‬ﻭﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2005‬ﻭ ‪ ،2008‬ﻓﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2005‬ﳛﺘﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻟﻴﺒﻠﻎ ﺑﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ 2008‬ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ‪ 7509.6‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %27.1‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪ 6961.6‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2007‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ .%08‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺎﺭﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻲ ﻟﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ . www.finances.gov.ma .‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ‪.2010/12/29 :‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. OECD, African economic outlook, 2008, Op Cit, p 589.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. Institute national de la statistique, Statistique Economique Générale, Statistique Financière, 2010, Tunisie, p 76.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻲ ﻟﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ‪ .www.mdci.gov.tn :‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ‪.2010/12/28 :‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﻓﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،2008 ،‬ﺹ ‪.17‬‬

‫‪202‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺤﻘﻖ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺑـ ‪ 13571.9‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %48.9‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ .12008‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﻓﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﻟﻌﺠﺰ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2001‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 998.6‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺾ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻘﻘﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ )‪ 1811.8‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ )‪ 4478.3‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ( ﺳﺎﳘﺖ ﰲ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻘﻘﻪ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻌﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ ،2008‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 13133.8‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ(‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 1998‬ﻭ ‪ 2007‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %60‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪ ،%63‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﱪﺯ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻣﺎ ﲡﺴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺿﺨﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺗﻄﻮﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺍ ﳏﻘﻘﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2004‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ 2009‬ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 67850‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2009‬ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺃﻗﺼﺎﻩ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪ .2%5.8‬ﻭﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻘﻘﺘﻪ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺩﺧﻼ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 22408.5‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﻭﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ‪ %25‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ‪ .32007‬ﻭﻳﻌﺰﻯ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﻬﺪﻩ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺪﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %48.4‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﺳﻜﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺘﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜ ‪‬ﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﰐ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﻙ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﺪ ‪ ،%1.5‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﺮﺡ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲤﺎﺭﺳﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﻠﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ‪BNP‬‬
‫‪ Société Générale ،Paribas‬ﻭ ‪ .Trust Bank Algeria‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻠﻲ ﱂ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﻏﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،2008 ،‬ﺹ ‪.40‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻲ ﻟﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ‪ .www.finance-algeria.org :‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ‪.2010/12/29 :‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ‪ ،2009 ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.268‬‬

‫‪203‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ 8600‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2005‬ﻗﺎﺩ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﱵ ﺟﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﱐ ﻭﺩﻳﻜﺴﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪ .1‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻜﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ %12.4‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،22008‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺯﻭﺩﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %28.9‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.32006‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺗﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻓﻴﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻘﻄﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻛﱪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻳﱪﺯ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﻥ ﺃﺳﻨﺪﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﲰﺢ ﺑﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻫﺎﺋﻞ ﴰﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﲔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﳒﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﺢ ﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﲡﻬﺖ ﺻﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﰒ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻹﺩﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻓﺮﺯ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺟﺮ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﱵ ‪ 2007‬ﻭ ‪.2008‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Investissement bancaire en Tunisie, disponible sur le site: www.anima.coop. Le 17/11/2010.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ‪ ،2009 ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.268‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. OECD, African economic outlook, 2008, Op. Cit, p 588.‬‬

‫‪204‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(31‬ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ‪) 2008-2004‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪.‬‬
‫]درات ا;‪ :‬وا‪$F‬ت‬
‫‪2008‬‬ ‫‪2007‬‬ ‫‪2006‬‬ ‫‪2005‬‬ ‫‪2004‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪13619‬‬ ‫‪10742‬‬ ‫‪8300‬‬ ‫‪7536.2‬‬ ‫‪6864‬‬ ‫&‪IJ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪56132‬‬ ‫‪43183‬‬ ‫‪38860‬‬ ‫‪32966‬‬ ‫‪22843‬‬ ‫ا@‪7‬ا‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪13549‬‬ ‫‪10920‬‬ ‫‪9742‬‬ ‫‪8636‬‬ ‫‪7647‬‬ ‫ا‪L‬ب‬
‫واردات ا;‪ :‬وا‪$F‬ت‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪17424‬‬ ‫‪13541‬‬ ‫‪10672‬‬ ‫‪9447‬‬ ‫‪9087‬‬ ‫&‪IJ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪27788‬‬ ‫‪19454‬‬ ‫‪15217‬‬ ‫‪14216‬‬ ‫‪12160‬‬ ‫ا@‪7‬ا‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪28366‬‬ ‫‪22732‬‬ ‫‪18318‬‬ ‫‪16041‬‬ ‫‪13739‬‬ ‫ا‪L‬ب‬
‫ر] ‪ $‬ا ‪7‬ان ا@ري‬
‫‪3805-‬‬ ‫‪2799-‬‬ ‫‪2372-‬‬ ‫‪1911-‬‬ ‫‪2223-‬‬ ‫&‪IJ‬‬
‫‪28344+‬‬ ‫‪23729+‬‬ ‫‪23643+‬‬ ‫‪18750+‬‬ ‫‪10683+‬‬ ‫ا@‪7‬ا‪1‬‬
‫‪14817-‬‬ ‫‪11812-‬‬ ‫‪8576-‬‬ ‫‪7405-‬‬ ‫‪6092-‬‬ ‫ا‪L‬ب‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ 1 :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ‪ ،2009‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.349‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ،03‬ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ،2008‬ﺹ ‪.22‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ،08‬ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ ‪ ،2009‬ﺹ ‪.28‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،2008 ،‬ﺹ ‪.06‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻭﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺣﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2004‬ﻭ ‪ .2008‬ﻭﺣﻘﻖ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %26.8‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺳﻔﺎﺕ ﳑﺎ ﲰﺢ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻴﻞ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺳﻔﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ ،%134‬ﻟﺘﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﻦ ‪ 741‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ 1767‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2008‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﳕﻮ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ )‪ (off shore‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ ،%7.8‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻘﺖ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺑﻠﻎ ‪ %22.1‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻓﺮﺯﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫‪ .%5.6‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %28.7‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻹﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺣﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻱ ﻋﺠﺰﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 500‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﳊﺒﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻳﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﻴﺔ( ﰲ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﺎﺗﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 660‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪ 236.5‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،12007‬ﻭﻟﻴﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﺠﺰﺍ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ 3805‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Ambassade de France en Tunisie-mission économique, Commerce extérieure tunisien et échanges, 2009, pp: 01-‬‬
‫‪02.‬‬

‫‪205‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ‪ .%78.16‬ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺗﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺟﻌﻠﺖ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺇﺑﺘﺪﺍ ًﺀﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﰲ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﳓﺼﺮﺕ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﻠﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ ،%97‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺠﻠﺖ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﺍ ﺇﻣﺘﺪ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2004‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ‪ 15802‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺿﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻟﺘﺒﻠﻎ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺰ ‪ 9361.7‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﻋﺎﺋﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﳍﺎ ﻟﺘﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 6896‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻮﻯ ‪ %3‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺄﺛﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2004‬ﻭ ‪ 2008‬ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﺍ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ 1385‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ‪ %49.05‬ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﳉﻴﺪ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ‪ %1.76‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻻ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺳﻮﻯ ‪ %1.2‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2005‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪﺍ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺍ ﻗﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﳑﺎ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻓﺎﺗﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﻦ ‪ 2544‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2005‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 5494.3‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 2008‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %17‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌﺖ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪ %25.71‬ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2008‬ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻻ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺳﻮﻯ ‪ 20.08‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .12005‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺗﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺣﻘﻖ ﻓﺎﺋﻀﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 28344‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺑﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ‪ ،2008‬ﰲ ﺇﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪.%202‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺄﺛﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻷﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﻬﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﺠﺰﺍ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺍ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺑـ ‪ 6092‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2005‬ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 14817‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻌﻜﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﺖ ﻣﻦ ‪ %55.7‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2005‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %47.8‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2008‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺰﻯ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﻔﺎﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %34.7‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2008‬ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ‪ %28.4‬ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ .%68.4‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﳕﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ‪ ،%24.1‬ﻭﺑﺈﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺿﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ %6.8‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭﺓ ﺣﻘﻘﺖ ﳕﻮﺍ ﴰﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ )‪ ،(%49.7‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ )‪(%85.3‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ،08‬ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ ‪ ،2009‬ﺹ ‪.28‬‬

‫‪206‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ )‪ ،(%8.4‬ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ‪ %72.6‬ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺳﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺸﺘﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﰲ ﳕﻮ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ )‪ %33‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ(‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﲝﻮﺍﱄ ‪ 2533.7‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻜﻲ )‪ 116.4‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺿﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ‪ %12.2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺇﳔﻔﻀﺖ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪.1%7.6‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮﺻﺪ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻃﺮﺃﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﳍﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻛﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﺮﺡ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺗﺒﲏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻨﻮﻋﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺳﻔﺎﺕ(‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ‪ -‬ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻔﻞ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺘﻪ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﺧﻔﺾ ﻓﺎﺗﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺜﻘﻞ ﻛﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ‪ :‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﰲ ﺫﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %10.13‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺠﻞ ﳕﻮﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻌﺪ ‪ %4.6‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2007‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 27129.4‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 29879.2‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺑﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2008‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(32‬ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ‪) 2008-2006‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫إ‪ 0D‬ا‪ /$‬ا?‪31‬‬
‫‪ ;J‬ا‪/7‬دة ‪08/07‬‬ ‫‪2008‬‬ ‫‪2007‬‬ ‫‪2006‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪4.76‬‬ ‫‪13638.1‬‬ ‫‪13018.1‬‬ ‫‪12666‬‬ ‫&‪IJ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪11.7‬‬ ‫‪3961‬‬ ‫‪3546.1‬‬ ‫‪3548.2‬‬ ‫ا@‪7‬ا‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪16.23‬‬ ‫‪12280.1‬‬ ‫‪10565.2‬‬ ‫‪9722.7‬‬ ‫ا‪L‬ب‬
‫‪10.13‬‬ ‫‪29879.2‬‬ ‫‪27129.4‬‬ ‫‪25937‬‬ ‫ا@&ع‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ -1:‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ،2010‬ﺹ ‪.04‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻓﺮﻳﻞ ‪ ،2008‬ﺹ ‪.04‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ،08‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.16‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ‪ ،2009‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.368‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺳﻌﺮ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻻﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻻﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﻭﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،2008 ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.08-07 :‬‬

‫‪207‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﳑﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻲ‪ .1‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺩﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﳑﺎ ﺳﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺪﻳﻮﻧﻴﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌﺖ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﺮﺏ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 2008‬ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %16.2‬ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ‪ 12270‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .2‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌﺖ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ %2.2‬ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 14910‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪.3‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺭﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ ،4%24.5‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺒﻜﺮ ﳌﺪﻳﻮﻧﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﺪﻳﻮﻧﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﺪﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻋﻮﺍﺋﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﳒﻢ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 9433‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪2006‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ‪ 993‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .52007‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺐﺀ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺇﱃ ‪ %10‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻻ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺩﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺳﺘﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺩﺍﺋﻊ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻌﺖ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %0.4‬ﻟﺘﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 3972‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪.6‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﰎ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻋﺐﺀ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﺲ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻋﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ‪ ،2009‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.115‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. World bank, morocco at a glance, 2009, p 02.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.04‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ‪ ،2009‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.116‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ‪ ،2008‬ﺹ ‪.166‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ،08‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.16‬‬

‫‪208‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(28‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ -1:‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.04‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ،08‬ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ ‪ ،2009‬ﺹ ‪.16‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ‪ ،2009‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.368‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﱏ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺷﻬﺪﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻌﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ %4.67‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %4.23‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﰒ ﻋﺎﻭﺩﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻞ ‪ %3.59‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2008‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺇﳔﻔﻀﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻣﻦ ‪ %53.92‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪2006‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ‪ %47.54‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2008‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﳔﻔﻀﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ %20.6‬ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %19.8‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺎﻭﺩﺕ ﺍﻹﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺇﱃ ‪ 20.2‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪.2008‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﻠﻊ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ‪.‬‬

‫‪209‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(29‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ‪.2008-2003‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ‪ ،2009‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.369‬‬

‫ﺣﻘﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﲨﺎﻻ ﺃﺩ ًﺀﺍ ﺟﻴ ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺒﺬﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻭﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻭﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱐ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﰲ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2003‬ﻭ ‪ 2005‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳉﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻘﻘﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳒﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2006‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﲑ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻗﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺒﻜﺮ ﳉﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪2007‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﳔﻔﻀﺖ ﻣﻦ ‪ %22.3‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %2.3‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﰒ ﺇﱃ ‪ %1.4‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺒﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻖ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻗﻞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﳒﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﺪﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺇﺑﺘﺪﺍ ًﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ %18.2‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %13.0‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﰒ ﺇﱃ ‪ %8.5‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2008‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﲑﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﺎﺿﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺣﻘﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺯﺩﻫﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﻬﺪﺗﻪ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻖ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﲔ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﻳﻦ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻃﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﳕﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﻭﲢﺴﲔ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪210‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻈﻢ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﲣﺼﻴﺺ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﲟﺎ ﳜﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻇﻞ ﻋﺪﻡ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻷﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻲ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﳑﺎ ﳜﻠﻖ ﻓﺮﺹ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻔﻴﻞ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻘﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﲤﺎﺭﺳﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﳏﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲤﻜﲔ ﺍﻛﱪ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﺴﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﺸﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺐ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺐﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1-1‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ :‬ﺷﻬﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻧﺴﻘﺎ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻟﻴﺎ ﺑﻄﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﳔﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ‪ %15‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2000‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %14.2‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2005‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻌﺪﻻ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈ ‪‬ﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺪﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﰎ ﺗﺴﻄﲑ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺧﻠﻖ ‪412‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2007‬ﻭ ‪ 2011‬ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ‪.1%13.4‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺎﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻘﻘﺖ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2008‬ﻇﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺷﻐﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻇﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻟﺘﺒﻠﻎ ‪ %14.2‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ ،22008‬ﻭﻟﺘﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻬﻢ )ﺇﺭﺗﻔﻌﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ‪ %30‬ﰲ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﳑﻦ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺑﲔ ‪ 20‬ﻭ ‪ 24‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭ ‪ %25‬ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺮﺟﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ(‪.3‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. OECD, African economic outlook, 2008, Op. Cit, p 598.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ‪ ،2011-2007‬ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ 04 ،‬ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ ‪ ،2006‬ﺹ ‪.09‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﳒﺎﺓ ﻳﺎﻣﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ ‪ .2009‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ‪ www.worldbank.org :‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ‪.2010/01/28 :‬‬

‫‪211‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﳝﻮﻏﺮﺍﰲ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﳚﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻠﺠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺿﺦ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻃﺎﻟﱯ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﳒﺢ ﰲ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻜﺎﻧﻪ؛‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ -‬ﻴﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ( ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻻ ﳜﻠﻖ ﻓﺮﺻﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﳑﻦ ﳛﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﻴﺔ؛‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲢﻘﻖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﻧﺪﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺗﺪﻓﻘﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﻤﻮﺱ ﳑﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻛﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲤﻴﺰﺕ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺑﺼﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ‪ 38‬ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻣﺮﺷﺤﺎ ﻟﻠﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺍﲣﺎﺫﻫﺎ ﳌﺴﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﳌﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﻧﺸﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻜﻨﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ‪ 82‬ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺇﲣﺎﺫ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﴰﻠﺖ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺮﺷﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺗﺒﺴﻴﻄﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻮﺽ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻭﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﲔ ﻻﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻃﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﻄﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺈﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺇﺳﺘﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ %14.7‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،12009‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-1‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ :‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﺴﻄﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﰲ ﻭﺗﲑﺓ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻟﻄﺎﻟﱯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2008‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﻄﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﱃ ‪ 287735‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ‪ %8.22‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻮﺽ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ )‪ ،(FIPA‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ‪ .www.investintunisia.tn :‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ‪.2010/05/16 :‬‬

‫‪212‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(33‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺟﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ‪.2008‬‬
‫‪$C‬د ‪ 8]+‬ا‪>LM‬‬ ‫ا@‪ ;+‬‬
‫‪245620‬‬ ‫‪ −‬دول ا‪(B‬د ا"ور‪02‬‬
‫‪3871‬‬ ‫‪ −‬دول أور‪  2‬أ`ى‬
‫‪24846‬‬ ‫‪ −‬دول ‪ 2C‬‬
‫‪1502‬‬ ‫‪ −‬دول أ! &‪/‬‬
‫‪102‬‬ ‫‪ −‬دول إ‪ ?/O‬‬
‫‪11794‬‬ ‫‪ −‬دول أ‪ '/‬‬
‫‪287735‬‬ ‫ا@&ع `رج ‪.‬ع ا‪.‬‬
‫‪Source: Ambassade de France en Tunisie-mission économique, IDE en Tunisie et présence française en‬‬
‫‪2008, p 02.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻹﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﻭﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻬﻢ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻖ ‪ %86‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫‪ 1180‬ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﲑ ‪ 106067‬ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﺷﻐﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ‪ %37‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،1‬ﻭﻳﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ ﻟﻠﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﰊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﺭﻭ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻓﻼﺱ ﻭﺗﺴﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﺴﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻫﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2008‬ﻭ ‪ ،2009‬ﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 15265‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ‪ %24‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺇﺳﺘﺤﺪﺍﺛﻬﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2009‬ﻭﻟﻴﺼﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ‪ 303000‬ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﻄﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺩﻋﻤﺖ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺿﺌﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺬﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻓﺬﻟﻚ ﱂ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻲ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ )ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Ambassade de France en Tunisie-mission économique, IDE en Tunisie et présence française en 2008, Op Cit, p 02.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻮﺽ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ )‪ ،(FIPA‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪213‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ( ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ ﺣﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺭﻓﻊ ﲢﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻴﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺒﺎﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺷﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺗﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﳓﻮ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺒﻠﻮﻍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺪﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻋﻤﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﻬﲏ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﲰﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﺮﺡ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻛﺤﻞ ﻧﺎﺟﻊ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺳﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﺘﻮﻧﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﰲ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻜﻔﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﶈﻘﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ ﻟﺘﻄﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺑﻠﻮﻏﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳉﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻘﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ – ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺎ – ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﺕ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﻘﻘﺖ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻭﻻﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﳕﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻓﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﲑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1-2‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ :‬ﳒﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﻬﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‬
‫ﲢﺴﻦ ﻛﺒﲑ ﰲ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﰲ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻴﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 06‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1999‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 9.3‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2007‬ﺃﻱ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪ ،%55‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ %30.3‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2003‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %38.2‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،12006‬ﻭﺳﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻲ ﻟﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ‪ www.massn.gov.dz :‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ‪.2011/01/04‬‬

‫‪214‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﰲ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺨﲑ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﻬﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(34‬ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ‪) 2007-1999‬ﺃﻟﻒ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫‪2007‬‬ ‫‪2005‬‬ ‫‪2004‬‬ ‫‪1999‬‬
‫‪9300‬‬ ‫‪8497‬‬ ‫‪8046‬‬ ‫‪6073‬‬ ‫ا?&ة ا‪ %‬ا‪: DB‬‬
‫‪1852‬‬ ‫‪1683‬‬ ‫‪1617‬‬ ‫‪1180‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ا‪Ab6‬‬
‫‪522‬‬ ‫‪523‬‬ ‫‪523‬‬ ‫‪493‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ا‪C+-‬‬
‫‪1258‬‬ ‫‪1050‬‬ ‫‪977‬‬ ‫‪743‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ا"‪LH‬ل ا‪ &%‬‬
‫‪3143‬‬ ‫‪2966‬‬ ‫‪2859‬‬ ‫‪2477‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ا@رة‪ ،‬ا‪$F‬ت‪ ،‬ا‪B‬دارة‬
‫‪2525‬‬ ‫‪2275‬‬ ‫‪2070‬‬ ‫‪1175‬‬ ‫‪ >! -‬أ`ى‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻲ ﻟﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺗﻮﻇﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ‪08‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﲨﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﲦﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻃﻠﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﰲ ﻓﺤﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﳌﱪﳎﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺪﻓﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻮﻋﺎ ﰲ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻏﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﳌﻤﻨﻮﺣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﻔﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺍﻛﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﳒﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﳏﻔﺰﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﰲ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱰﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺘﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﳘﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﳒﺰ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﲢﺴﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻻﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﳑﺎ ﲤﺨﺾ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ‪ %69‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪،2006‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ )ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﰲ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ( ﻣﻦ ‪ %27.6‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1998‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %39.8‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 2003‬ﰒ ﺇﱃ ‪ %42.5‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،12006‬ﻭﺇﻧﻌﻜﺴﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺇﻧﺘﻘﻠﺖ ﻣﻦ ‪ %29.3‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 1999‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %17.7‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2004‬ﰒ ﺇﱃ ‪ % 11.3‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .22008‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2000‬ﻭ ‪.2008‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻲ ﻟﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻧﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪215‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(30‬ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ‪) 2008 -2000‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ - :‬ﻧﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻟﻺﺣﺼﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ‪ www.ons.dz :‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ‪.2011/01/18 :‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻀﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺬﳍﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﳏﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺳﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﺐ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﲤﺲ ﺛﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺗﺪﺭﳚﻴﺎ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺇﱃ ‪ ،%11.3‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﲤﺲ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻛﱪ‬
‫ﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻃﺎﻟﱯ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﲔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 30‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﺇﱃ ‪ ،%70‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺑﺔ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ‪:2‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻹﻧﻌﺎﺵ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2001‬ﻭ ‪ ،2004‬ﳑﺎ ﲰﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﻭﺭﺷﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺘﺞ ﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻫﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ )‪ ،(2009-2005‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﺴﺖ ﺍﳍﻀﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﻨﻮﺏ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺖ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲰﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ ‪ 2695528‬ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 1999‬ﻭ ‪ 2007‬ﺑﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺑـ ‪ 150‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳍﺎﻡ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻠﻎ ‪ %6.5‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻟﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﻐﻞ ﻻﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ )‪ (%10‬ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ )‪ (%07‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﺔ )‪.(%05‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻟﻺﺣﺼﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻲ ﻟﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪216‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ -2-2‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ :‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻄﺮ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﶈﺎﺭﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺣﺪ ﺫﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲤﺎﺭﺱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺳﺎﳘﺖ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺗﺬﻟﻴﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻮﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻩ ﳝﻨﺢ ﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻟﻼﻟﺘﺤﺎﻕ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ‪ 2006‬ﻭ ‪.2009‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(35‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ‪.2009-2006‬‬
‫‪2009‬‬ ‫‪2008‬‬ ‫‪2007‬‬ ‫‪2006‬‬ ‫ا;‪+‬‬
‫‪3059‬‬ ‫‪6407‬‬ ‫‪9995‬‬ ‫‪2230‬‬ ‫‪$C‬د ‪ 8]+‬ا‪>%‬‬
‫‪Source:- Samir Abdelkrim, Pierre Henry, investissement direct étranger vers les pays Med en 2008: face à la crise,‬‬
‫‪étude N° 3, Mars 2009, ANIMA investment network, pp: 113-116.‬‬
‫‪- Pierre Henry, Samir Abdelkrim, Bénédict de Saint-Laurent, Op. Cit, pp: 112-116.‬‬
‫‪- Zoé Luçon et autres, Op. Cit, pp: 117-120.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﱂ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺿﺌﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﺡ ‪‬ﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﲤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻮﺏ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﺴﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﻄﲔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 45‬ﺃﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2009‬ﻳﻨﺸﻂ ‪ %51‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ %41.2 ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﲢﺪﻳﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪ %3.6 ،‬ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ‪ %0.2‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ 105‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ %45‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ %11 ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ %3.5 ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ‪%03‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻴﺒﲔ ﻭﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﻭﻛﻨﺪﺍ‪ ،1‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﰲ ﺣﻞ ﻣﻌﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﺘﺘﻘﻠﺺ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺩﱏ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Main-d'œuvre étrangère exerçant en Algérie. Disponible sue le site: www.Zoom-algerie.com. le 12/01/2011.‬‬

‫‪217‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻃﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻃﻠﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﰲ ﺧﻀﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺇﺑﺘﺪﺍ ًﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2001‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﲣﺘﺺ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺑﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1-3‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﻜﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2002‬ﻭ ‪ 2006‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺇﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﻫﺰ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺻﺎﰲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %1.7‬ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ ،%10.8‬ﻭﴰﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻗﲔ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %1.1‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻲ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ .%1.3‬ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﳌﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﺪﺛﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪2004‬‬
‫)‪ 338000‬ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﺷﻐﻞ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﺪﺛﺔ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %2.7‬ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺎ‬
‫ﺑـ ‪ %34.8‬ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺻﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺑـ ‪ ،%19.6‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺳﺎﻫﻢ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﻛﱪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﺪﺛﺔ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ‪ ،1%45.6‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2005‬ﺇﱃ ‪ .%11.5‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2006‬ﺇﳔﻔﻀﺖ‬
‫ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﲢﺖ ﺣﺎﺟﺰ ‪ %10‬ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻞ ‪ 2%9.7‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺇﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﳌﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲰﺢ ﲞﻠﻖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 256700‬ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2006‬ﻭﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ‪%9.6‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻣﻊ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ‪ ،%9.1‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﺪﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ 133000‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 95100‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2009‬ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻸﺯﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺳﻠﱯ ﰲ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﴰﻞ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﳋﺼﻮﺹ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ )‪ 39700‬ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻱ ‪ ،(%3-‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﻭﺍﳉﻠﺪ )‪ 11190‬ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻱ ‪ ،(%9.6-‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﴰﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ )‪ 78800‬ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ )‪ 62000‬ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ(‪.4‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳋﻮﺻﺼﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ :2006‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ ‪ ،2005‬ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.53-52 :‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. l’Agence américaine pour le Développement International, Bilan de l’investissement: Le Maroc est dans la course‬‬
‫‪2003-2007, p 13.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ‪ ،2009‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.38‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :2011‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﱄ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.75‬‬

‫‪218‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪2009‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻜﻠﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ‪.%80‬‬
‫‪ -2-3‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﲰﺢ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺴﺔ ﻭﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 8000‬ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 2003‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 30000‬ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ‪ 1‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ‪ 256700‬ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﺪﺛﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.22006‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﱄ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2006‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(36‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪.2006‬‬
‫‪$C‬د ا&‪c1d‬‬ ‫ا?ع‬
‫‪19997‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا‪>1‬‬
‫‪3465‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا"‪ ،M1‬ا‪ K+A9‬ا=ه‪I‬ة وا='‬
‫‪464‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا‪1‬رات‬
‫‪470‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا‪9‬ء وا‪%‬‬
‫‪825‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا‪N"93#‬‬
‫‪991‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا‪#%;#‬ت‬
‫‪2190‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا!ز(‪0‬‬
‫‪290‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا ‪+B‬ء وا‪B!G‬و‪PF‬‬
‫‪526‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا‪B*:‬ات‬
‫‪315‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا‪ &:‬وا‪,?"9‬‬
‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا‪=!"9‬ت ا‪I‬را‪D‬‬
‫‪640‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا!(‪Q‬‬
‫‪380‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا‪,D:9‬‬
‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا!‪RSB‬‬
‫‪30703‬‬ ‫ا@&ع‬
‫‪Source: UNCTAD, Examen de la politique de l' investissement, Op. Cit, p 15.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺟﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﳏﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻪ ﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Direction des investissements extérieur, Bilan de la commission des investissements: Document de travail,‬‬
‫‪Ministère des affaires économiques, des affaires générales et de la mise à niveau de l'économie, Maroc, 2004, p 9.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :2011‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﱄ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.74‬‬

‫‪219‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺇﻋﺘﻤﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﶈﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻠﺖ ﺣﺼﻴﻠﺔ ‪ 30000‬ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﺟﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﻌﻠﺖ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﱰﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﲢﺖ ﺣﺎﺟﺰ ‪ %10‬ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻣﺴﲑﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻻﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﳕﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ﺑﻠﻎ ‪ %2.1‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪،12008‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺘﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﳘﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺐﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺇﳚﺎﰊ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2007‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺘﺠﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ‪.6687‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(31‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ‪.2007-2001‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ‪ ،2006‬ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،2007 ،‬ﺹ ‪.05‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺎﳘﺖ ‪ -‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﱵ ‪ 2006‬ﻭ‪ -2007‬ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺩﻓﻊ‬
‫ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﺳﻨﱵ ‪ 2006‬ﻭ ‪ 2007‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪ ،14820‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﺩﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﺪﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺮﺯﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ﴰﻠﺖ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﰐ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. World bank, morocco at a glance, 2009, p 01.‬‬

‫‪220‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(37‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ‪.2007-2000‬‬

‫‪$%‬ل و‪ O‬ت‬ ‫‪$%‬ل و‪ O‬ت‬ ‫‪$%‬ل و‪ O‬ت‬ ‫‪$%‬ل ا&‪ O‬ت‬ ‫ا‪ %‬ا&‪:.‬‬ ‫‪$%‬ل ا&ا ‪$‬‬
‫ا"‪6f‬ل دون‬ ‫ا‪>' :e‬‬ ‫ا"*ت '>‬ ‫'> ‪1000‬‬ ‫‪ $+C‬ا&‪,‬دة‬ ‫'> ‪ 1000‬‬
‫ا‪>' ;F‬‬ ‫‪&& 1000‬د‬ ‫‪100000‬‬ ‫ ا;'ن‪.‬‬ ‫)‪&+;2‬ات(‪.‬‬ ‫ا;'ن‪.‬‬
‫‪&& 1000‬د‪.‬‬ ‫‪.0A‬‬ ‫&&د ‪.0A‬‬
‫‪2007 2000 2007 2000‬‬ ‫‪07-2000‬‬ ‫‪2007‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬ ‫‪2007‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬ ‫‪2007‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬
‫‪21.1 31.0 18.4 23.8‬‬ ‫‪43.0‬‬ ‫‪5.7‬‬ ‫‪5.6‬‬ ‫‪74.3‬‬ ‫‪72.6‬‬ ‫‪16.9‬‬ ‫‪17.1‬‬ ‫&‪IJ‬‬
‫‪37.0 39.0 26.2 36.9‬‬ ‫‪87.0‬‬ ‫‪4.4‬‬ ‫‪4.6‬‬ ‫‪75.5‬‬ ‫‪72.5‬‬ ‫‪23.0‬‬ ‫ا@‪7‬ا‪19.4 1‬‬
‫‪34.4 60.0 132.2 46.6‬‬ ‫‪1321‬‬ ‫‪5.5‬‬ ‫‪6.0‬‬ ‫‪72.81‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪35.0‬‬ ‫ا‪L‬ب ‪42.1‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ‪ ،2009‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.274‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﻦ‪ :‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :2011‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﱄ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.87‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺳﻨﱵ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻧﻌﻜﺲ ﰲ ﲢﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﻓﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﰲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻲ ﺑﺎﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻘﻘﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2000‬ﻭ ‪ ،2007‬ﳑﺎ ﲰﺢ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،2010‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺿﻤﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 81‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻘﻴﻂ ﺑﻠﻎ ‪ ،0.683‬ﳏﺮﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺎ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 19‬ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،2006‬ﻭﺇﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 84‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﻘﻴﻂ ﺑﻠﻎ ‪ 0.677‬ﻭﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺑـ ‪ 20‬ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،2006‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﺮﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ‪ 114‬ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻘﻴﻂ ﺑﻠﻎ ‪ 0.567‬ﻭﻟﺘﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺑـ ‪ 16‬ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻃﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﱐ ﰲ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺣﱴ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﲟﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﺠﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﳐﺼﺼﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﲡﺴﻴﺪ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻌﲔ ﳐﻄﻂ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. UNDP, 2010 report 20th anniversary edition, the real wealth of nations: pathways to human development, p 212.‬‬

‫‪221‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺷﻬﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﳉﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﺎ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺎ ﻭﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺎ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 1990‬ﻭ ‪ ،2009‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﳉﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻣﻦ ‪ %5.1‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،%05‬ﻭﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ %6.3‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،%05‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ‪ %7.3‬ﺇﱃ ‪ .1%5.8‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺘﻪ ﺷﻬﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ )ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 1.25‬ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺇﳔﻔﺎﺿﺎ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2010‬ﺇﱃ ‪ ،2%2.55‬ﻭﻭﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺇﱃ ‪ ،3%0.5‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ‪ %2.5‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ .42010‬ﻭﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﻱ ﺍﳉﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﳓﻮ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻗﺮ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﳘﺖ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﺳﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﳓﻮ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻗﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺗﻨﺎﻣﻴﺎ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(38‬ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫;‪ 0$F‬ا‪R JJ,‬‬ ‫ا‪H‬اآت ا*‪ c‬ا‪R2G‬‬ ‫ا‪H‬اآت ا*‪ c‬ا‪?+‬ل‬
‫'> أ‪O c‬د‬ ‫'> أ‪O c‬د‬ ‫'> أ‪O c‬د‬
‫‪2008‬‬ ‫‪2001‬‬ ‫‪2005‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬ ‫‪2005‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬
‫‪271‬‬ ‫‪52‬‬ ‫‪125‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪563‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫&‪IJ‬‬
‫‪119‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪78‬‬ ‫‪58‬‬ ‫‪415‬‬ ‫ا@‪7‬ا‪03 1‬‬
‫‪330‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪44‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪393‬‬ ‫‪82‬‬ ‫ا‪L‬ب‬
‫‪Source:- UNDP, 2010 report 20th anniversary edition, Op. Cit, pp: 213-212.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﳕﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻡ ‪ :2004‬ﳓﻮ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،2005 ،‬ﺹ‬
‫‪.243‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﳕﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻡ ‪ ،2008-2007‬ﺹ ﺹ‪.263-262 :‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻗﻲ ﺑﲔ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﲡﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ‬
‫ﻹﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﻹﳕﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻟﻸﻣﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺳﻮﻗﺎ ﺧﺼﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺇﻧﻌﻜﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﺎ ﰲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻮﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. UNDP, Assessing Progress in Africa toward the Millennium Development Goals: MDG Report 2010, p 102.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Country profile of human development indictors: Morocco. Available at: www.undp.org‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. Rapport établi par le gouvernement Algérien, 2éme rapport national sur les objectifs du millénaire pour le‬‬
‫‪développement, Algérie, septembre 2010, p 24.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪. Country profile of human development indictors: Morocco. Available at: www.undp.org‬‬

‫‪222‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺷﺘﺮﺍﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻀﺎﻋﻔﺖ ﻋﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﲝﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %100‬ﻭ‪ %82‬ﻭ ‪ %98‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪ .1‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﰲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﳕﻮﺍ ﳏﺘﺸﻤﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2000‬ﻭ ‪ ،2005‬ﺟﺴﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻘﻘﻪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﳕﻮ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺇﺷﺘﺮﺍﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2005‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻹﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﻴﺖ ﻟﻜﻞ ‪ 1000‬ﻓﺮﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻨﺮﻭﻳﺞ‪825 :‬‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ‪ ،(2‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻘﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﻴﺖ ﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﻴﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ‪ 24‬ﻓﺮﺩ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2000‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 330‬ﻓﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2008‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﻴﺖ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 2.8‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﳝﺜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %26.7‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺇﱃ ‪ 4.1‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ‬
‫‪ %12‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻭﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ‪ 10.3‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ‪ %32.9‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﱐ‪.3‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻏﻢ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻐﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺻﺪ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﺪﻯ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﳝﻨﺢ ﺣﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﰲ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﺯﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺛﺎﱐ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺿﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺛﺎﱐ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. UNDP, 2010 report 20th anniversary edition, Op. Cit, pp: 213-212‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Ibid, p 211.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. UNESCO, Information society policies, annual world report, 2009, p 49.‬‬

‫‪223‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(39‬ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﺇﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺛﺎﱐ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻟﺴﻨﱵ ‪ 2000‬ﻭ ‪) 2010‬ﻃﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫ا‪$%‬ل‬ ‫ا‪$‬و‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2010‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬
‫‪2.3‬‬ ‫‪1.9‬‬ ‫‪IJ& −‬‬
‫‪4.0‬‬ ‫‪2.9‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا@‪7‬ا‪1‬‬
‫‪1.5‬‬ ‫‪1.3‬‬ ‫‪ −‬ا‪L‬ب‬
‫‪Source: www.undp.org. Le 17/01/2011.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﳕﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻡ ‪ ،2004‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.244‬‬

‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺇﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺛﺎﱐ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2010‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 4.0‬ﻃﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺻﻞ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ‪ 2.3‬ﻃﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺩ ﻭ ‪ 1.5‬ﻃﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2000‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺗﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻷﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺑﲔ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ :‬ﺧﻠﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻪ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﻄﲑ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﲣﺺ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺟﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻯ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻛﺄﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:1‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﲎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺑﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﲡﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻼﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺗﺜﻤﲔ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﻭﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ -‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﰲ ﺣﺼﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ :‬ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ‪ 2346‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻞ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﺛﻠﺜﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Ministère du développement et de la coopération internationale, Guide de l'investisseur étranger en Tunisie,‬‬
‫‪Tunisie, 2003, p 16.‬‬

‫‪224‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 1548‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﲰﺢ ﺑﺘﺠﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﻗﺪﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﺮﺡ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺪﻯ ﲢﺘﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(32‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪) 2006‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ(‪.‬‬

‫‪Source: Pierre Henry, Bénédict de Saint-Laurent, Op. Cit, p 141.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﺪﺭﺓ ﳐﺰﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺳﻮﻯ ‪ 75‬ﺃﻟﻒ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﻧﺎﺷﺊ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﳑﺎ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﺍ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺿﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ )ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ( ﺇﱃ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻗﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﻮﺀ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻼﺟﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻄﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﳏﺪﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺠﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺗﻐﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺳﻌﻴﺎ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻭﺑﺎﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﻮﺀ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻛﻤﺤﺮﻙ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻲ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪.‬‬

‫‪225‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻼﻗﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻛﱪ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻄﺒﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﻮﺀ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(33‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2002‬ﻭ ‪) 2009‬ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪www. Andi.dz .‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﲟﺒﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﺄﻃﲑ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲣﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﲨﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺇﺭﺍﺩ‪‬ﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺰﺧﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻼﺕ ﻭﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰎ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺠﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻃﺎﻗﻮﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﻒ ﰲ ﺧﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﻊ )‪ ،(GPL‬ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺍﺯﺍﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻋﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻪ ﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻮﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺜﻤﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﰎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺿﺨﻤﺔ ﲟﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻌﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪226‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻌﻠﺔ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻃﺮﺍﻙ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻜﻨﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ 133‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 1980‬ﻭ ‪ ،2001‬ﳑﺎ ﺳﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻌﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 9.8‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1980‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 04‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ .2001‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺇﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺇﳔﻔﻀﺖ ﻣﻦ ‪ %62‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1980‬ﺇﱃ ‪ %12‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.12001‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻡ ‪ 43-94‬ﺍﳌﺆﺭﺥ ﰲ ‪ 30‬ﺟﺎﻧﻔﻲ ‪ 1994‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳐﺰﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺛﺎﱐ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺻﺎﱀ‪ :‬ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺰﺧﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻋﲔ ﺻﺎﱀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺭﺕ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ "ﻋﲔ ﺻﺎﱀ" ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻃﺮﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺮﻛﺔ "ﺑﺮﻳﺘﻴﺶ ﺑﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﻮﻡ" ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳍﻴﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﺣﺒﺲ ﺛﺎﱐ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﲟﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻋﲔ ﺻﺎﱀ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﲔ ‪ %01‬و‪ %09‬ﻣﻦ ﺛﺎﱐ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﳏﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﻟﻺﺣﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺘﲔ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﳘﺎ ﰲ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺛﺎﱐ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻣﺒﺘﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺛﺎﱐ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺃﺑﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﳒﺰﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻤﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻜﻨﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ 1.2‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻃﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺛﺎﱐ ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﻮﻳﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ‪ 20‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻃﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ‪.3‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﲟﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻃﺮﺍﻙ ﻭﺷﺮﻛﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﰎ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﳉﻨﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﺓ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺆﻃﺮﺓ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻤﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﳑﺜﻞ ﻋﻦ‪،Amerada ،Cepsa ،BP Amoco ،Sonatrach :‬‬
‫‪،BHP Billinton ،Burlington Resources ،Anadarko ، Petronas،Agip ،Hess‬‬
‫‪ ،Sonahess‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﺟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﰎ ﺗﺒﲏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﺼﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2003‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫)ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﺟﻢ( ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺣﺘﺮﺍﻣﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻗﻮﻱ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Environnement: La politique énergétique nationale. Disponible sur le site: www.mem-algeria.org. Le 10/01/2011.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Ibid.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪. Ibid.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪. Environnement: Aspects institutionnels. Disponible sur le site: www.mem-algeria.org. Le 10/01/2011.‬‬

‫‪227‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 10-01‬ﺍﳌﺆﺭﺥ ﰲ ‪ 03‬ﺟﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ‪ :2001‬ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﲎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺇﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﳌﻨﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻸﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻤﻮﻝ ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 01-02‬ﺍﳌﺆﺭﺥ ﰲ ‪ 05‬ﻓﻴﻔﺮﻱ ‪ :2002‬ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﳉﻨﺔ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ؛ ﳐﺘﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﲎ ﺑﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ -‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺸﺌﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻃﺮﺍﻙ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﳐﺘﺼﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ )‪ ،(HSE‬ﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﻋﻤﺎﳍﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﰎ ﺗﺒﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﺟﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻃﺮﺍﻙ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻛﻮ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﲑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺜﺮﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻓﺮﺯ ﺇﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺇﺩﺭﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻺﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﺪﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﲡﺘﻤﻊ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﻣﻲ ﳓﻮ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﱰﻳﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺻﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﻊ ﻛﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻭﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﳏﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ ﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻣﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﳊﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺪﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺗﻔﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﺿﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﻄﲑﺓ ﻋﻤﻼ ﲟﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺙ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ‪:1‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 25 -91‬ﺍﳌﺆﺭﺥ ﰲ ‪ 18‬ﺩﻳﺴﻤﱪ ‪ 1991‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :1992‬ﺟﺎﺀﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ ،117‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺿﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 19 -88‬ﺍﳌﺆﺭﺥ ﰲ ‪ 26‬ﺟﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ‪ ،1998‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﺼ‪‬ﻞ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ ﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺇﱃ ‪ 7350‬ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. Environnement: fiscalité environnementale. Disponible sur le site: www.mem-algeria.org. Le 10/01/2011.‬‬

‫‪228‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺷﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﻣﻦ ‪ 01‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 06‬ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﲔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﳛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺇﺧﻔﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺼﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 11 -99‬ﺍﳌﺆﺭﺥ ﰲ ‪ 23‬ﺩﻳﺴﻤﱪ ‪ 1999‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :2000‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻟﲑﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺍﻭﺣﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﲔ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺇﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﲔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺑﲔ ‪ 120000‬ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻭ ‪ 2000‬ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 21-01‬ﺍﳌﺆﺭﺥ ﰲ ‪ 22‬ﺩﻳﺴﻤﱪ ‪ 2001‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :2002‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺿﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﻜﺮﻳﺲ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺙ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺿﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪ 10500‬ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﺪﻡ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻬﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﻄﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺿﺮﻳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﲢﺪﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ 54‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 11-99‬ﺍﳌﺆﺭﺥ ﰲ ‪ 23‬ﺩﻳﺴﻤﱪ ‪ ،1999‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 2000‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﺎﻭﺯﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻭﻭﻋﻴﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﲟﺪﻯ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺧﻄﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻐﻼﳍﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﳉﺄﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻌﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﻟﻸﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻃﺮﺍﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﻓﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻻ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺭﺍﺩﻉ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺧﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻐﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻔﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺑﺂﻻﻑ ﺍﻷﺿﻌﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻜﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﲣﺎﺫﻫﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻃﺮﺍﻙ ﻭﺷﺮﻛﺎﺀﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻭﻋﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﻲ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻭﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺇﺳﺘﻬﺪﺍﻓﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻹﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﶈﻔﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪229‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺭﻏﻢ ﺇﳔﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﱂ ﺗﻨﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰎ ﺗﺒﲏ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 03-11‬ﺍﳌﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺜﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 03-13‬ﺍﳌﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﳏﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 03-12‬ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺪ ﰎ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﻔﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﻔﺎﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺇﻗﺘﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﰎ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،1995‬ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺮﺭﺓ ﰲ ‪ 09‬ﺟﺎﻧﻔﻲ ‪ .2002‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻻ ﻳﻮﱄ ﺇﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﺆﻃﺮ ﻟﻸﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻘﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺻﻐﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻭﺿﻌﻮﺍ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﻐﺎﻻ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﰎ ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ 20‬ﺩﻳﺴﻤﱪ ‪،2004‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻭﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺳﺎﻣﲑ ﺑﻐﻼﻑ ﻣﺎﱄ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ‪ 08‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﻗﺼﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﳌﺼﻔﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﲟﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ‪:2‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﻊ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﲢﺴﲔ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﻮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺖ‬
‫)‪ (%0.005‬ﺇﺑﺘﺪﺍ ًﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2009‬ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﺇﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺭﺻﺎﺹ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﱰﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺻﺎﺹ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺺ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﻳﺮ؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺃﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ ‪ ،2005‬ﻟﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺩﻳﺴﻤﱪ ‪ ،2008‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2009‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﰎ ﰲ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺃﻭﺕ ‪ ،2008‬ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻭﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺳﺎﻣﲑ ﺑﻐﻼﻑ ﻣﺎﱄ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ‪1.6‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﻣﻐﺮﰊ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﲡﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻄﲑ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻜﺮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪. UNCTAD, Examen de la politique de l' investissement, Op. Cit, p 51.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪. Ministère de l’Energie, des Mines, de l’Eau et de l’Environnement, Secteur de l’Energie et des Mines, Principales‬‬
‫‪réalisations (1999–2008), Défis et Perspectives, Maroc, Octobre 2008, p 16.‬‬

‫‪230‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺇﱃ ‪ ،%52‬ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻮﺫ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ %20‬ﰒ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﺑـ ‪ %15‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ‪ ،%02‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﱂ‬
‫ﳛﻆ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﺟﻢ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %02‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2009‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪:(34‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪) 2009‬ﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪www.invest.gov.ma .‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ‬

‫ﻭﻳﻌﻜﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﻮﺀ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﻓﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﻛﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﻲ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﳑﺎ ﺳﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻀﺎﻋﻔﺖ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﻳﺚ‪.‬‬

‫‪231‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ‪‬ﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻓﺪ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻓﺮﺯ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﳌﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺿﺂﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻜﺴﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺿﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻹﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﲡﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﲡﺰﺋﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺷﻄﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﻭﳍﻤﺎ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺟ ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﳛﻈﻰ ﲜﺪﻝ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﰲ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻏﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺁﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﱪﺯ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ‪-‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ -‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻞ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﻃﲑ ﻣﻨﺎﺧﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﲜﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﳊﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻀﻌﺖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻼﺟﺊ‬

‫‪232‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﺗﺘﺼﻒ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻭﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﺈﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪233‬‬
 ‫اﻟﺨﺎﺗﻤ ــﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺮﻗﺖ اﻟﺪراﺳﺔ إﱃ ﳏﺎوﻟﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ أﺛﺎر اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻤﻮ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ ﰲ اﻟﺪول‬
‫اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎر اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ اﺣﺪ أﻫﻢ اﻹﻓﺮازات اﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻧﻔﺘﺎح اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺎت اﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ وﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ‬
‫أﺛﺎرا ﻣﻠﻤﻮﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳉﻮاﻧﺐ اﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ ﰲ‬
‫اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي اﻟﺪوﱄ اﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬واﻟﱵ ﲤﺎرس ً‬
‫اﻟﺪول اﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ أﺛﺎر اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ ﻛﺎن ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﺮض إﱃ أﻫﻢ اﻷدﺑﻴﺎت‬
‫اﳌﻬﺘﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﳋﻮض ﰲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ وﲤﺨﺾ ﻋﻦ ذﻟﻚ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ إﱃ ﻣﻔﻬﻮم ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺪور ﺣﻮل أن‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻞ اﻣﺘﻼك ﻟﻜﻴﺎن أﺟﻨﱯ ﻷﺻﻮل ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ أو ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ دوﻟﺔ ﻣﻀﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬وﻫﺬا ﻣﺎ ﳝﻨﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ اﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺗﺴﻴﲑ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﺑﺘﺪاء ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﻘﺪرة ﺑـ ‪ %10‬ﻛﺤﺪ أدﱏ‪.‬‬
‫وﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻹﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﲟﻮﺿﻮع اﻟﺪراﺳﺔ ﰎ اﻟﺘﻌﺮض إﱃ اﻟﺘﻄﻮر اﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑي ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ ﺑﺪءًا ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﻨﻤﻮ‬
‫اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي ا‪‬ﺮد ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ اﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎرات اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ واﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻣﺮورا ﲟﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ وﻣﺎ أﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﱐ ﻟﻠﺒﻌﺪ‬
‫اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺟﻪ اﳋﺼﻮص‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﺎوﻟﺖ ﺿﺮورة ﻇﻬﻮر أﺛﺎر اﻟﻨﻤﻮ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻈﺮوف اﳌﻌﻴﺸﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‬
‫ﲟﺎ ﰲ ذﻟﻚ ﺗﺰاﻳﺪ اﻟﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻔﺮدي وﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﺻﻮﻻ إﱃ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ ﻛﺄﻛﱪ ﲢﺪي‬
‫اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي‪ ،‬اﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺌﻲ وﻣﺆﺳﺴﻲ ﻳﻮاﺟﻪ اﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺑﺄﺳﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫وﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﰲ ﺻﻠﺐ اﳌﻮﺿﻮع ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺗﻨﺎول اﳉﻮاﻧﺐ اﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ واﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﳌﻨﺎﺣﻲ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ وﻣﺎ أﻓﺮزﺗﻪ اﻟﺪراﺳﺎت واﻟﻨﻘﺎﺷﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺣﻮل ﺟﺪوى اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﰲ دﻓﻊ‬
‫ﻋﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺪول اﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬إﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﱃ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻗﻴﺎس اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ اﳌﺘﺄﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر‬
‫اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ اﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ إﱃ اﻟﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ أﻣﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺪراﺳﺔ إﱃ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﺪى ﲢﻘﻖ اﻷﺛﺎر اﻻﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ اﳌﺮﺟﻮة ﻣﻦ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﻃﺎر اﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻲ اﳌﻨﻈﻢ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫دﺧﻮل وﺗﻮﻃﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات‪ ،‬وﻛﺬا ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﳑﺎرﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﻷﻧﺸﻄﺘﻬﺎ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮاﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻌﻴﺔ أو اﳋﺪﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪة ودﻋﻢ اﻟﻨﻤﻮ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي ﻟﻠﺪول اﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺧﱪات‬
‫دورا ً‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻠﻌﺐ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ً‬
‫إدارﻳﺔ وﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ اﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ‪ ،‬دﻋﻢ ﻟﱪاﻣﺞ اﻟﺒﺤﻮث واﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ اﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﲢﻔﻴﺰ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر واﳌﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ اﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫وﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻟﻠﻘﺪرة اﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻮﻓﺮ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ اﻹﻃﺎر اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻨﻤﻮ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت ذات اﳌﻴﺰة اﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪول اﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺷﺮط ارﺗﻔﺎع رﲝﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت ﻛﻤﺤﻔﺰ اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات ﳓﻮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪234‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻣﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﻔﻴﺰات اﻻﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳉﺎﻧﺐ اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺮﻓﻊ اﻟﻘﺪرات‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﲢﺴﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻷﺟﻮر‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ وﺗﺄﻫﻴﻞ ﻗﺪرات وﻛﻔﺎءة اﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ اﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات إﱃ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎت ﻛﺜﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬وﻫﻲ إﺣﺪى أﻫﻢ اﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺪﳝﻮﻏﺮاﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪول اﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺒﻘﻰ رﺣﻰ اﻟﻨﻘﺎﺷﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺣﻮل اﻟﺪواﻓﻊ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ وراء ﺗﻮﺟﻪ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎت إﱃ اﻟﺘﻮﻃﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى‬
‫اﻟﺪول اﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﺪور ﺣﻮل ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻼﺟﺊ اﻟﺘﻠﻮث ﻛﻨﻈﺮة ﻣﻬﺎﲨﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬وإﺛﺒﺎت ﺻﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎت ﻟﻠﺴﲑ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺗﺒﲏ اﳌﻤﺎرﺳﺎت اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫اﳌﺴﺆوﻟﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﻣﺎ ﲤﻠﻜﻪ ﻣﻦ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻬﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ اﻟﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ إﲨﺎﱄ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪول اﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ذات اﳌﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮي‬
‫اﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮار ﻣﺼﺮ وﻧﻴﺠﲑﻳﺎ وﺟﻨﻮب إﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬وﻳﺮﺟﻊ اﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ذﻟﻚ إﱃ إﳔﻔﺎض اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻹﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺎت اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات‪ ،‬اﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﱃ اﳋﻀﻮع إﱃ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺮواﺑﻂ اﻟﺘﺎرﳜﻴﺔ‬
‫–اﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎرﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ -‬واﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ إﱃ اﳌﺆﺷﺮات اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ اﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪول اﳌﻀﻴﻔﺔ )ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ إﱃ اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ اﳋﺎم ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﳌﺜﺎل( ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻗﻮة اﻷﺛﺎر اﻻﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ اﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر‬
‫اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬وﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﰎ اﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎد ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳔﻔﺎض اﻷﺛﺎر اﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ اﳌﱰﺗﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ ﺟﺮاء‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎب اﻟﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﺴﺐ إﱃ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎت دﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ اﻟﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ وﺻﻒ ﺳﻠﻮك اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎت‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎت ﺑﺎﻻﺳﱰاﺗﻴﺠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﺠﻞ ﺣﻀﻮرﻫﺎ ﺑﻘﻮة ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬اﳋﺪﻣﺎت وﺑﺪرﺟﺔ أﻗﻞ اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻹرﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﻌﻮاﺋﺪ اﳌﺘﺄﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺸﺎط ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت‪ .‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﻐﻴﺐ ﰲ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎت إﺳﱰاﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺪول‬
‫اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮار اﻟﺼﺤﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺰراﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﳘﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ دﻓﻊ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ –ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ اﳉﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي واﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ -‬ﺑﺘﺒﻌﺎت اﻷزﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ اﻟﱵ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اﻟﻮاﻗﻊ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮي ﳍﺬﻩ اﻟﺪول ﳑﺎ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﲤﻴﻴﺰ أﺛﺎر‬
‫اﻷزﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﲑات اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﻇﻞ اﳔﻔﺎض ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎت اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﺧﻀﻢ‬
‫اﻷزﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺎوﻟﺖ اﻟﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﻃﲑ ﻣﻨﺎﺧﻬﺎ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎري ﲜﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻴﻮد اﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻗﺼﺪ اﳊﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻹﻓﺮازات اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﺸﻄﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻴﺔ واﻹﺳﺘﺨﺮاﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرﻳﺔ اﳌﻤﺎرﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮاﻫﺎ إﻻ أﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ اﻟﻘﻮل أن اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫‪235‬‬
‫ﺧﻀﻌﺖ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻮد اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ واﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ اﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ اﻟﻨﻘﺎش ﺣﻮل ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺟﺊ اﻟﺘﻠﻮث‪ .‬وﳝﻜﻦ اﻟﻘﻮل أن اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎد اﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﺗﺘﺼﻒ أﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﺰاﺋﺮ وﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﺈﻋﺘﺒﺎر ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﺎ إﱃ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت اﳋﺪﻣﻴﺔ وﺧﺎﺻﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫* اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎت‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻮء اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ واﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎت اﳌﺘﻮﺻﻞ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬وﻣﻦ اﺟﻞ ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺪ ﺟﻬﻮد اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎت اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرﻳﺔ اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ إﻳﺮاد اﻻﻗﱰاﺣﺎت اﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻟﺒﻴﻨﻴﺔ اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ واﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺿﺮورة ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ إﻧﺸﺎء وﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﺴﻮق اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫اﳌﺸﱰﻛﺔ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰاﻳﺎ اﻟﺴﻮق اﻟﻜﺒﲑة وﻛﺬا ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺎخ اﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎري ﻣﻐﺎرﰊ ﲟﻌﺎﻳﲑ وﺿﻮاﺑﻂ ﻣﻮﺣﺪة ‪‬ﺪف ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻠﻌﺎت اﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮﻳﻦ اﶈﻠﻴﲔ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﻃﻦ داﺧﻞ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺎت اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬دﻋﻢ ﻣﺒﺎدرات وﻣﺸﺎرﻳﻊ اﻟﺸﺮاﻛﺔ اﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ وﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﻷﻃﺮاف ﺑﲔ اﻟﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ واﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺤﻮ اﻟﺬي ﳜﻠﻖ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮي واﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ وﳜﻠﻖ اﻟﺜﺮوة وﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﰲ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -‬اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮار اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ واﻷﻣﲏ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻞ اﻟﺘﺪرج اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ واﻟﺘﻄﻮر اﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﳓﻮ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﺎخ اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي‬
‫واﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎري ﳜﻀﻊ ﰲ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺗﺒﻠﻮرﻩ إﱃ ﻣﺒﺎدئ وأﺳﺲ اﳊﻜﻢ اﻟﺮاﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ اﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ اﳉﻬﻮد ﳓﻮ اﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎب اﳌﺸﺎرﻳﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرﻳﺔ اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت ذات اﳌﻴﺰة اﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﳋﺪﻣﺎت واﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺧﻠﻖ اﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮص اﻟﻌﻤﻞ وﳏﺎرﺑﺔ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﻣﻲ اﻟﻘﻮة اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﰲ اﻟﺪول‬
‫اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﻼث ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺳﻮاء؛‬
‫‪ -‬إﻋﺎدة اﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ اﳊﻮاﻓﺰ اﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ واﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻼت واﻹﻋﻔﺎءات اﳉﻤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﺎخ اﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎري ﻣﻼﺋﻢ‬
‫وﺟﺎذب ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻹﺳﱰاﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻧﻄﺎق اﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ اﻟﱪاﻣﺞ واﳋﻄﻂ اﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ اﳌﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺈدراﺟﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﲨﻠﺔ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪة ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎد اﳉﺰاﺋﺮي اﳌﻮﺟﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﻮد اﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬اﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ اﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎر ﻣﺒﺎدئ وأﺳﺲ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﳌﻔﺎﺿﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ اﳌﺸﺎرﻳﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرﻳﺔ اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﳌﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ إﱃ‬
‫اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺎت اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻜﺮس اﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﳓﻮ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ‬
‫اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ؛‬

‫‪236‬‬
‫‪ -‬اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت اﻹﺳﱰاﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺰراﻋﺔ واﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﲟﺎ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ اﺛﺮ ﰲ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ اﻷﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺬاﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺺ ﻓﺎﺗﻮرة اﻟﻐﺬاء‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺺ اﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻮاق اﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ودﻓﻊ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﻓﻲ اﻷﺧـﻴﺮ وﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﺘﻄﺮق إﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺜﻴﺎت اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻃﺮح ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮاﺿﻴﻊ ﻧﺮى أﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻞ إﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺎت ﺑﺤﺚ وﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬دور اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ دﻓﻊ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺰراﻋﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻼﺟﺊ اﻟﺘﻠﻮث‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬إﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻄﻮﻳﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪237‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﻬـﺮس‬

‫اﻝﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌـ ــﻨﻮان‬

‫أ‪....‬و‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ‪.....................................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺼﻞ اﻷول‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻧﻈﺮي ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ وﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪01‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪ ‪........................................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺒﺤﺚ اﻷول‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮم وﺗﻄﻮر اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ واﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎت اﻟﻤﻔﺴﺮة ﻟﻪ‪02 .....................‬‬
‫‪02‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻷول‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻬــﻮم اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪............................................‬‬
‫‪07‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬اﻟﺘﻄﻮر اﻟﺘﺎرﳜﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.........................................‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬اﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎت اﳌﻔﺴﺮة ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪..........................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺒﺤﺚ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬أﻧﻮاع‪ ،‬أﺷﻜﺎل وﻣﺤﺪدات اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪30 .................................‬‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻷول‪ :‬أﻧﻮاع اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪...................................................‬‬
‫‪33‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬أﺷﻜﺎل اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪..................................................‬‬
‫‪38‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﳏﺪدات اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪...............................................‬‬
‫‪41‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺒﺤﺚ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪..........................................................‬‬
‫‪41‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻷول‪ :‬اﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ‪.............................................................‬‬
‫‪48‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬اﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ واﻟﺪﳝﻮﻏﺮاﻓﻴﺔ‪...............................................‬‬
‫‪52‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬اﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ واﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.....................................................‬‬
‫‪53‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ‪ :‬اﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪.................................................................‬‬
‫‪56‬‬ ‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪................................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬اﻟﺘﻄـﻮر اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﺮي ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣـﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪57‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪ‪..........................................................................................‬‬
‫‪58‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺒﺤﺚ اﻷول‪ :‬ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ‪..............................‬‬
‫‪58‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻷول‪ :‬ﺗﻄﻮر اﳌﻔﻬﻮم اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮي‪........................................................... .‬‬
‫‪60‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎت اﻟﻨﻤﻮ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي‪.........................................................‬‬
‫‪66‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي‪....................................................‬‬
‫‪70‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮم اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ‪........................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺒﺤﺚ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪72 .................................................................‬‬
‫‪73‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻷول‪ :‬ﳏﻄﺎت رﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪..........................................‬‬

‫‪238‬‬
‫‪77‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮم اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪...........................................................‬‬
‫‪83‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬أﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪﳝﺔ‪..............................................................‬‬
‫‪87‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪........................................................‬‬
‫‪88‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮات ﻗﻴﺎس اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪..................................................‬‬
‫‪95‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺒﺤﺚ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬اﻟﻨﻤﻮ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪام‪......................................................‬‬
‫‪95‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻷول‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮم اﻟﻨﻤﻮ اﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪............................................................‬‬
‫‪97‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬أﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﻨﻤﻮ اﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪..............................................................‬‬
‫‪108‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬أﻫﺪاف اﻟﻨﻤﻮ اﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪..........................................................‬‬
‫‪110‬‬ ‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪..............................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬أﺛﺮ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻤﻮ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪111‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﻬﻴـﺪ‪.......................................................................................‬‬
‫‪112‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺒﺤﺚ اﻷول‪ :‬أﺛﺮ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻤﻮ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي‪...........................‬‬
‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻷول‪ :‬اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ وﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ وﺗﺪوﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎرﻳﻊ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫‪113‬‬
‫واﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ‪........................................................................................‬‬
‫‪117‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬أﺛﺮ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺟﻮر‪..........................................‬‬
‫‪121‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬أﺛﺮ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻮارد اﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪.................................‬‬
‫‪123‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ‪ :‬أﺛﺮ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﶈﻠﻲ‪.................................‬‬
‫‪125‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬أﺛﺮ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ وﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ‪............‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺒﺤﺚ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬أﺛﺮ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪.................................‬‬
‫‪131‬‬
‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻷول‪ :‬أﺛﺮ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪131 ...................................‬‬
‫‪133‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬أﺛﺮ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ وﻣﺮوﻧﺔ ﺳﻮق اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪......................‬‬
‫‪135‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬دور اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ اﻷﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺬاﺋﻲ واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺰراﻋﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪...‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺒﺤﺚ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬أﺛﺮ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪141 ..........................................‬‬
‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻷول‪:‬اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ واﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪141 .....................................................‬‬
‫‪149‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬اﳌﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎت‪....................................‬‬
‫‪155‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ واﳊﻜﻢ اﻟﺮاﺷﺪ‪............................................‬‬
‫‪158‬‬ ‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪...............................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ‪ :‬أﺛﺮ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻤﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪159‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﻬﻴـﺪ ‪......................................................................................‬‬

‫‪239‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺒﺤﺚ اﻷول‪ :‬اﻟﻤﻨﺎخ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻠﺪول اﻟﻤﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ‪160 ............................................‬‬
‫‪160‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻷول‪ :‬اﻟﻮاﻗﻊ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي ﻟﻠﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ‪.................................................‬‬
‫‪166‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ اﳌﻨﺎخ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎري ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ‪.............Doing business 2011‬‬
‫‪168‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ اﻟﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ‪..........................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺒﺤﺚ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻤﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ‪171.........................................‬‬
‫‪171‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻷول‪ :‬ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎت اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ إﱃ اﻟﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ‪..............................‬‬
‫‪174‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﳐﺰون اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ اﻟﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ‪..................................‬‬
‫‪176‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ واﳉﻐﺮاﰲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ اﻟﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ‪...‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺒﺤﺚ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺾ أﺛﺎر اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮاﻧﺐ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻤﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ‪191‬‬
‫‪191‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻷول‪ :‬دور اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ اﻻﺳﺘﺪاﻣﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ‪...............................‬‬
‫‪211‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬دور اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ اﻻﺳﺘﺪاﻣﺔ اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪................................‬‬
‫‪223‬‬ ‫اﳌﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬أﺛﺮ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻻﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺳﺘﺪاﻣﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪..................................‬‬
‫‪232‬‬ ‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪................................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎﺗﻤﺔ‬
‫‪234‬‬
‫‪......................................................................................‬‬
‫‪238‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮاﺟﻊ ‪...............................................................................‬‬
‫‪252‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺮس اﻟﺠﺪاول ‪.............................................................................‬‬
‫‪254‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺮس اﻷﺷﻜﺎل ‪............................................................................‬‬
‫‪256‬‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻬﺮس‪.....................................................................................‬‬

‫‪240‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻬﺮس اﻟﺠﺪاول‬

‫رﻗﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺠﺪول‬
‫اﻟﺠﺪول‬
‫‪08‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮات اﻟﺘﺠﺎرة اﳋﺎرﺟﻴﺔ واﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ اﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ‪ 1800‬و ‪.1913‬‬ ‫‪01‬‬
‫‪08‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ إﲨﺎﱄ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﻟﺼﺎدرة ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.1913‬‬ ‫‪02‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎت اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ دول وﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﺎﱂ )‪.(2006-2002‬‬ ‫‪03‬‬
‫‪27‬‬ ‫ﳏﺪدات إﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎت ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ اﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪04‬‬
‫‪41‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ اﳋﺎم ﻟﻠﻔﺮد ﺑﲔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪول اﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ واﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪.2007‬‬ ‫‪05‬‬
‫‪44‬‬ ‫ﺗﻄﻮر اﻟﺼﺎدرات واﻟﻮاردات ﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ اﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﻮات ‪.2007-2000‬‬ ‫‪06‬‬
‫‪45‬‬ ‫اﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪07‬‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﺪﻳﻮن اﳋﺎرﺟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ودول إﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺎت اﻟﺴﻮق اﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ اﻷﺧﺮى‬
‫‪47‬‬ ‫‪08‬‬
‫)‪.(2003–1998‬‬
‫‪49‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮات اﻟﺼﺤﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﰲ إﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ و أورﺑﺎ وآﺳﻴﺎ اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪09‬‬
‫‪51‬‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪91‬‬ ‫أﻫﺪاف وﻣﺆﺷﺮات ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﳌﺴﺎواة اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫‪91‬‬ ‫أﻫﺪاف وﻣﺆﺷﺮات ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻟﺼﺤﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪133‬‬ ‫ﺗﻄﻮر اﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺪى ﻓﺮوع اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎت اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫‪135‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺰراﻋﺔ ﰲ اﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺎت اﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ‪.2005‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﺰراﻋﺔ واﻟﺼﻴﺪ اﻟﺒﺤﺮي واﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ واﳌﺸﺮوﺑﺎت ﻣﻦ إﲨﺎﱄ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫‪137‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪149‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ اﳌﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎت‪.‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫‪156‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑات اﻟﱵ ﻃﺮأت ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻨﺎخ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎري ﻟﻠﺪول )‪.(2008-2000‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ اﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎد اﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻲ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻟﺴﻨﱵ ‪2009-2008‬‬
‫‪169‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫و ‪2011-2010‬‬
‫‪170‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ اﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎد اﳉﺰاﺋﺮي ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻟﺴﻨﱵ ‪2009-2008‬‬ ‫‪19‬‬

‫‪241‬‬
 ‫و ‪2011-2010‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ اﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎد اﳌﻐﺮﰊ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻟﺴﻨﱵ ‪2009-2008‬‬
‫‪171‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬
‫و ‪2011-2010‬‬
‫‪175‬‬ ‫ﳐﺰون اﻟﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﺴﻨﻮات ‪ 2000 ،1990‬و ‪.2009‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬
‫‪178‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﳉﻐﺮاﰲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺧﻼل ‪.2007‬‬ ‫‪22‬‬
‫‪182‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ اﳉﺰاﺋﺮ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2002‬و ‪.2009‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬
‫‪184‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎت اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ اﻟﻮارد إﱃ اﳌﻐﺮب ﻟﻠﻔﱰة ‪2005-2001‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬
‫‪186‬‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ اﳌﻐﺮب ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪.2006‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ اﳌﻐﺮب ﺧﻼل اﻟﺴﺪاﺳﻲ‬
‫‪187‬‬ ‫‪26‬‬
‫اﻷول ﻣﻦ ‪.2010‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﳉﻐﺮاﰲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ اﳌﻐﺮب ﺧﻼل اﻟﺴﺪاﺳﻲ اﻷول ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪190‬‬ ‫‪27‬‬
‫‪.2010‬‬
‫‪196‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺮد اﳌﻐﺎرﰊ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ اﳋﺎم ‪.2008-2001‬‬ ‫‪28‬‬
‫‪197‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﻴﺰان اﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎت اﳉﺎرﻳﺔ إﱃ اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ اﳋﺎم ‪.2012-2007‬‬ ‫‪29‬‬
‫‪199‬‬ ‫اﳍﻴﻜﻞ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺗﺞ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ اﳋﺎم ﻟﻠﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ ﺧﻼل ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2008‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬
‫‪205‬‬ ‫ﺗﻄﻮر ﺣﺮﻛﺔ اﳌﻴﺰان اﻟﺘﺠﺎري ﻟﻠﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ ‪.2008-2004‬‬ ‫‪31‬‬
‫‪207‬‬ ‫إﲨﺎﱄ اﻟﺪﻳﻮن اﳌﺴﺘﺤﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ ‪.2008-2006‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬
‫‪213‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺟﻨﺴﻴﺎت اﻟﺪول اﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮة ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ إﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ‪.2008‬‬ ‫‪33‬‬
‫‪215‬‬ ‫ﺗﻄﻮر اﻟﻘﻮة اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﰲ اﳉﺰاﺋﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﻄﺎع اﻟﻨﺸﺎط ‪.2007-1999‬‬ ‫‪34‬‬
‫ﻋﺪد ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ اﳉﺰاﺋﺮ ‪217 .2009-2006‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬
‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ اﳌﻐﺮب ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫‪219‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت ‪.2006‬‬
‫‪221‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮات اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ اﻟﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ ‪.2007-2000‬‬ ‫‪37‬‬
‫‪222‬‬ ‫ﺗﻄﻮر إﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎت اﻹﻋﻼم واﻹﺗﺼﺎل ﰲ اﻟﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪38‬‬
‫‪224‬‬ ‫اﳌﻌﺪل اﻟﻔﺮدي ﻹﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎت ﺛﺎﱐ أوﻛﺴﻴﺪ اﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮن ﻟﺴﻨﱵ ‪ 2000‬و ‪.2010‬‬ ‫‪39‬‬

‫‪242‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻬﺮس اﻷﺷﻜﺎل‬

‫رﻗﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪14‬‬ ‫ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎت اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ اﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺎت ‪.2009-2007‬‬ ‫‪01‬‬
‫‪23‬‬ ‫دورة ﺣﻴﺎة اﳌﻨﺘﺞ اﻟﺪوﱄ‪.‬‬ ‫‪02‬‬
‫‪42‬‬ ‫ﻧﺼﻴﺐ اﻟﻔﺮد ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ اﳋﺎم ﻋﱪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺸﺮق اﻷوﺳﻂ وﴰﺎل إﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ )‪.(2001‬‬ ‫‪03‬‬
‫‪50‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟـ ‪ 15‬دوﻟﺔ اﻷوﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻌﺪل اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪04‬‬
‫‪54‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻐﺎﺑﺎت ﰲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪول )‪.(2005-1995‬‬ ‫‪05‬‬
‫ﲢﻘﻴـ ــﻖ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴـ ــﺔ اﳌﺴـ ــﺘﺪاﻣﺔ ﻣـ ــﻦ ﺧـ ــﻼل اﻟﺘﻘـ ــﺎء اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻـ ــﺮ اﻟﺜﻼﺛـ ــﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴـ ــﻴﺔ اﻟـ ــﱵ ﺗﺸـ ــﻤﻞ وﺟﻬـ ــﺎت ﻧﻈـ ــﺮ‬
‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪06‬‬
‫اﻻﻳﻜﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﲔ واﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﲔ وﻋﻠﻤﺎء اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎع‪.‬‬
‫‪98‬‬ ‫إﺻﻼح اﻟﻀﺮاﺋﺐ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ واﻟﻨﻤﻮ اﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪07‬‬
‫‪99‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ اﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪08‬‬
‫‪103‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﻹﻳﺰو ‪.14001‬‬ ‫‪09‬‬
‫‪106‬‬ ‫اﻹﻧﺘﺎج واﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼك اﳌﺴﺘﺪام‪ /‬اﻷﻃﺮاف ذات اﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪117‬‬ ‫اﻷﺛﺎر ﻗﺼﲑة اﻷﺟﻞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻸﺟﻮر‪.‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫‪118‬‬ ‫اﻷﺛﺎر اﻻﺟﺮﻳﺔ ﻗﺼﲑة اﻷﺟﻞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻷﺟﻮر‪.‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪140‬‬ ‫أوﺟﻪ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﲔ اﻟﺰراﻋﺔ واﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫‪150‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎت ﺣﺴﺐ اﳌﻌﻴﺎر اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫‪150‬‬ ‫اﻷﺛﺮ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫‪151‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎت ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﻴﺎر اﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫‪153‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎت ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﻴﺎر اﳊﻜﻢ اﻟﺮاﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬
‫‪154‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‪ ،‬اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ واﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﰐ اﻟﻌﺎم ﺣﺴﺐ ا‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎت‪.‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫‪172‬‬ ‫ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎت اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ اﻟﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ ‪.2009-2004‬‬ ‫‪19‬‬
‫‪174‬‬ ‫ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎت اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ اﻟﺼﺎدر ﻋﻦ اﻟﺪول اﳌﻐﺎرﺑﻴﺔ ‪.2009-2007‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬
‫‪176‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺧﻼل ‪.2006‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬

‫‪243‬‬
‫‪177‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺧﻼل ‪.2009‬‬ ‫‪22‬‬
‫‪186‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ اﳌﻐﺮب ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2009‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬
‫‪189‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﳉﻐﺮاﰲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ اﳌﻐﺮب ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2009‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬
‫‪191‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ اﳋﺎم ‪. 2009 -2003‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬
‫‪192‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻻت ﳕﻮ اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ اﳋﺎم ﺧﻼل اﻟﻘﱰة ‪.2008-2006‬‬ ‫‪26‬‬
‫‪198‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺪل اﻟﺘﻐﲑ اﻟﺴﻨﻮي ﰲ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻷﺳﻌﺎر اﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ‪.2008 -2001‬‬ ‫‪27‬‬
‫‪209‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ إﲨﺎﱄ اﻟﺪﻳﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ إﱃ اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ اﳋﺎم‪.‬‬ ‫‪28‬‬
‫‪210‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺪﻳﻦ اﻟﻌﺎم اﳋﺎرﺟﻲ إﱃ ﺻﺎدرات اﻟﺴﻠﻊ واﳋﺪﻣﺎت ‪.2008-2003‬‬ ‫‪29‬‬
‫‪216‬‬ ‫ﺗﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﺪل اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ ‪.2008 -2000‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬
‫‪220‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ اﳌﻐﺮب ‪.2007-2001‬‬ ‫‪31‬‬
‫‪225‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﺧﻼل ‪.2006‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬
‫‪226‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ اﳉﺰاﺋﺮ ﺑﲔ ‪ 2002‬و ‪.2009‬‬ ‫‪33‬‬
‫‪231‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﻮاردة إﱃ اﳌﻐﺮب ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2009‬‬ ‫‪34‬‬

‫‪244‬‬
 ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮاﺟﻊ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻹﻣﺎم ﳏﻤﺪ ﳏﻤﻮد‪ ،‬اﻟﺴﻜﺎن واﻟﻤﻮارد واﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ اﻷوﱃ‪ ،‬ا‪‬ﻠﺪ اﻷول‪ ،‬ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﻴﺎس ﺑﻴﻀﻮن‪ ،‬اﻟﺪار اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻮم‪ ،‬ﺑﲑوت‪.2006 ،‬‬
‫‪ .2‬أﺑﻮ ﻗﺤﻒ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﺴﻼم ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎت اﻟﺘﺪوﻳﻞ وﺟﺪوى اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺷﺒﺎب اﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪.1989 ،‬‬
‫‪ .3‬أﺑﻮ ﻗﺤﻒ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﺴﻼم ‪ ،‬اﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺎت اﻷﻋﻤﺎل و اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ‪ ،‬دار اﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ اﳉﺪﻳﺪة ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬اﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪرﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪.2003‬‬
‫‪ .4‬أﺑﻮ ﻗﺤﻒ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﺴﻼم‪ ،‬اﻷﺷﻜﺎل واﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺷﺒﺎب اﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫اﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪرﻳﺔ‪.2003 ،‬‬
‫‪ .5‬أﺳﺎذﺗﺸﺎﻳﺎ إﻳﺮﻳﻨﺎم‪ ،‬اﻟﻜﻴﻨﺰﻳﺔ اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﻮر اﻟﻜﻴﻨﺰﻳﺔ و اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻲ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﻋﺎرف دﻟﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫اﻷوﱃ‪ ،‬دار اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ واﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺒﲑوت‪.1979 ،‬‬
‫‪ .6‬اﻷﺳﻌﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ورﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ ،‬اﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ اﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪراﺳﺎت‪ ،‬ﺑﲑوت‪.2000 ،‬‬
‫‪ .7‬اﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﻓﺎﻳﺰ إﺑﺮاﻫﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎت اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ واﻟﻨﻤﻮ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ اﳌﻠﻚ ﺳﻌﻮد‪ ،‬اﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ‪.1985 ،‬‬
‫‪ .8‬اﳊﻤﺪ رﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺻﺒﺎرﻳﲏ ﳏﻤﺪ‪ ،‬اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ وﻣﺸﻜﻼﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻋﺎﱂ اﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ا‪‬ﻠﺲ اﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻟﻠﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ واﻟﻔﻨﻮن واﻵداب‪،‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ‪.1979 ،‬‬
‫‪ .9‬اﳋﻀﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ إﺑﺮاﻫﻴﻢ‪ ،‬إدارة اﻟﻌﻤﺎل اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬دار رﺳﻼن‪ ،‬دﻣﺸﻖ‪ ،‬اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ اﻷوﱃ‪.2007 ،‬‬
‫‪ .10‬اﻟﺮﻳﺎﺷﻲ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎن وآﺧﺮون‪ ،‬دراﺳﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ واﻗﻊ وآﻓﺎق‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ دراﺳﺎت اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﲑوت‪.‬‬
‫‪ .11‬اﻟﺴﺎﻣﺮاﺋﻲ درﻳﺪ ﳏﻤﻮد‪ ،‬اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﻮﻗﺎت واﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ دراﺳﺎت اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﲑوت‪،‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ اﻷوﱃ‪.2006 ،‬‬
‫‪ .12‬اﻟﻘﺮﻳﺸﻲ ﻣﺪﺣﺖ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎت وﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎت وﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎت‪ ،‬اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ اﻷوﱃ‪ ،‬دار واﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎن‪.2007 ،‬‬
‫‪ .13‬اﻟﻨﺠﺎر ﻓﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ و اﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺷﺒﺎب اﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪.2000 ،‬‬
‫‪ .14‬ﺑﺮﺗﺎن ﺟﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻘﻠﺪ‪ ،‬اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ‪ ،‬اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺸﻮرات ﻋﻮﻳﺪات‪ ،‬ﺑﲑوت‪ -‬ﺑﺎرﻳﺲ‪.1982 ،‬‬
‫‪ .15‬ﺑﻜﺮي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺪار اﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﲑوت‪.1988 ،‬‬
‫‪ .16‬ﺑﻮادﻗﺠﻲ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ‪ ،‬دار اﻟﻜﺘﺐ اﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ دﻣﺸﻖ‪.1978 ،‬‬
‫‪ .17‬ﺗﻮدارو ﻣﻴﺸﻴﻞ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺐ وﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﻮد ﺣﺴﻦ ﺣﺴﲏ وﳏﻤﻮد ﺣﺎﻣﺪ ﳏﻤﻮد‪ ،‬دار اﳌﺮﻳﺦ‪،‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ‪.2006 ،‬‬
‫‪ .18‬ﺣﺎﻣﺪ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪ ،‬إدارة اﻷﻋﻤﺎل اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﳌﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻷﻛﺎدﳝﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮة‪.1999 ،‬‬

‫‪245‬‬
‫‪ .19‬ﺣﺴﺐ اﷲ ﳏﻤﺪ أﻣﲑة ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺪدات اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ وﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ دراﺳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ‬
‫)ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮرﻳﺎ اﻟﺠﻨﻮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ(‪ ،‬اﻟﺪار اﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪرﻳﺔ‪.2004 ،‬‬
‫‪ .20‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﺧﻠﻴﻒ ﻓﻠﻴﺢ ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ اﻟﻮراق ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ واﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎن‪.2004 ،‬‬
‫‪ .21‬ﺣﺴﲔ اﻟﻌﺴﻞ إﺑﺮاﻫﻴﻢ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﰲ اﻟﻔﻜﺮ اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ – ﻋﻄﺎءات – ﻣﻌﻮﻗـﺎت – أﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ‪ ،‬اﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ اﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ واﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ‪ ،‬اﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮة ‪ ،‬اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ اﻷوﱃ‪.2006 ،‬‬
‫‪ .22‬ﺣﺴﲔ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﻴﻖ ﳏﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪران أﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬أﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻃﻦ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬دار اﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎن‪.1995 ،‬‬
‫‪ .23‬دادي ﻋﺪون ﻧﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬اﻗﺘﺼﺎد اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺔ‪ ،‬دار اﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬اﳉﺰاﺋﺮ‪.1998 ،‬‬
‫‪ .24‬داودي اﻟﻄﻴﺐ‪ ،‬اﻹﺳﺘﺮاﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ اﻟﺬاﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ اﻷوﱃ‪ ،‬دار اﻟﻔﺠﺮ ‪ ،‬اﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮة‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪،‬‬
‫‪.2008‬‬
‫‪ .25‬روﺑﺮت ﺳﻮﻟﻮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ اﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﻟﻴﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﻮد‪ ،‬اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﱰﲨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﲑوت‪.‬‬
‫‪ .26‬ﺷﺮر ﻓﺮﻳﺪرﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮة ﺟﺪﻳﺪة إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻤﻮ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي وﺗﺄﺛﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎر اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺑﻮ ﻋﻤﺸﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫اﻷوﱃ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﻌﺒﻴﻜﺎن‪.2002 ،‬‬
‫‪ .27‬ﺻﺎﳊﻲ ﺻﺎﱀ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﻨﻬﺞ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮي اﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎد اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‪ ،‬اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ اﻷوﱃ‪ ،‬دار اﻟﻔﺠﺮ‪ ،‬اﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮة‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪،‬‬
‫‪.2006‬‬
‫‪ .28‬ﺻﺎﱀ اﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ‪ ،‬اﻵﺛﺎر اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ واﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻮث اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ووﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ اﻹﺷﻌﺎع اﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫اﻷوﱃ‪ ،‬اﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪرﻳﺔ‪.2002 ،‬‬
‫‪ .29‬ﺻﻘﺮ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪ ،‬اﻟﻌﻮﻟﻤﺔ وﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ اﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮة‪ ،‬اﻟﺪار اﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪.2001،‬‬
‫‪ .30‬ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﺮﲪﻦ إﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﺮﻳﻘﺎت ﺣﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎد اﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪ ،‬دار واﺋﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ‪،‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ اﻷوﱃ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎن‪.1999 ،‬‬
‫‪ .31‬ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﲰﲑ ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ اﻟﻌﺎم اﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞ اﻹدﺧﺎري واﻟﻀﺮﻳﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞ اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ اﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
‫اﻹﺷﻌﺎع‪ ،‬اﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪرﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.1998 ،‬‬
‫‪ .32‬ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﺴﻼم رﺿﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺪدات اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﺮ اﻟﻌﻮﻟﻤﺔ دراﺳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﺎرب ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮق‬
‫وﺟﻨﻮب ﺷﺮق أورﺑﺎ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬اﳌﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﻟﻌﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬اﳌﻨﺼﻮرة‪.2007 ،‬‬
‫‪ .33‬ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﺴﻼم ﳏﻤﺪ اﻟﺴﻴﺪ‪ ،‬اﻷﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺬاﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﻃﻦ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻋﺎﱂ اﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ‪.1988 ،‬‬
‫‪ .34‬ﻋﺒﺪ اﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﺒﺪ اﳊﻤﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬اﻟﻌﻮﻟﻤﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ )ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪاﻋﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎ(‪ ،‬اﻟﺪار اﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪرﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪.2008‬‬
‫‪ .35‬ﻋﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺻﻒ إﳝﺎن ﻋﻄﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ دراﺳﺎت ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ وﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬دار اﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫اﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪرﻳﺔ‪.2005 ،‬‬
‫‪ .36‬ﻋﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻲ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ‪ ،‬اﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪرﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺷﺒﺎب اﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ‪.1996 ،‬‬

‫‪246‬‬
‫‪ .37‬ﻋﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪ ،‬اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻲ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺷﻬﺎب‪،‬‬
‫اﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪرﻳﺔ‪.1994 ،‬‬
‫‪ .38‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﻋﺒﺎس‪ ،‬إدارة اﻷﻋﻤﺎل اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬اﻹﻃﺎر اﻟﻌﺎم‪ ،‬دار اﳊﺎﻣﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ واﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎن‪ ،‬اﻷردن‪.2003 ،‬‬
‫‪ .39‬ﻗﺪي ﻋﺒﺪ ا‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎت اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ اﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ دراﺳﺔ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬دﻳﻮان اﳌﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎت اﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﳉﺰاﺋﺮ‪.2005 ،‬‬
‫‪ .40‬ﻟﻄﻔﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻋﲔ اﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬اﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮة‪.1994 ،‬‬
‫‪ .41‬ﻣﱪوك ﻧﺰﻳﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ اﳌﻘﺼﻮد‪ ،‬اﻵﺛﺎر اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬دار اﻟﻔﻜﺮ اﳉﺎﻣﻌﻲ‪ ،‬اﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪرﻳﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫اﻷوﱃ‪.2007 ،‬‬
‫‪ .42‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﺪﻗﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻫﺎﺷﻢ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎت اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ‪ ،‬دار اﻟﻔﻜﺮ اﳉﺎﻣﻌﻲ‪ ،‬اﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪرﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪.2008‬‬
‫‪ .43‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﻘﺎدر ﻋﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﻘﺎدر‪ ،‬اﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎت ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺪار اﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪرﻳﺔ‪.2000 ،‬‬
‫‪ .44‬ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻣﺪﺣﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ اﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﻴﺮ‪ ،‬اﻟﻨﻤﺎذج اﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫اﻹﺷﻌﺎع اﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪرﻳﺔ‪.1999 ،‬‬
‫‪ .45‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﻘﺎدر ﻋﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﻘﺎدر‪ ،‬اﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎت ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪ ،‬اﻟﺪار اﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪرﻳﺔ‪.2003 ،‬‬
‫‪ .46‬ﻣﻮﺳﺸﻴﺖ دوﺟﻼس‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ‪‬ﺎء ﺷﺎﻫﲔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺒﺎدئ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺪار اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪،‬‬
‫‪.2000‬‬
‫‪ .47‬ﻧﺎﺟﻲ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﳏﻤﺪ‪ ،‬اﻟﻨﻤﻮ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي اﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ واﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮم‪ ،‬دار اﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮة‪ ،‬اﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮة‪.2001 ،‬‬
‫‪ .48‬ﻧﺎﺻﺮ زﻳﻦ اﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻮض اﷲ ﺻﻔﻮت ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﺴﻼم ‪ ،‬اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎد اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ‪ ،‬دار اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ اﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮة‪.1997 ،‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮات‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺑﻮراوي ﺳﺎﻋﺪ ‪ ،‬اﻟﺤﻮاﻓﺰ اﻟﻤﻤﻨﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ دول اﻟﻤﻐﺮب اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ دراﺳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰاﺋﺮ اﻟﻤﻐﺮب رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﺟﺴﺘﻴﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺸﻮرة‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻮم اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ وﻋﻠﻮم اﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ اﳊﺎج ﳋﻀﺮ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺗﻨﺔ‪،-‬‬
‫‪.2008‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻣﻴﻠﻮد ﺑﻮﻋﺒﻴﺪ‪ ،‬اﻟﺨﻮﺻﺼﺔ وإﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ دراﺳﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺠﺰاﺋﺮ‪ ،‬رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﺟﺴﺘﻴﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺸﻮرة‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻮم اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ وﻋﻠﻮم اﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ اﳊﺎج ﳋﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺗﻨﺔ‪.2007 ،‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺑﻠﺨﻀﺮ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﻘﺎدر ‪ ،‬إﺳﺘﺮاﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ وإﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻮازن ﻓﻲ ﻇﻞ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪ ،‬رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﺟﺴﺘﲑ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺸﻮرة‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻮم اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ وﻋﻠﻮم اﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬اﻟﺒﻠﻴﺪة‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ ‪.2005‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺑﻠﺨﻴﺎط ﲨﺎل‪ ،‬اﻵﺛﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎرة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺰاﺋﺮ‪ ،‬رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﺟﺴﺘﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺸﻮرة‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻮم اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ وﻋﻠﻮم اﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻓﺮﺣﺎت ﻋﺒﺎس‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻴﻒ‪.2003 ،‬‬

‫‪247‬‬
‫‪ .5‬زﻳﺮوﱐ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﻨﻤﻮ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي واﺳﺘﺮاﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺎت دول ﺟﻨﻮب ﺷﺮق آﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬رﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫دﻛﺘﻮراﻩ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺸﻮرة‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ اﳉﺰاﺋﺮ‪.2000 ،‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻓﻀﻴﻞ ﻓﺎرس‪ ،‬أﻫﻤﻴﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ دراﺳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﺰاﺋﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‬
‫واﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ‪ ،‬رﺳﺎﻟﺔ دﻛﺘﻮراﻩ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺸﻮرة‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻮم اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ اﳉﺰاﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎرس ‪.2004‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ وﻣﺎﺣﻨﻮس‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮم اﻟﺒﻠﺪان اﻷﻗﻞ ﻧﻤﻮا ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﺟﺴﺘﻴﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺸﻮرة‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺔ اﳊﻘﻮق‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ اﳉﺰاﺋﺮ‪ ،2006 ،‬ص ‪.16‬‬
‫‪ .8‬ﻗﻮﻳﺪري ﳏﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ واﻗﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرات اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮة وآﻓﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻠﺪان اﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻹﺷﺎرة إﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰاﺋﺮ‪ ،‬رﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮراﻩ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺸﻮرة‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻮم اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ وﻋﻠﻮم اﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ اﳉﺰاﺋﺮ‪.2005 ،‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻴﺎت‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺑﻮﻫﺰة ﳏﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻦ ﺳﺪﻳﺮة ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻛﺈﺳﺘﺮاﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ "ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺠﺰاﺋﺮ"‪ ،‬ﻣﺪاﺧﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ اﳌﺆﲤﺮ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ اﻟﺪوﱄ‪ :‬اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ واﻟﻜﻔﺎءة اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮارد اﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻮم اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ وﻋﻠﻮم‬
‫اﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻓﺮﺣﺎت ﻋﺒﺎس‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺸﻮرات ﳐﱪ اﻟﺸﺮاﻛﺔ واﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر ﰲ اﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎت اﻟﺼﻐﲑة واﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﰲ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء‬
‫اﻷوروﻣﻐﺎرﰊ‪ ،‬دار اﳍﺪى ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ واﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻴﻒ‪.2008 ،‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﲪﻴﺪوش ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪ ،‬اﳌﻠﺘﻘﻰ اﻟﻮﻃﲏ اﻷول ﺣﻮل اﻗﺘﺼﺎد اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫اﳌﺮﻛﺰ اﳉﺎﻣﻌﻲ اﳌﺪﻳﺔ‪ 07-06 ،‬ﺟﻮان ‪.2006‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺳﻨﻮﺳﻲ زوﻟﻴﺨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮزﻳﺎن اﻟﺮﲪﺎﱐ ﻫﺎﺟﺮ‪ ،‬اﻟﺒﻌﺪ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻹﺳﺘﺮاﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪاﺧﻠﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ اﳌﺆﲤﺮ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺪوﱄ‪ :‬اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ واﻟﻜﻔﺎءة اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮارد اﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻮم اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ وﻋﻠﻮم اﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻓﺮﺣﺎت‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎس‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺸﻮرات ﳐﱪ اﻟﺸﺮاﻛﺔ واﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر ﰲ اﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎت اﻟﺼﻐﲑة واﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﰲ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء اﻷوروﻣﻐﺎرﰊ‪ ،‬دار اﳍﺪى‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ واﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻴﻒ‪.2008 ،‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺷﻨﻮف ﺷﻌﻴﺐ‪ ،‬اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ ‪ ...‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ اﻗﺘﺼﺎدات اﻟﺪول اﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ أم ﻳﻀﻌﻔﻬﺎ؟‪ ،‬ﻣﺪاﺧﻠﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎت‬
‫اﳌﻠﺘﻘﻰ اﻟﺪوﱄ اﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺣﻮل اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﱯ اﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ وﻣﻬﺎرات اﻷداء اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻮم اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ وﻋﻠﻮم‬
‫اﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ واﻟﻌﻠﻮم اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺑﻮﻣﺮداس‪ 23-22 ،‬أﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ ‪.2007‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻋﻤﺎري ﻋﻤﺎر‪ ،‬إﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ وأﺑﻌﺎدﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪاﺧﻠﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ اﳌﺆﲤﺮ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ اﻟﺪوﱄ‪ :‬اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ واﻟﻜﻔﺎءة‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮارد اﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻮم اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ وﻋﻠﻮم اﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻓﺮﺣﺎت ﻋﺒﺎس‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺸﻮرات ﳐﱪ اﻟﺸﺮاﻛﺔ‬
‫واﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر ﰲ اﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎت اﻟﺼﻐﲑة واﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﰲ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء اﻷوروﻣﻐﺎرﰊ‪ ،‬دار اﳍﺪى ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ واﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻴﻒ‪.2008 ،‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻓﺎﱄ ﻧﺒﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻤﻮ إﻟﻰ اﻻﺳﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪاﺧﻠﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ اﳌﺆﲤﺮ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ اﻟﺪوﱄ‪ :‬اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ واﻟﻜﻔﺎءة‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮارد اﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻮم اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ وﻋﻠﻮم اﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻓﺮﺣﺎت ﻋﺒﺎس‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺸﻮرات ﳐﱪ اﻟﺸﺮاﻛﺔ‬
‫واﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر ﰲ اﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎت اﻟﺼﻐﲑة واﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﰲ اﻟﻔﻀﺎء اﻷوروﻣﻐﺎرﰊ‪ ،‬دار اﳍﺪى ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ واﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻴﻒ‪.2008 ،‬‬

‫‪248‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﻧﻮري ﻣﻨﲑ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪ ،‬اﳌﻠﺘﻘﻰ اﻟﻮﻃﲏ اﻷول ﺣﻮل اﻗﺘﺼﺎد اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫اﳌﺮﻛﺰ اﳉﺎﻣﻌﻲ اﳌﺪﻳﺔ‪ 07-06 ،‬ﺟﻮان ‪.2006‬‬
‫‪ .8‬ﻗﺪور اﻟﺮﻓﺎﻋﻲ ﺳﺤﺮ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹدارة اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﳌﻨﻈﻮر اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﺎرة اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ وأﺛﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﳌﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪ ،‬أوراق ﻋﻤﻞ اﳌﺆﲤﺮ اﻟﻌﺮﰊ اﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﻟﻺدارة اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ اﳌﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﰲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﰲ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ ‪ ،2006‬اﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻹدارﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ‪.2007 ،‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻘﺎرﻳـﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻻوﻧﻜﺘﺎد‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ‪.2010 ،2009 ،2008 ،2007 ،2005 ،2001:‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻷﻣﻢ اﳌﺘﺤﺪة‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺆﺷﺮات اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ دول اﻻﺳﻜﻮا‪ :‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ ،‬اﻷﻣﻢ اﳌﺘﺤﺪة‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮرك‪.2005 ،‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﻷﻣﻢ اﳌﺘﺤﺪة‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﺎم ‪ 2010‬ﻋﻦ اﻷﻫﺪاف اﻹﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﻔﻴﺔ‪.2010 ،‬‬
‫‪ .4‬اﻟﺒﻨﻚ اﻟﺪوﱄ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﺴﻨﻮي ﻟﻠﺒﻨﻚ اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ‪.2009 ،‬‬
‫‪ .5‬اﻟﺒﻨﻚ اﻟﺪوﱄ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ‪ 2008‬اﻟﺰراﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﺟﻞ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﺮض ﻋﺎم‪ ،‬واﺷﻨﻄﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﳌﻮﺟﺰ ﻟﻸﻣﻢ اﳌﺘﺤﺪة‪ ،‬اﻟﺴﻜﺎن واﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮرك‪.2001 ،‬‬
‫‪ .7‬اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ اﻟﻤﻮﺣﺪ‪.2009 ،2008 ،2005 :‬‬
‫‪ .8‬اﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ واﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻐﺮﰊ آﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺎت ﺟﺬب اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ واﻟﺒﻴﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫اﻻﺳﻜﻮا‪ :‬ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺎخ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ وﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﻤﺪﺧﺮات اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ دراﺳﺔ ﺣﺎﻻت اﻷردن‬
‫واﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﻦ واﻟﻴﻤﻦ‪ ،‬اﻷﻣﻢ اﳌﺘﺤﺪة‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮرك‪.2003 ،‬‬
‫‪ .9‬اﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ ﻷﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﴰﺎل أﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬اﻷﺣﻮال اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ واﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻤﺎل أﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎم ‪ ،2006‬اﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎع اﻟﺜﺎﱐ واﻟﻌﺸﺮون ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ اﳋﱪاء اﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺮﺑﺎط‪ ،‬اﳌﻐﺮب‪،‬‬
‫‪ 29-26‬ﺟﺎﻧﻔﻲ ‪.2007‬‬
‫‪ .10‬اﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ ﻷﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬اﳌﺮﻛﺰ اﻹﳕﺎﺋﻲ دون اﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺸﻤﺎل أﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬وﺿﻊ واﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮات اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺬاﺋﻲ واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪ ،‬اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎع اﻟﺴﺎدس ﻋﺸﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ اﳋﱪاء اﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻃﻨﺠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫اﳌﻐﺮب‪ 16-13 ،‬ﻣﺎرس ‪.2001‬‬
‫‪ .11‬اﳌﻨﺪوﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﻴﺰاﻧﻴﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،2008‬اﳌﻐﺮب‪.‬‬
‫‪ .12‬اﳌﻨﺪوﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﻴﺰاﻧﻴﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،2009‬اﳌﻐﺮب‪.‬‬
‫‪ .13‬اﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎن اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر واﺋﺘﻤﺎن اﻟﻮاردات‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎخ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.2008 ،‬‬
‫‪ .14‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻷﻣﻢ اﳌﺘﺤﺪة ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮة ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﺒﻴﺌﺘﻨﺎ اﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮة‪ ،‬اﻟﻜﺘﺎب اﻟﺴﻨﻮي ﻟﺘﻮﻗﻌﺎت اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ‪.2007،‬‬
‫‪ .15‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻷﻣﻢ اﳌﺘﺤﺪة اﻹﳕﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺎم ‪.2002‬‬
‫‪ .16‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻷﻣﻢ اﳌﺘﺤﺪة اﻹﳕﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪.2005 ،‬‬

‫‪249‬‬
 ‫‪ .17‬ﺑﻨﻚ اﳉﺰاﺋﺮ‪ ،‬اﻟﻨﺸﺮة اﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ رﻗﻢ ‪ ،03‬اﳉﺰاﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮان ‪.2008‬‬
‫‪ .18‬ﺑﻨﻚ اﳉﺰاﺋﺮ‪ ،‬اﻟﻨﺸﺮة اﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ رﻗﻢ ‪ ،08‬اﳉﺰاﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ ‪.2009‬‬
‫‪ .19‬ﺑﻴﺎن إﺟﺘﻤﺎع ﳎﻠﺲ اﻟﻮزراء‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﻤﺎﺳﻲ ‪ ،2014-2010‬اﳉﺰاﺋﺮ‪ 24 ،‬ﻣﺎي ‪.2010‬‬
‫‪ .20‬اﻷﻣﻢ اﳌﺘﺤﺪة‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺆﺷﺮات اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ دول اﻻﺳﻜﻮا‪ :‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ ،‬اﻷﻣﻢ اﳌﺘﺤﺪة‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮرك‪.2005 ،‬‬
‫‪ .21‬ﻣﻜﺘﺐ اﻟﺼﺮف‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﺠﺎرة اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﺮب‪ ،‬اﳌﻐﺮب‪.2008 ،‬‬
‫‪ .22‬ﻣﻜﺘﺐ اﻟﺼﺮف‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰان اﻟﻤﺪﻓﻮﻋﺎت‪ ،‬اﳌﻐﺮب‪.2008 ،‬‬
‫‪ .23‬ﻣﻜﺘﺐ اﻟﺼﺮف‪ ،‬وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻐﺮب‪ ،‬اﻟﻐﺮب‪.2008 ،‬‬
‫‪ .24‬وزارة اﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻹدارة اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺮف ﰲ اﻟﺪﻳﻦ واﻟﺘﻌﺎون اﳌﺎﱄ‪ ،‬وﺿﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﺪﻳﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮان‬
‫‪.2010‬‬
‫‪ .25‬وزارة اﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻹدارة اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺮف ﰲ اﻟﺪﻳﻦ واﻟﺘﻌﺎون اﳌﺎﱄ‪ ،‬وﺿﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﺪﻳﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬أﻓﺮﻳﻞ‬
‫‪.2008‬‬
‫‪ .26‬وزارة اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎد واﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮوع ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :2011‬اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ واﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي‪ ،‬اﳌﻐﺮب‪.‬‬
‫‪ .27‬وزارة اﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ واﳋﻮﺻﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮوع ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :2006‬اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي واﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬اﳌﻐﺮب‪ ،‬أﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ‬
‫‪.2005‬‬
‫‪ .28‬وزارة اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ واﻟﺘﻌﺎون اﻟﺪوﱄ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﺤﺎدي ﻋﺸﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ‪ ،2011-2007‬ا‪‬ﻠﺪ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬اﶈﺘﻮى اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ 04 ،‬ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ ‪.2006‬‬
‫‪ .29‬وزارة اﳋﻮﺻﺼﺔ اﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮوع ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ :2006‬اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدي واﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬أﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ ‪.2005‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠـﻼت‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻟﻌﺒﺎس ﺑﻠﻘﺎﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﳎﻠﺔ ﺟﺴﺮ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻌﺪد ‪ ،58‬اﳌﻌﻬﺪ اﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪ ،‬اﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ‪ ،‬دﻳﺴﻤﱪ ‪.2006‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎن اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر‪ ،‬اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ اﳋﻼﺻﺎت اﳌﺮﻛﺰة‪ ،‬اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫إﺻﺪار ‪ ،99/1‬اﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ‪ .‬ﺎﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ وآﺧﺮون‪ ،‬إﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﺟﻨﻮب اﻟﺼﺤﺮاء ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺟﺬب اﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ رؤوس‬
‫اﻷﻣﻮال اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﳎﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺒﻨﻚ اﻟﺪوﱄ ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻊ اﻷﻫﺮام‪ ،‬اﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮة‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ‪.1997‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺟﻮرج‪ .‬ت‪ .‬ﻋﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬وﻋﺪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻟﻤﺎذا ﺗﺨﻠﻔﺖ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺸﺮق اﻷوﺳﻂ وﺷﻤﺎل إﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻤﻮ واﻟﻌﻮﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﳎﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎرس ‪.2003‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺧﻀﺮ ﺣﺴﺎن ‪ ،‬اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ وﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﳎﻠﺔ ﺟﺴﺮ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﳌﻌﻬﺪ اﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪ ،‬اﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ،2004‬اﻟﻌﺪد ‪.32‬‬
‫‪ .5‬رﻳﺰ ﻛﻮﻟﻮن‪ ،‬اﻟﻨﻬﺞ اﻹﻳﻜﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ا‪‬ﻠﺪ ‪ ،30‬اﻟﻌﺪد‪ ،04‬دﻳﺴﻤﱪ‪.1993‬‬

‫‪250‬‬
 ‫‪ .6‬ﻋﺒﲑات ﻣﻘﺪم‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﺨﻀﺮ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﻘﺎدر‪ ،‬اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ وﺗﻠﻮث اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ واﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﳎﻠﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻮم اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ وﻋﻠﻮم‬
‫اﻟﺘﺴﻴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻓﺮﺣﺎت ﻋﺒﺎس‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻴﻒ‪ ،‬اﻟﻌﺪد ‪.2007 ،07‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﻓﻴﻔﺮﻣﺎن ﻏﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﺴﻴﺮ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﳎﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ واﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ا‪‬ﻠﺪ ‪ ،29‬اﻟﻌﺪد ‪ ،1‬ﻣﺎرس ‪.1992‬‬
‫اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﻴﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮن اﳉﺰاﺋﺮي‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺮة اﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ‪ 13 ،‬ﺟﺎﻧﻔﻲ ‪.2011‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻟﻺﺣﺼﺎء‪www.ons.dz .‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬اﻟﺪﻳﻮان‬
‫‪ .3‬آﻓﺎق ﻣﺘﺠﺪدة ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮاﺑﻂ‪.www. El-ahly.com :‬‬
‫‪www.un.org‬‬ ‫‪ .4‬اﳌﺆﲤﺮ اﻟﺪوﱄ ﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳﻞ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ 22-17 ،‬ﻣﺎرس ‪ ،2002‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮاﺑﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .5‬اﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎن اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر واﺋﺘﻤﺎن اﻟﺼﺎدرات‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮاﺑﻂ‪www.iaigc.com :‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺣﺴﻦ أﻣﻞ‪ ،‬آﻟﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﻴﻔﺔ وﺧﻔﺾ اﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎت‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬وزارة اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺴﻮرﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮرﻳﺎ‪ ،2009 ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮاﺑﻂ‪www.syrcs.org :‬‬

‫‪ .7‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻹﺳﺘﺪاﻣﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪ 2002 :‬اﻷردن اﻷول ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺎ واﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ اﻷﺧﻴﺮة ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮاﺑﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪www.4eco.com/2004/02/2002/html‬‬
‫‪ .8‬ﻧﻌﻤﺔ أدﻳﺐ‪ ،‬أﻫﺪاف اﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ اﻹﳕﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ وﳌﺎذا؟‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮاﺑﻂ‪www.surf-as.org :‬‬
‫‪ .9‬وزارة اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ اﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮاﺑﻂ‪www.mcinet.gov.ma :‬‬
‫‪ .10‬وزارة اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ واﻟﺘﻌﺎون اﻟﺪوﱄ اﻟﺘﻮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪www.mdci.gov.tn .‬‬
‫‪ .11‬وزارة اﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪www.finances.gov.ma .‬‬
‫‪ .12‬وزارة اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ واﻟﺘﻌﺎون اﻟﺪوﱄ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮاﺑﻂ‪www.mdci.gov.tn :‬‬
‫‪ .13‬وزارة اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ واﻟﺘﻀﺎﻣﻦ اﳉﺰاﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻮﻗﻊ‪www.massn.gov.dz :‬‬
‫‪ .14‬وزارة اﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﳉﺰاﺋﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻮﻗﻊ ‪www.finance-algeria.org :‬‬
‫‪ .15‬وردم ﺑﺎﺗﺮ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎس اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪاﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺻﺪ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ .2006 ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮاﺑﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪www.arabenvironment.net/arabic/archive/2006/11/116803‬‬
‫‪ .16‬وﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻨﻬﻮض ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﳋﺎرﺟﻲ )‪ ،(FIPA‬اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎر اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻮﻗﻊ‪:‬‬
‫‪www.investintunisia.tn.‬‬
‫‪ .17‬ﻳﺎﻣﻮري ﳒﺎة‪ ،‬ﻣﺬﻛﺮة ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬اﻟﺒﻨﻚ اﻟﺪوﱄ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ ‪ .2009‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮاﺑﻂ‪www.worldbank.org :‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺎت اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Ouvrages:‬‬
‫‪1. Beat bÜrgenmeier, Politiques économiques du développement durable, de‬‬
‫‪Boeck, Bruxelles, 2008.‬‬

‫‪251‬‬
2. Bernard Bonin, l'entreprise multinational et l'état, éditions études vivantes,
canada, 1984.
3. Bruno Cohen- Bacrie, communiquer efficacement sur le développement
durable de l'entreprise citoyenne aux collectivités durables, les éditions
démos, paris, 2006.
4. Corinne Gendron, Le développement durable comme compromis, Québec,
2006.
5. Gabriel Wackermann, le développement durable, ellipses, paris, 2008.
6. Jean Arrous, les théories de la croissance, paris, éditions du seuil, 1999.
7. Jean-Louis Mucchielli, Multinationales et mondialisation, édition du seuil,
mai 1998, paris.
8. Jean Rivoire, L’économie de marché, Que sais-je ?, Alger, éditions Dahleb,
1994.
9. Kindleberger C. P, International Economics, Home Wood, Irwin, 1982.
10. Lavoisier, Revue Française de gestion, le développement durable, N152,
HERMES, 2004.
11. Lexique du développement durable, conseil régional de l'environnement
de la Montérégie, Juillet 2003.
12. Pierre André Claude, Delisle et Jean-Pierre Revéret, L'évaluation des
impacts sur l'environnement: Processus, acteurs et pratique pour un
développement durable, presses internationales polytechnique, France,
édition 2, 2000.
13. Petit Larousse Illustré, édition 2006.
14. Raymond Bernard, Economie Financière International, Éditions PUF,
Paris, 1971.
Thèses:
1. François Bertrand, Planification et développement durable : vers de
nouvelles pratiques d'aménagement régional ? L'exemple de deux
Régions françaises, Nord-Pas-de-Calais et Midi-Pyrénées, Thèse pour
l'obtention du grade de docteur en Aménagement de l'Espace et Urbanisme,
université François Rabelais–Tours Ecole doctorale "Sciences de l'Homme et
de la Société", France, 6 décembre 2004.
2. Ibrahim ngouhouo, Les investissements directs étrangers en Afrique
centrale: attractivité et effets économiques, thèse de doctorat non
publiée, faculté de sciences économiques et de gestion, université du sud
Toulon-var, France, 26 mars 2008.
3. Jing Zhang, Foreign direct investment, governance and the environment
in china: regional dimensions, A thesis submitted to The University of
Birmingham for the degree of DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY, Department of
Economics School of Social Sciences, The Research Archive of Birmingham
University, United Kingdom, June 2008.

252
4. Khouri Nabil، Les déterminants de l’investissement direct étranger:
Etude théorique et analyse empirique Cas de quelques pays tiers
méditerranéens: Algérie, Egypt, Jordanie, Liban, Malte, Maroc, Syrie,
Tunisie, Turquie، thése de magistére non publiée, école Supérieure de
Commerce, Alger. 2003.
Rapports et revues:
1. Aliyu Mohamed Aminu, Foreign Direct Investment and the Environment:
Pollution Haven Hypothesis Revisited, Paper prepared for the Eight Annual
Conference on Global Economic Analysis, Lübeck, Germany, 9–11 June
2005.
2. Ambassade de France en Tunisie-mission économique, Situation
économique et financière de la Tunisie, 2009.
3. Ambassade de France en Tunisie-mission économique, IDE en Tunisie et
présence française en 2008, 2009.
4. Ambassade de France en Tunisie-mission économique, Commerce
extérieure tunisien et échanges, 2009.
5. ANIMA investment network, La carte des investissements en
Méditerranée, guide sectoriel des politiques publiques pour
l'investissement, Etude numéro 07, l'Union européenne, Janvier 2010.
6. Banque mondiale, Groupe Développement économique et social Région
Moyen-Orient et Afrique du Nord, Royaume du Maroc: Mémorandum
économique pays, Promouvoir la croissance et l’emploi par la
diversification productive et la compétitivité, Volume II : Etudes de base,
14 mars 2006, Document de la Banque mondiale.
7. Bénédict de Saint-Laurent, Impact de la crise sur les pays MED, ANIMA
Investment network,17 Novembre 2010.
8. CNUCED, rapport sur l'investissement dans le monde, 2009.
9. Conseil d’Analyse Economiques, Investissement direct étranger et
performances des entreprises, Direction de l’information légale et
administrative, Paris, 2010.
10. Direction des investissements extérieur, Bilan de la commission des
investissements: Document de travail, Ministère des affaires économiques,
des affaires générales et de la mise à niveau de l'économie, Maroc, 2004.
Doing business 2011, a co-publication of the world bank and the
international finance corporation, USA, 2011.
11. Eric J. Holspale, terutomo ozawa, john olienyk, Foreign "direct" and
"portofolio" investment in real estate: an eclectic paradigm, journal of
real estate portofolio management, London, vol 12, 2006.
12. Eric Vergnaud, Investissements directs étrangers: analyse des tendances
récentes, Bulletin édité par les Etudes Economiques - BNP Paribas, Paris,
Décembre 2005.

253
13. Esso Loesse Jacques, Investissements directs étrangers: Déterminants et
influence sur la croissance économique, revue de politique économique et
développement, N° 117, Cellule d’Analyse de Politiques Economiques du
CIRES, Juin 2005.
14. Ian Barnes, The green growth approach for climate action, For The 3rd
Policy Consultation Forum of the Seoul Initiative Network on Green Growth:
Green Growth and Sustainable Consumption and Production for Climate
Action, United Nations Documents, 18-20 September 2008, Cebu,
Philippines.
15. Institute national de la statistique, Statistique Economique Générale,
Statistique Financière, 2010, Tunisie.
16. Jean-Eric Aubert, Promoting innovation in developing countries: a
conceptual framework, World Bank Institute, July 2004.
17. John H. Dunning and Feng Zhang, Foreign direct investment and the
locational competitiveness of countries, Transnational Corporations review,
volume 16, number 01, United Nations publications, Switzerland, April 2007.
18. Joseph DJAOWE, Investissements Directs Etrangers (IDE) et
Gouvernance: les pays de la CEMAC sont-ils attractifs?, Revue africaine
de l’Intégration, Volume 3, Numéro 1, Cameroun, janvier 2009.
19. Kevin R. Gray, Foreign Direct Investment and Environmental Impacts – Is
the Debate Over?, Blackwell Publishers. USA, 2002.
20. Klaus Schwab, The Global Competitiveness Report 2010–2011, World
Economic Forum.
21. Kornel Mahlstein, Le rôle des investissements étrangers directs dans le
secteur agricole, La Vie économique: Revue de politique économique,
Berne, Septembre 2010.
22. l’Agence américaine pour le Développement International, Bilan de
l’investissement: Le Maroc est dans la course 2003-2007.
23. Laura Alfaro, Andrew Charlton, Growth and the Quality of Foreign Direct
Investment: Is All FDI Equal?, New Perspectives on Financial
Globalization Conference, IMF, May 2007.
24. Mark Baimbridge, P. Whyman, Labour Market Flexibility and Foreign
Direct Investment, Employment relations, Department of Trade and
Industry, United Kingdom, August 2006.
25. Ministère de l’Energie, des Mines, de l’Eau et de l’Environnement, Secteur
de l’Energie et des Mines, Principales réalisations (1999–2008), Défis et
Perspectives, Maroc, Octobre 2008.
26. Magnus Blomström, Ari Kokko, The Impact of Foreign Investment on
Host countries Arrow, Working Paper, Policy Research, Washington,
December 1996.

254
27. Markusen, J.R ,Foreign direct investment as a catalyst for industrial
development .European Economic Review, London, Vol 43, 1999.
28. Marouane Alaya, Investissement Direct Étranger et Croissance
Economique, une Estimation à partir d’un Modèle Structurel pour les
Pays de Rive Sud de la Méditerrané, LES Cahiers de L’IRD, Paris, AUF,
Septembre 2006.
29. MIGA, World Investment and Political Risk: World Investment Trends
and Corporate Perspectives, Investment and Political Risk in Conflict-
Affected and Fragile Economies, The Political Risk Insurance Industry,
World Bank Group, 2010.
30. Ministre des finances, Rapport de présentation du projet de la loi de
finances pour 2009, Algérie.
31. Ministère du développement et de la coopération internationale, Guide de
l'investisseur étranger en Tunisie, Tunisie, 2003.
32. OECD, African economic outlook, 2007, 2008.
33. OECD, L’impact de l'investissement direct étranger sur les salaires et les
conditions de travail, conférence OECD-OIT sur la responsabilité sociale
des entreprises, Emploi et relations professionnelles: Promouvoir un
comportement responsable des entreprises dans une économie mondialisée
23-24 Juin 2008, Centre des conférences de l’OECD, Paris, France, 2008.
34. OECD, Promoting Sustainable Consumption: good practices in OECD
countries , OECD publications, 2008, Paris.
35. L’investissement direct étranger au service du développement:
Optimiser les avantages Minimiser les couts, Service des Publications de
l’OCDE, France, 2002.
36. OECD, Développement durable: les grandes questions, Editions de
l’OCDE, 2001.
37. OECD, The Social Impact of Foreign Direct Investment, Policy Brief,
OECD Employment Outlook, Paris, July 2008.
38. Office des change, Balance des paiements, premier trimestre 2010, Maroc,
juin 2010.
39. Paul Ekins, Julia Tomei, Eco-Efficiency and Resource Productivity:
Concepts, Indicators and Trends in Asia-Pacific, second green growth
policy dialogue: the role of public policy in providing sustainable
consumption choices: the Resource- Saving Society and green growth,
SECTION II, Part A, UNESCAP Publications, 2006.
40. Pierre Henry, Bénédict de Saint-Laurent, les investissements directs
étrangers (IDE) dans la région MEDA en 2006, ANIMA investment
network, étude N° 23, Mai 2007.

255
41. Pierre Henry, Samir Abdelkrim, Bénédict de Saint-Laurent, investissements
directs étrangers vers MEDA en 2007: la bascule, ANIMA Investment
network, Etude numéro 01, Mai 2008.
42. Peter J. Buckley, Jeremy Clegg, Chengqi Wang, Adam R. Cross, FDI,
regional differences and economic growth: panel data evidence from
China, transnational corporations review, volume 11, N° 01, United Nations
publications, switzerland, April 2002.
43. Rapport établi par le gouvernement Algérien, 2éme rapport national sur les
objectifs du millénaire pour le développement, Algérie, septembre 2010.
44. Report of the UNESCAP Expert Group Meeting on Sustainable
Infrastructure Development in Asia and the Pacific, 11-13 June 2007,
Bangkok, Thailand.
45. Samir Abdelkrim, Pierre Henry, investissement direct étranger vers les
pays Med en 2008: face à la crise, étude N° 3, Mars 2009, ANIMA
investment network.
46. Selin OZYURT, Les investissements directs étrangers entraînent-ils des
effets de débordement vers les pays en développement?, Laboratoire
Montpelliérain d'Economie Théorique et Appliquée, Faculté de Sciences
Economique, Université Montpellier 01, France, 02 Septembre 2008.
47. Sustainable Development Commission, Sustainable Consumption, 2003.
48. Tim Jackson, Laurie Michaelis, Sustainable Consumption & Production,
Economic, regeneration: Policies for
49. Torunn Kvinge, Essays on foreign direct investments and host country
effects, Doctoral dissertation, Oslo, 2007.
50. UNCTAD, Analysis of investor and enterprise policies on corporate
social responsibility, Investment and Enterprise Responsibility Review,
United Nations publications, 2010.
51. UNCTAD, Development and globalization: facts and figures, 2008.
52. UNCTAD, World Investment Report 2006, FDI from Developing and
Transition Economies – Implications for Development Overview,
Transnational Corporations review, volume 15, N° 03, United Nations
publications, Switzerland, December 2006.
53. UNCTAD, handbook of statistics, 2008.
54. UNDP, 2010 report 20th anniversary edition, the real wealth of nations:
pathways to human development.
55. UNDP, Assessing Progress in Africa toward the Millennium
Development Goals: MDG Report 2010.
56. UNESCAP, Green Growth at a Glance: The way Forward for Asia and
the Pacific, United Nations Publications, 2006.
57. UNESCAP, greening growth in Asia and the Pacific, follow-up to the
World summit on Sustainable Development: Taking action on the regional
256
 Implementation Plan for Sustainable development in Asia and the Pacific
2006-2010, United Nations publication, 2008, Thaïland.
58. UNESCO, Information society policies, annual world report, 2009.
59. United Nations Conference on Trade and Development and Sustainable
Business Institute at the European Business School, Making FDI Work for
Sustainable Development, united nations publications, Geneva, 2004.
60. United development group, Thematic Papers on the millennium
development goals.
61. World Bank, global economic prospects: navigating strong currents,
volume 2, January 2011.
62. World bank, morocco at a glance, 2009.
63. Zoé Luçon et autres, investissements directs étrangers vers les pays MEDA
en 2009, ANIMA Investment network, Etude numéro 14, Avril 2010.
Internet:
1. Alasrag Hussien, Foreign direct investment policies in the Arab
countries, MPRA, Munich, 2005. available in:
www.mpra.ub.uni-muenchen.de/2230/ .
2. Country profile of human development indictors: Morocco. Available
at: www.undp.org
3. Enjeux et définition de la ville durable disponible sur le lien suivant:
http://www.comite21.org/docs/territoires-durables/ville-durable/ams-angers-
ville-durable.pdf.
4. Environnement: La politique énergétique nationale. Disponible sur le
site: www.mem-algeria.org.
5. Environnement: Aspects institutionnels. Disponible sur le site:
www.mem-algeria.org.
6. Environnement: fiscalité environnementale. Disponible sur le site:
www.mem-algeria.org.
7. Gary Clyde Hufbauer, Ariel Assa, US taxation of foreign income, Peterson
Institute for International Economics, October 2007. Available at:
www.piie.com
8. Helmut Schütz, Maria J. Welfens, Sustainable Development by
Dematerialization in Production and Consumption-Strategy for the new
Environmental Policy in Poland. available at: www.wupperinst.org.
9. Human Development Index. available at:www.undp.org
10. Investissement bancaire en Tunisie, disponible sur le site:
www.anima.coop.
11. Jie He, Pollution haven hypothesis and environmental impacts of
foreign direct investment: The case of industrial emission of sulfur
dioxide (SO2) in Chinese provinces. Available at: www.sciencedirect.com.

257
12. John H. Dunning and Howard Archer, the eclectic paradigm and the
growth of UK enterprise 1870-1983. available at:
www2.hnet.msu.edu/~business/bhcweb/.../v016/p0019-p0052.pdf.
13. Main-d'œuvre étrangère exerçant en Algérie. Disponible sue le site:
www.Zoom-algerie.com.
14. Magnus Blomström, Ari Kokko, The economics of Foreign direct
investment incentives, Working Paper 168, January 2003, Sweden.
Available at: http://www.hhs.se/eijs.
15. Microsoft, Encarta, 2009, Microsoft Corporation.
16. Path to Green Growth: Green Tax and Budget Reform, available at:
www.greengrowth.org/capacity.../GTBR-sample.pdf.
17. Tran Trong Hung ,Impacts of Foreign Direct Investment on Poverty
Reduction in Vietnam, pp 4-5. disponible sur le lien:
www.pdfebooksdownloads.com .
18. www.worldbank.com

258
 :‫ﺍﳌﻠﺨﺺ‬
‫ﳛﻈﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﲟﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﳏﻔﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺩﺍﻋﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺗﺴﻴﻞ ﻟﻌﺎﺏ‬
‫ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﳌﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺠﻢ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﺮﺯ ﻣﻼﳏﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
.‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‬
‫ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻌﻲ‬،‫ﻭﺑﺎﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬
.‫ﻭﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
.‫ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﻴﺔ‬،‫ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺍﻣﺔ‬،‫ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬،‫ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺣﻴﺔ‬

Abstract:
The foreign direct investment Receives advantages stimulating economic
growth and supportive of sustainable development flowing saliva of the
Maghreb countries as in all developing countries, but remains on the
conservative states on the principle of precaution and prevention, as may
be caused by these investments from the negative repercussions it may be
the most prominent features the motivation behind the approach
companies multinational investment in the sectors related to the
environment outside the boundaries of the mother country.
And taking into account all these considerations, it becomes the duty of
the Maghreb countries design a legislative framework to ensure
optimization of the economic and social benefits provided by foreign
direct investment and restrict the practices associated with the
environment.

Key words: The foreign direct investment, economic growth, sustainable

development, the Maghreb countries.